532
2018 ARMADA OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2018 Nissan Armada | Owner's Manual and Maintenance ......NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    8

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

2018 ARMADAOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Welcome to the growing family of newNISSAN owners. This vehicle is deliveredto you with confidence. It was producedusing the latest techniques and strictquality control.This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and mainte-nance of your vehicle so that you mayenjoy many miles of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how toresolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by NISSANor by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery.It is important that you familiarize your-self with all disclosures, warnings, cau-tions and instructions concerning properuse of such accessories prior to operatingthe vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom-mended that you see a NISSAN dealer fordetails concerning the particular acces-sories with which your vehicle isequipped.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service orhave any questions, we will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to us.READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comforta-ble trip for you and your passengers!. NEVER drive under the influence

of alcohol or drugs.. ALWAYS observe posted speed

limits and never drive too fastfor conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actionsthat could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Pre-teen children shouldbe seated in the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide informationabout the proper use of vehiclesafety features to all occupantsof the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety informa-tion.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVINGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity for off-road use. As with othervehicles with features of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correctlymay result in loss of control or anaccident. Be sure to read “On-pave-ment and off-road driving precau-tions”, “Avoiding collision and rollover”and “Driving safety precautions” in the“5. Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Foreword

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or perfor-mance problems resulting frommodification will not be covered underthe NISSAN warranties.

WARNINGInstalling an aftermarket On-BoardDiagnostic (OBD) plug-in device thatuses the port during normal driving,for example remote insurance com-pany monitoring, remote vehicle di-agnostics, telematics or enginereprogramming, may cause interfer-ence or damage to vehicle systems.We do not recommend or endorsethe use of any aftermarket OBDplug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehiclewarranty may not cover damagecaused by any aftermarket plug-indevice.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available onthis model. Features and equipment inyour vehicle may vary depending onmodel, trim level, options selected, or-der, date of production, region or avail-ability. Therefore, you may findinformation about features or equip-ment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may updateor revise this manual to provide ownerswith the most accurate information cur-rently available. Please carefully read andretain with this manual all revision up-dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensureyou have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man-uals and any updates can also be found inthe Owner section of the NISSAN websiteat https://owners.nissanusa.com/now-ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If youhave questions concerning any informa-tion in your Owner’s Manual, contact

NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSANCUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in thisOwner’s Manual for contact information.IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause minoror moderate personal injury or da-mage to your vehicle. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrowpoints to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or ac-tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

those above call attention to an item inthe illustration.CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNINGEngine Exhaust, some of its consti-tuents, and certain vehicle compo-nents contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. In addition,certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Operating,servicing and maintaining a passen-ger vehicle or off-road vehicle canexpose you to chemicals includingengine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which areknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. To mini-mize exposure, avoid breathing ex-haust, do not idle the engine exceptas necessary, service your vehicle ina well-ventilated area and wear

gloves or wash your hands fre-quently when servicing your vehicle.For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate ma-terial. The following advisory is pro-vided: “Perchlorate Material - specialhandling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”© 2017 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording orotherwise, without the prior written per-mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales andservice needs.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department willask for the following information:. Your name, address, and telephone

number. Vehicle identification number (at-

tached to the top of the instrumentpanel on the driver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the infor-mation at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)We appreciate your interest in NISSANand thank you for buying a quality NISSANvehicle.

Illustrated table of contents 0Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ..................................................................................... 0-2Exterior front .................................................................................... 0-3Exterior rear ...................................................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ....................................................... 0-5Cockpit .................................................................................................. 0-6

Instrument panel ......................................................................... 0-8Meters and gauges .................................................................... 0-9Engine compartment ............................................................ 0-10

VK56VD engine .................................................................. 0-10Warning and indicator lights ........................................... 0-11

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

SSI0728

1. Seat belt for 3rd row center seat belt(P.1-26)

2. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags (P.1-54)

3. Head Restraints (P.1-15)— Front-seat Active Head Restraints(P.1-19)

4. Seat belts (P.1-20)5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bags (P.1-54)6. Supplemental front-impact air bags

(P.1-54)7. Child restraint anchor points (for top

tether strap child restraint) (P.1-46, P.1-50)

8. 3rd row seats (P.1-7)— Child restraints (P.1-32)

9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system (P.1-35)

10. Armrest (2nd row seat) (P.1-11)11. 2nd row seats (P.1-5)

— Child restraints (P.1-32)12. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-69)13. Front armrest (P.1-11)14. Front seats (P.1-4)

— Occupant classif ication sensors(weight sensors) (P.1-60)

15. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-62)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

JVC0953X

1. Hood (P.3-21)2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-32)— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)— Windshield wiper deicer (if so equipped)(P.2-36)

3. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P.2-63)

4. Power windows (P.2-60)5. Roof rack (P.2-57)6. Sensors

— Intelligent Around View Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-10)— Sonar system (if so equipped) (P.5-134)

7. Towing hook (P.6-19)

8. Front view camera (if so equipped) (P.4-10)9. Fog light (if so equipped) (P.2-42)10. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-37)11. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-30, P.10-9)— Flat tire (P.6-3)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-15, P.5-5)

12. Outside mirrors (P.3-38)— Side view camera (P.4-10)— Welcome light (if so equipped) (P.2-65)

13. Side turn signal lights (P.8-24)14. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-15)— Remote engine start (if so equipped)(P.3-19)

15. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

JVC1091X

1. Fuel-filler door (P.3-26)— Fuel information (P.10-4)

2. Antenna (P.4-42)3. Rear combination light (P.8-24)4. Rear window defroster (P.2-36)5. Satellite antenna (P.4-43)6. Rear view camera (P.4-3, P.4-10)

7. Intelligent Rear View Mirror camera (if soequipped) (P.3-32)

8. High-mounted stop light (P.8-24)9. Liftgate (P.3-22)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)10. Rear window wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-35)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)11. Spare tire (under the vehicle) (P.6-3)12. Sensors

— Intelligent Around View Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-10)— Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) (ifso equipped) (P.5-57)— Sonar system (if so equipped) (P.5-134)

13. Towing hook (P.6-19)14. Trailer hitch (P.10-23)

EXTERIOR REAR

JVC0410X

1. Cargo light (P.2-67)2. Cup holders (3rd row seat) (P.2-52)3. Rear ventilators (P.4-33)4. Coat hooks (P.2-56)5. Rear personal lights (P.2-65)6. Tray (P.2-55)7. Door armrest

— Power window controls (P.2-60)— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)— Outside mirror remote control switch(driver’s side) (P.3-38)

8. Automatic drive positioner switch (if soequipped) (P.3-40)

9. Sun visors (P.3-30)

10. SOS call switch (if so equipped) (SeeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual)

11. Moonroof switch (if so equipped) (P.2-63)12. Map lights (P.2-65)13. Sunglasses holder (P.2-53)14. Inside mirror (P.3-31)

— Intelligent Rear View Mirror (if soequipped) (P.3-32)— HomeLink® universal transceiver (if soequipped) (P.2-68, P.2-72)

15. Cargo area— Power outlet (P.2-48)— Cargo floor box (P.2-57)— Luggage hooks (P.2-56)— Jacking tools (P.6-5)

16. Rear console box (if so equipped) (P.2-55)— Cup holders (2nd row seat) (P.2-51)— Pocket (P.2-55)

17. Cup holders (2nd row seat) (if soequipped) (P.2-51)

18. Mobile Entertainment System (MES) (if soequipped) (See NissanConnectSM Owner’sManual)

19. Console box (P.2-54)— Power outlet (P.2-48)— USB charging connector (P.2-50)— Rear Media Interface (See NissanCon-nectSM Owner’s Manual)— Rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.4-38)

20. Front cup holders (P.2-51)/Tray (P.2-55)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

JVC1105X

1. Power liftgate switch (if so equipped)(P.3-22)

2. Heated steering wheel switch (if soequipped) (P.2-42)

3. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-40)

4. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer(P.2-6)

5. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch— Headlight (P.2-37)— Turn signal (P.2-41)— Fog light (if so equipped) (P.2-42)

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control steering switch (SeeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual)

— Hands-Free Phone System switch (SeeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual)

7. Trip computer switch (P.2-27)8. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-32)9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)— Cruise control system (if so equipped)(P.5-67)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system(if so equipped) (P.5-69)

10. Dynamic driver assistance switch (if soequipped)— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.5-23)— Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.5-91)— Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) system (if so equipped) (P.5-43)

11. Shift lever (P.5-17)12. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch (if so

equipped) (P.5-123)/SNOW mode switch(P.2-47)/TOW MODE switch (P.2-47)/Vehi-cle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.5-140)

13. Headlight aiming control (P.2-39)14. Power liftgate main switch (if so

equipped) (P.3-22)15. Warning systems switch (if so equipped)

(P.2-46)— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if soequipped) (P.5-23)— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if soequipped) (P.5-33)

COCKPIT

16. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch (P.3-29)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

JVC1093X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-33)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)3. Center ventilator (P.4-33)4. Center multi-function control panel (See

NissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual)5. Center display (See NissanConnectSM

Owner’s Manual)

— Intelligent Around View Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-10)— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-3)— Navigation system (if so equipped) (SeeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual)

6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

7. Defroster switch (P.2-36)/Deicer switch (ifso equipped) (P.2-36)

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-54)

9. Fuse box (P.8-20)10. Parking brake (P.5-22)11. Hood release handle (P.3-21)12. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-43)— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-54)— Power steering (P.5-137)

13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-13)14. Climate controlled seat switch (if so

equipped) (P.2-45)/Heated seat switch (ifso equipped) (P.2-43)

15. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-62)

16. Power outlet (P.2-48)17. USB connection port (See NissanCon-

nectSM Owner’s Manual)18. Cup holder (P.2-51)/Tray (P.2-55)19. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-34)20. Audio system (See NissanConnectSM

Owner’s Manual)21. Glove box (P.2-53)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SIC4368

1. Tachometer (P.2-7)2. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-10)3. Speedometer (P.2-6)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)5. Voltmeter (P.2-9)6. Vehicle information display (P.2-21)/Od-

ometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)

7. Engine oil pressure gauge (P.2-8)8. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

METERS AND GAUGES

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

JVC0965X

VK56VD ENGINE1. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10)2. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-18)3. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)4. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-8)5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6)6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-9)

7. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-18)8. Battery (P.8-11)9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-4)10. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-4)11. Drive belts (P.8-13)12. Air cleaner (P.8-15)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight Name Page

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-11

Automatic Transmission(AT) check warning light

2-11

Automatic Transmission(AT) oil temperature warn-ing light

2-11

Automatic Transmission(AT) park warning light

2-11

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-vention (I-BSI) systemwarning light (orange; if soequipped)

2-12

Brake warning light 2-12

Charge warning light 2-13

Intelligent Distance Control(I-DC) system warning light(orange; if so equipped)

2-13

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-13

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)warning light (4WD models)

2-13

Warninglight Name Page

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) systemwarning light (if soequipped)

2-14

Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system warning light(orange; if so equipped)

2-14

Intelligent Key warninglight

2-14

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (or-ange; if so equipped)

2-14

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-15

Master warning light 2-16

Seat belt warning light 2-17

Supplemental air bagwarning light

2-17

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-17

Indica-tor light Name Page

Automatic Transmission(AT) position indicator light 2-18

Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-vention (I-BSI) ON indicatorlight (green; if so equipped)

2-18

Check suspension indicatorlight 2-18

Cruise indicator light (if soequipped) 2-18

Exterior light indicator 2-18

Front fog light indicatorlight (if so equipped) 2-18

Front passenger air bagstatus light 2-18

High beam indicator light 2-19

Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI) ON indicator light(green; if so equipped)

2-19

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-19

Security indicator light 2-20

SNOW mode indicator light 2-20

TOW mode indicator light 2-20

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

2-20

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

Indica-tor light Name Page

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-20

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system

Seats ....................................................................................................... 1-3Front seats .................................................................................. 1-42nd row seats .......................................................................... 1-53rd row seats ........................................................................... 1-7Armrest ....................................................................................... 1-11Flexible seating ..................................................................... 1-12

Head restraints/headrests ................................................. 1-15Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................. 1-16Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................. 1-16Remove ....................................................................................... 1-17Install ............................................................................................. 1-17Adjust ............................................................................................ 1-18Front-seat Active Head Restraint .......................... 1-19

Seat belts ......................................................................................... 1-20Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-20Pregnant women ................................................................ 1-22Injured persons ..................................................................... 1-22Three-point type seat belt .......................................... 1-22Seat belt extenders ........................................................... 1-29Seat belt maintenance ................................................... 1-29

Child safety ..................................................................................... 1-30Infants .......................................................................................... 1-31Small children ........................................................................ 1-31

Larger children ................................................................... 1-31Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-32

Precautions on child restraints ............................. 1-33Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren(LATCH) system ................................................................ 1-35Top tether strap child restraint ............................ 1-37Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ......................................................................... 1-38Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................................ 1-40Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ......................................................................... 1-43Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................................ 1-46Booster seats ....................................................................... 1-51

Supplemental restraint system ..................................... 1-54Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ................................................................ 1-54NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) ........................................................................... 1-60Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systems .............................. 1-68Seat belts with pretensioners(front seats) ........................................................................... 1-69

Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-70Supplemental air bag warning light .................... 1-71

Repair and replacement procedure .................. 1-72

SSS0133

WARNING. Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly. See“Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-20).

. After adjustment, gently rock inthe seat to make sure it is se-curely locked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

. The seatback should not be re-clined any more than needed forcomfort. Seat belts are most ef-fective when the passenger sitswell back and straight up in theseat. If the seatback is reclined,the risk of sliding under the lapbelt and being injured is in-creased.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

SEATS

1-4 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT SEATSFront power seat adjustmentOperating tips:. The power seat motor has an auto-

reset overload protection circuit. If themotor stops during operation, wait 30seconds, then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when theengine is off. This will discharge thebattery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-40)for the seat position memory function.

CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions,be sure not to contact any movingparts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:Moving the switch forward or back-ward will slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position.

Reclining:Move the recline switch backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switch

forward.The reclining feature allows adjustmentof the seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to helpobtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” (P.1-20).) Also,the seatback can be reclined to allow

occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position.

SSS1052

Seat lifter:1. Pull up or push down the adjusting

switch to adjust the seat height untilthe desired position is achieved.

2. Tilt up or down the adjusting switch toadjust the front angle of the seat untilthe desired position is achieved (fordriver’s seat).

SSS1053

Lumbar support:The lumbar support feature provides low-er back support to the occupants.Push the front or back end of the switchto adjust the seatback lumbar area.

2ND ROW SEATS

WARNING. Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down posi-tion. Use of these areas by pas-sengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

. When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

1-6 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1081Captain’s seat

SSS1065Bench seat

RecliningPull the reclining lever and position theseatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining lever after positioning the seatat the desired angle.To return the seatback, pull the lever.The reclining feature allows adjustmentof the seatback for occupants of differentsizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-20).) The seatback may also be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicleis parked.

WARNING. Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor and

adjust the seat belt properly. See“Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-20).

. After adjustment, check to besure the seat is securely locked.

Entry to 3rd row seat

CAUTION. Do not drive with the 2nd row

seat tipped up.. Be careful not to allow the 2nd

row seat to pinch, hit any part ofyour body or other people whenoperating the 2nd row seat. Makesure the seat path is clear of allobjects before moving the seat.

The 2nd row seat can be tipped forwardfor easy entry to or exit from the 3rd rowseat.

SSS1066

To enter the 3rd row seat, pull the leveror located on the 2nd row seat and foldthe seatback forward at an angle overthe seat base. Then lift up the seat baseand tip the 2nd row seat forward . Thiswill release the back of the seat so it maybe tipped forward.To exit the 3rd row seat, pull the lever or

and fold the seatback forward onto theseat base. Then lift up on the seat baseand tip it forward.

SSS1068

3RD ROW SEATSManual seat adjustment (if soequipped)Reclining:Pull the strap and position the seatbackat the desired angle. Release the strapafter positioning the seat at the desiredangle.The reclining feature allows adjustmentof the seatback for occupants of differentsizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit.(See “Precautions on child restraints” (P.1-33).) The seatback may also be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicleis parked.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

1-8 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING. Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly. See“Precautions on child restraints”(P.1-33).

. After adjustment, check to besure the seat is securely locked.

SSS1069

Folding:Pull the strap and fold the seatback.Return the seatback until it securely locksin position.

WARNING. Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the third rowseat when it is in the folddownposition. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper re-straints could result in seriousinjury in an accident or suddenstop.

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS1116

Power seat adjustment (if soequipped)The 3rd row power folding seat controlsare located behind the 2nd row seat (boththe driver’s and front passenger’s side) onthe 3rd row cup holder console . Thereare also controls located on the rearquarter trim panel behind the 3rd rowseats (passenger’s side) .Before operating the 3rd row seats:. Make sure the 2nd row seatback is not

reclined.. Lower the 3rd row head restraint to

the full down position.

. Disconnect and secure the center seatbelt and tongues into the retractorbase. See “3rd row center seat belt”(P.1-26).— Always reconnect the center seat

belt when the seat is returned tothe upright position

. Make sure that there are no objectson the seatback cushion.

SSS1095

Reclining:Push and hold the rear side of the switch

beside the 3rd row cup holders until thedesired seatback angle (up to 20 degrees)is obtained. To move the seatback for-ward again, push and hold the front sideof the switch until the desired angle isobtained.

WARNING. After adjustment, check to be

sure the seat is securely locked.. Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

1-10 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly. See“Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-20).

SSS1118

Folding:Push and hold the front side of the switch

located on the passenger side of thecargo room. The corresponding seatback(R: right side, L: left side) will be foldeddown automatically.Push and hold the rear side of the switch

. The seatback will be returned auto-matically. The seatback will rise up whileholding the switch.NOTE:Operating the power folding seats candischarge the vehicle battery if theengine is not running.

CAUTIONWhen operating the rear power seat-back return, make sure that thevehicle is stopped and the transmis-sion is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING. Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down posi-tion. Use of these areas by pas-sengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

. When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-

gers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

JVR0557X

ARMRESTFront seatsThe console box lid can be used as anarmrest.

SSS1070

2nd row seat (if so equipped)Pull and draw the armrest forward until itis horizontal.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

1-12 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING. Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas withoutproper restraints are more likelyto be seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and using aseat belt properly.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rearseat area or any cargo is on therear seats.

. Head restraints should be ad-justed properly as they may pro-vide signif icant protect ionagainst injury in an accident. Al-ways replace and adjust themproperly if they have been re-moved for any reason.

. If the head restraints are re-moved for any reason, theyshould be securely stored to pre-

vent them from causing injury topassengers or damage to thevehicle in case of sudden brakingor an accident.

. When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthey are completely secured inthe latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

. When folding the bench seatseatback down for maximum sto-rage, make sure the seat base isin the latched position by rockingthe seat base. If the seat base isnot properly secured, cargostored on top of a folded seat-back may become a projectilecausing personal injury or vehicledamage.

CAUTION. When folding the 2nd row seat for

maximum cargo hauling, be surethat cargo does not contact thecenter console of the captain’sseat (if so equipped) to avoidpossible damage to the console.

. When folding or returning theseat(s) to the upright position, toavoid injury to yourself andothers:— Make sure that the seat path

is clear before moving theseat.

— Be careful not to allow handsor feet to get caught orpinched in the seat.

Stowing 2nd and 3rd row seatsTo stow 2nd and 3rd row seats formaximum cargo capacity:

SSS1119

1. Push and hold the correspondingswitch located on the instrumentpanel below the audio system. Theseatback will fold down and tip for-ward. See “Entry to 3rd row seat” (P.1-6).

SSS1120

2. Push the folded seat down until itlocks in position.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

1-14 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1121

3. Power operation (if so equipped): Foldthe 3rd row seat flat using theswitches located in the cargo area.See “Power seat adjustment” (P.1-9).Manual operation (if so equipped):Fold the 3rd row seat flat using thestrap located on the 3rd row seat-backs. See “Manual seat adjustment”(P.1-7).

4. Return 3rd row seats to seating posi-tions by raising the 3rd row seatbacksto an upright position using theswitches or straps. Make sure theseatback is locked in position. See“Power seat adjustment” (P.1-9) or“Manual seat adjustment” (P.1-7).

5. Return the 2nd row seat to a seatingposition by raising the 2nd row seat-backs to an upright position. Makesure the seatback is locked in position.

CAUTIONWhen folding the 2nd row seat formaximum cargo hauling, be surethat cargo does not contact thecenter console of the captain’s seat(if so equipped) to avoid possibledamage to the console.

WARNINGHead restraint/headrest supplementthe other vehicle safety systems.They may provide additional protec-tion against injury in certain rear endcollisions. Adjustable head re-straints/headrests must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section.Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attachanything to the head restraint/head-rest stalks or remove the head re-straint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest hasbeen removed. If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall andproperly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the riskof serious injury or death in a colli-sion.

JVR0403X

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.. Your vehicle is equipped with a head

restraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalkto lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:— For the adjustable type, align the

head restraint/headrest so thecenter of your ear is approximatelylevel with the center of the headrestraint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higherthan the recommended alignment,place the head restraint/headrestat the highest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest hasbeen removed, ensure that it is re-installed and locked in place before

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

1-16 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

riding in that designated seating posi-tion.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest2. Multiple notches3. Lock knob4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest2. Single notch3. Lock knob4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVE

CAUTIONThe front head restraints with a reardisplay are not designed to be pulledout. The rear display may be da-maged if the head restraint is for-cibly pulled out.

Use the following procedure to removethe head restraint/headrest.1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to

the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.3. Remove the head restraint/headrest

from the seat.4. Store the head restraint/headrest

properly in a secure place so it is notloose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occu-pant uses the seating position.

SSS0996

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrestis facing the correct direction. Thestalk with the adjustment notchmust be installed in the hole with thelock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

1-18 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0997

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrestAdjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears.If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest posi-tion.

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrestMake sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS1035

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pullit up.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS1036

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knoband push the head restraint/headrestdown.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS0508

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-STRAINTThe Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatbackreceives from the occupant in a rear-endcollision. The movement of the headrestraint helps support the occupant’shead by reducing its backward move-ment and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-typeinjuries.Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds inwhich it is said that whiplash injury occursmost.Active Head Restraints operate only in

certain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal position.Adjust the Active Head Restraints prop-erly as described earlier in this section.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

1-20 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet onthe floor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. NISSANstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian pro-vinces or territories specify that seatbelts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

SEAT BELTS

WARNING. Every person who drives or rides

in this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe properly restrained in the rearseat and, if appropriate, in a childrestraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure todo so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint sys-tem and increase the chance orseverity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn prop-erly.

. Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the beltbehind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in anaccident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt insideout or twisted. Doing so mayreduce its effectiveness.

. Do not allow more than oneperson to use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while theignition is turned ON with alldoors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. No changes should be made tothe seat belt system. For exam-ple, do not modify the seat belt,add material or install devicesthat may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so mayaffect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tam-pering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personalinjury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together withthe retractor. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hard-ware, should be inspected afterany collision. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice. NISSAN recommends thatall seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replacedunless the collision was minorand the belts show no damageand continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspectedafter any collision. Always followthe restraint manufacturer’s in-spection instructions and repla-cement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be re-placed if they are damaged.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

1-22 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0016

SSS0014

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant wo-men use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist, and place the shoulder beltover your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific re-commendations.THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING. Every person who drives or rides

in this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide under

the lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.

JVR0183X

WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can beseriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. Thiscan occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. For the center ofthe 3rd row bench seat, the connec-

tor tongue may also be released.Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as akey) into the connector buckle . Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled oris already unbuckled, release thechild by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).)2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the

retractor and insert the tongue intothe buckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on im-pact. A slow pulling motion per-mits the belt to move, and allowsyou some freedom of movementin the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out of

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

1-24 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

the retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have twomodes of operation:. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR). Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat.The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or during

impacts.The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks theseat belt for child restraint installation.When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat beltreturns to the ELR mode after the seatbelt fully retracts. For additional informa-tion, see “Child restraints” (P.1-32).The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, theALR mode should not be activated. If itis activated, it may cause uncomforta-ble seat belt tension.

WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are comple-tely secured in the latched position.If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in anaccident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push thebutton on the buckle. The seat beltautomatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:. When the belt is pulled quickly from

the retractor.. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt move-ment.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service, or to learn more aboutseat belt operation.

SSS1109

Center of 2nd row seat (if soequipped)Selecting correct set of seat belts:The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark . The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into thecenter seat belt buckle.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

1-26 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0391

3rd row center seat beltThe 3rd row center seat belt has aconnector tongue and a seat belttongue . Both the connector tongueand the seat belt tongue must be se-curely latched for proper seat belt opera-tion.

SSS0241

WARNING. Always fasten the connector ton-

gue and the seat belt in the ordershown.

. Always make sure both the con-nector tongue and the seat belttongue are secured when usingthe seat belt or installing a childrestraint. Do not use the seat beltor child restraint with only theseat belt tongue attached. Thiscould result in serious personalinjury in case of an accident or asudden stop. SSS1077

Stowing 3rd row center seat belt:When folding down the 3rd row seat, the3rd center seat belt can be retracted intoa stowed position.1. Hold the connector tongue so that

the seat belt does not retract sud-denly when the tongue is releasedfrom the connector buckle. Releasethe connector tongue by inserting asuitable tool such as key into theconnector buckle.

2. Store the seat belt tongue into thetongue holder first .

3. Store the connector tongue into theretractor base .

WARNINGDo not unfasten the 3rd center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the 3rd seat.

SSS1078

Attaching 3rd row center seat belt:Always be sure the 3rd center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckleare attached. Disconnect only when fold-ing down the 3rd row seat.To connect the buckle:1. Pull out the connector tongue from

the retractor base .2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the

tongue holder .3. Pull the seat belt and fasten the

connector buckle until it clicks .The center seat belt connector tongueand buckle are identified by the and

mark.The center seat belt connector tonguecan be attached only into the 3rd centerseat belt connector buckle.To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belts” (P.1-23).

WARNING. When attaching the 3rd center

seat belt connector, be certainthat the seatbacks are comple-tely secured in the latched posi-tion and the 3rd center seat beltconnector is completely secured.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

1-28 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. If the 3rd center seat belt con-nector and the seatbacks are notsecured in the correct position,serious personal injury may resultin an accident or sudden stop.

SSS1097

Storing 3rd row seat belt bucklesBefore folding down the seat, put thebuckles in the storage of the seat cushionto avoid dropping it under the seatcushion.

SSS0896

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats and 2nd row seats)The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-20).)To adjust, push the button , and thenmove the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position, so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off of your shoulder.Release the adjustment button to lockthe shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING. After adjustment, release the ad-

justment button and try to movethe shoulder belt anchor up anddown to make sure it is securelyfixed in position.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the posi-tion best for you. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used foreither the driver or front passenger seat-ing position. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for assistance with pur-chasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING. It is recommended that only

NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, be used with the NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can usethe standard seat belt should notuse an extender. Such unneces-sary use could result in seriouspersonal injury in the event of anaccident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly,the child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in theshade. Do not allow the seat belts toretract until they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal componentssuch as buckles, tongues, retractors,flexible wires and anchors work prop-erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cutsor other damage on the webbing isfound, the entire seat belt assemblyshould be replaced.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

1-30 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0183X

WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can beseriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. Thiscan occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. For the center ofthe 3rd row bench seat, the connec-

tor tongue may also be released.Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as akey) into the connector buckle . Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled oris already unbuckled, release thechild by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem.They need to be properly restrained.In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community or-ganizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transportyour child.There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:. Rear-facing child restraint. Forward-facing child restraint. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on thechild’s size. Generally, infants up to about1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) shouldbe placed in rear-facing child restraints.Forward-facing child restraints are avail-

able for children who outgrow rear-facingchild restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child whocan no longer use a forward-facing childrestraint.

WARNINGInfants and children need specialprotection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. Theshoulder belt may come too closeto the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. Inan accident, an improperly fittingseat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and smallchildren. See “Child restraints” (P.1-32).A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) systemor with the vehicle seat belt. See “Childrestraints” (P.1-32) for more information.NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear

CHILD SAFETY

seat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (Air bag system) for thefront passenger. See “Supplemental re-straint system” (P.1-54).INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standardsor Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old andweigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remainin a rear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who out-grow the height or weight limit of therear-facing child restraint and are at least1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Referto the manufacturer’s instructions forminimum and maximum weight and

height recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the man-ufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness untilthey reach the maximum height orweight limit allowed by the child restraintmanufacturer.Once a child outgrows the height orweight limit of the harness-equippedforward-facing child restraint, NISSANrecommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat toobtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat beltto fit properly, the booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the chest andthe top, middle portion of the shoulder.The shoulder belt should not cross theneck or face and should not fall off theshoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, notthe abdomen.A booster seat can only be used inseating positions that have a three-point

type seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:. Are the child’s back and hips against

the vehicle seatback?. Is the child able to sit without slouch-

ing?. Do the child’s knees bend easily over

the front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

1-32 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of thesequestions, the child should remain in abooster seat using a three-point typeseat belt.NOTE:Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your childis using the correct restraint systembefore traveling.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child inthe cargo area. The child could be

seriously injured or killed in a suddenstop or collision.

SSS0099

SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING. Failure to follow the warnings

and instructions for proper useand installation of child restraintscould result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:— The child restraint must be

used and installed properly.Always follow all of the childrestraint manufacturer’s in-structions for installation anduse.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’slap. Even the strongest adultcannot resist the forces of acollision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies showthat children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear

seat than in the front seat. Ifyou must install a forward-facing child restraint in thefront seat, see “Forward-fa-cing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P.1-46).

— Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, neverinstall a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. Aninflating air bag could ser-iously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraintmust only be used in the rearseat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properlyin your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor pointsare designed to withstandloads from child restraintsthat are properly fitted.

— Never use the anchor pointsfor adult seat belts or har-nesses.

— A child restraint with a toptether strap should not beused in the front passenger

seat.— Keep seatbacks as upright as

possible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children shouldalways be placed in an appro-priate child restraint while inthe vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with theLATCH system or a seat belt. In asudden stop or collision, looseobjects can injure occupants ordamage the vehicle.

CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehiclecan become very hot. Check theseating surface and buckles beforeplacing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system. Some childrestraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these anchors.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

1-34 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

For details, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren (LATCH) system ”(P.1-35).If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts canbe used.Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points inmind:. Choose only a restraint with a label

certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in yourvehicle to be sure it is compatible withthe vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys-tem.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the childand child restraint is less than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), you may use either the

LATCH lower anchors or the seat beltto install the child restraint (not bothat the same time).

. If the combined weight of the childand child restraint is greater than 65lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install thechild restraint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated. Canadianlaw requires the top tether strap onforward-facing child restraints be se-cured to the designated anchor pointon the vehicle.

SSS1113LATCH system lower anchor locations - captain’s

seats

SSS1114LATCH system lower anchor locations - bench seat

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren (LATCH) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system compatible child re-straints. This system may also be referredto as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraintexceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use thevehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors)

to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.The LATCH lower anchor points areprovided to install child restraints in thefollowing positions only:. 2nd row captain’s seats (if so

equipped). 2nd row bench seat outboard posi-

tions only (if so equipped)

LATCH lower anchor

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a sud-den stop or collision:. Attach LATCH system compatible

child restraints only at the loca-tions shown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint inthe center rear seating positionusing the LATCH lower anchors.The child restraint will not besecured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by in-serting your fingers into the low-er anchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions overthe anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushionmaterial.The child restraint will not besecured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstancesare they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will notbe properly installed using the da-maged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

1-36 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1122LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located atthe rear of the seat cushion near theseatback. A label is attached to the seat-back to help you locate the LATCH loweranchors.

SSS1117 SSS0643LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to twoanchors located at certain seating posi-tions in your vehicle. With this system, youdo not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This informationmay also be in the instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturer.

SSS0644LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

JVR0136X2nd row captain’s seat

JVR0137X2nd row bench seat

SSS10733rd row bench seat

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINTIf the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, itmust be secured to an anchor point.

WARNING. In the 3rd row bench seat, a child

restraint with a top tether strapcan only be used in the centerposition. Do not place in an out-board seating position and at-tempt to angle the tether strapto the center position.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

1-38 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or otheritems or equipment to the vehi-cle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged an-chorage, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor.Properly secure the cargo so itdoes not contact the top tetherstrap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contactsthe top tether strap may damagethe top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be ser-iously injured or killed in a colli-sion if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located in the followinglocations:. 2nd row bench seat (if so equipped)

on the seatback of the outboardseating positions as shown.

. 2nd row captain’s seats (if soequipped) on the seatback of theoutboard seating positions as shown.

. 3rd row bench seat on the floor of thecargo area behind the center seatposition as shown.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap child restraint onthe rear seat, it is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the 2nd row seats usingthe LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS1102Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.

SSS1103Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your hand tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

1-40 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0650Rear-facing — step 4

4. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint or try installingby using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit

in all types of vehicles.5. Check to make sure the child restraint

is properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING. The three-point seat belt with

Automatic Locking Retractor(ALR) must be used when instal-ling a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being prop-erly secured. The restraint couldtip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stopor collision. Also, it can changethe operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”(P.1-62).

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the 3rd center seatposition, both the center seat beltconnector tongue and buckletongue must be secured. See

“3rd row center seat belt” (P.1-26).

SSS0100Rear-facing — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-30) and “Child restraints”(P.1-32) before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in thefront seat. Position the child restrainton the seat. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0654Rear-facing — step 2

2. Route the seat belt tongue throughthe child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

1-42 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0655Rear-facing — step 3

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fullyretracted.

SSS0656Rear-facing — step 4

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

SSS0657Rear-facing — step 5

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

SSS0658Rear-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to

each use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0645Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. See “Installingtop tether strap” (P.1-46). Do not installchild restraints that require the use ofa top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

1-44 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1104Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraintis removed, store it in a secure place.Be sure to reinstall the head re-straint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-15) for head restraint adjust-ment information.If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint or aheadrest and it is interfering with theproper child restraint fit, try another

seating position or a different childrestraint.

SSS0647Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your knee tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.

SSS0638Forward-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

JVR0136X2nd row captain’s seat

JVR0137X2nd row bench seat

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

1-46 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Installing top tether strapFirst, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (2nd row captain’sor bench outboard seating positionsonly).1. If necessary, raise or remove the head

restraint or headrest to position thetop tether strap over the top of theseatback. If the head restraint orheadrest is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint or headrest when thechild restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-15) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of eachseatback behind the child restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack. Make sure the headrestraint or headrest does not contactthe top tether strap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap on the rear seat,it is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

WARNING. The three-point seat belt with

Automatic Locking Retractor(ALR) must be used when instal-ling a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being prop-erly secured. The restraint couldtip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stopor collision. Also, it can changethe operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”(P.1-62)

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the 3rd center position,both the center seat belt connec-tor tongue and buckle tonguemust be secured. See “3rd rowcenter seat belt” (P.1-26).

SSS0640Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicleseat belt in the rear seats or in the front

passenger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed ina forward-facing direction only.Move the seat to the rearmost posi-tion. Child restraints for infants mustbe used in the rear-facing directionand, therefore, must not be used inthe front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint or headrest to obtainthe correct child restraint fit. If thehead restraint or headrest is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint or head-rest when the child restraint is re-moved. See “Head restra ints/headrests” (P.1-15) for head restraintor headrest adjustment, removal andinstallation information.If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint or aheadrest and it is interfering with theproper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child

restraint.

SSS0360BForward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue throughthe child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point (rear seatinstallation only). See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-50). Do not installchild restraints that require the use ofa top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

1-48 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0651Forward-facing — step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to Emer-gency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652Forward-facing — step 5

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

SSS0653Forward-facing — step 6

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.

SSS0641Forward-facing — step 8

8. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If

the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 2 through 8.

SSS1099Forward-facing — step 10

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

should illuminate. If this light is notilluminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-62). Movethe child restraint to another seatingposition. Have the system checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt is fully retracted, the ALRmode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

1-50 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0136X2nd row captain’s seat

JVR0137X2nd row bench seat

SSS10733rd row bench seat

Installing top tether strap

WARNINGIn the 3rd row bench seat, a childrestraint with a top tether strap canonly be used in the center position.Do not place in an outboard seatingposition and attempt to angle thetether strap to the center position.

First, secure the child restraint with theseat belt.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position thetop tether strap over the top of theseatback. If the head restraint orheadrest is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint or headrest when thechild restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-15) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of eachseatback (2nd row seat) or on thefloor (3rd row seat) behind the childrestraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack. Make sure the headrestraint or headrest does not contactthe top tether strap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap on the rear seat,it is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

BOOSTER SEATSPrecautions on booster seats

WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a sudden stop orcollision greatly increases:. Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

. A booster seat must only beinstalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the followingpoints in mind:. Choose only a booster seat with a

label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the boosterseat or vehicle seat. The seatbackmust be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. For example, if a lowback booster seat is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or abovethe center of the child’s ears. If theseatback is lower than the center ofthe child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the boosterseat is compatible with your child.Always follow all recommended pro-

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

1-52 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

cedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated.The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

CAUTIONDo not use the lap/shoulder beltAutomatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode when using a booster seatwith the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a boosterseat in the rear seat or in the frontpassenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facingdirection. Always follow the boosterseat manufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint or headrest to obtainthe correct booster seat fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint or head-rest when the booster seat is re-moved. See “Head restra ints/headrests” (P.1-15) for head restraintor headrest adjustment, removal andinstallation information.If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint or aheadrest and it is interfering with the

proper booster seat fit, try anotherseating position or a different boosterseat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seatbelt low and snug on the child’s hips.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions andinstructions for properly fastening aseat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-20).

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53

1-54 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1099

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

may or may not illuminate de-pending on the size of the child andthe type of booster seat used. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-62).

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems.. Driver and passenger supplemental

front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensionerSupplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag system: This systemcan help cushion the impact force to thechest and pelvis area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The supplemental side air bagis designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in frontand rear (2nd and 3rd) outboard seating

positions in certain side impact or rollovercollisions. In a side impact, the curtain airbags are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. In a roll-over, the curtain air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtainair bags will remain inflated for a shortperiod of time.These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash pro-tection provided by the driver and pas-senger seat belts and are not asubstitute for them. Seat belts shouldalways be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument pa-nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”(P.1-20) for instructions and precautionson seat belt usage.)The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemsare operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING. The front air bags ordinarily will

not inflate in the event of a sideimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision.Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The front passenger air bag willnot inflate if the front passengerair bag status light is lit or if thefront passenger seat is unoccu-pied. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-62).

. The seat belts and the front airbags are most effective when youare sitting well back and uprightin the seat. The front air bagsinflate with great force. Even withthe NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem, if you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sidewaysor out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you areup against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seat-

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55

1-56 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

back and as far-away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always use the seatbelts.

. The driver and front passengerseat belt buckles are equippedwith sensors that detect if theseat belts are fastened. The Ad-vanced Air Bag System monitorsthe severity of a collision and seatbelt usage then inflates the airbags. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the riskor severity of injury in an acci-dent.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with occupant classifi-cation sensors (weight sensors)that turn the front passenger airbag OFF under some conditions.This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat beltcan increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident. See“Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P.1-62).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk of injury if the

front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING. Never let children ride unrest-

rained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do notattempt to hold them in your lapor arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions areshown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injuredor killed when the front air bags,side air bags or curtain air bagsinflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and chil-dren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating front airbag could seriously injure or killyour child. See “Child restraints”(P.1-32) for details.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57

1-58 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0832

SSS0833

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags:. The side air bags ordinarily will

not inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity side collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The curtain air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, or lowerseverity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The seat belts, the side air bagsand curtain air bags are mosteffective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.The side air bags and curtain airbags inflate with great force. Donot allow anyone to place theirhand, leg or face near the side airbags on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rearoutboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustra-tions.

. When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the side air baginflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always be

properly restrained. Some exam-ples of dangerous riding posi-t i o n s a r e s h own i n t h eillustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with side air bags inflation.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59

1-60 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0399X

1. Crash zone sensor2. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod-

ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags)3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag inflators4. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bag modules5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bags6. Door satellite sensors7. Seat belt pretensioners8. Satellite sensors9. Diagnosis sensor unit10. Occupant classification sensors (weight

sensors)

11. Occupant classification system controlunit

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced air bag sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.. Do not allow a passenger in the

rear seat to push or pull on theseatback pocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat-back, head restraint or in theseatback pocket.

. Do not store cargo behind theseat that can press into the seat-back.

. Do not position the front passen-ger seat so it contacts the rearseat. If the front seat does con-tact the rear seat, the air bagsystem may determine a sensormalfunction has occurred and thefront passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the sup-plemental air bag warning light

may flash.. If a forward facing child restraint

is installed in the front passengerseat, do not position the frontpassenger seat so the child re-straint contacts the instrumentpanel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, thesystemmay determine the seat isoccupied and the passenger airbag may deploy in a collision.Also the front passenger air bagstatus light may not illuminate.See “Child restraints” (P.1-32) forinformation about installing andusing child restraints.

. Confirm the operating conditionwith the front passenger air bagstatus light.

. If you notice that the front pas-senger air bag status light is notoperating as described in thissection, it is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer to check thepassenger seat Advanced Air BagSystem.

. Until you have confirmed withyour dealer that your passengerseat advanced air bag is workingproperly, position the occupantsin the rear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driverand front passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed.The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of thesteering wheel. The passenger supple-mental front-impact air bag is mounted inthe instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper frontair bag operation.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the Air bagControl Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen-sors and the occupant classification sen-sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For thefront passenger, the occupant classifica-tion sensors are also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash,

depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, de-pending on the information provided bythe occupant classification sensors. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, the frontpassenger air bag status light will beilluminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the airbag will be off). (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-62) for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating doesnot indicate improper performance of thesystem.If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to adisability, you may also contact NISSAN.Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition shouldget fresh air promptly.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61

1-62 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an in-flating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lowerbody.Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against,the air bag module during inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.The front air bags operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemis operational.

SSS1099Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNINGThe front passenger air bag is de-signed to automatically turn OFFunder some conditions. Read thissection carefully to learn how itoperates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is ne-cessary for most effective protec-t i o n . F a i l u r e t o f o l l ow a l linstructions in this manual concern-ing the use of seats, seat belts and

child restraints can increase the riskor severity of injury in an accident.

Status light:The front passenger seat is equipped withthe occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) that turn the frontpassenger air bag on or off dependingon the weight applied to the front pas-senger seat. The status of the frontpassenger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicatedby the front passenger air bag status light

which is located on the instrumentpanel. After the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the front passenger airbag status light on the instrument panelilluminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off or illuminates depending on thefront passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:. Unoccupied passenger seat: The

light is OFF and the front passengerair bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The lightilluminates to indicate that the frontpassenger air bag is OFF and will notinflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and thepassenger meets the conditions out-lined in this section: The light isOFF to indicate that the front passen-ger air bag is operational.

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor sys-tem, please refer to “Normal operation”(P.1-64) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-65) inthis section.

Front passenger air bag:The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF when thevehicle is operated under some condi-tions as described below as permitted byU.S. regulations. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. Thedriver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passen-ger seat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.The occupant classification sensors

(weight sensors) are on the seat cushionframe under the front passenger seat andare designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a childis in the front passenger seat, the Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe passenger air bag OFF in accordancewith the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in theregulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensors can detect it andcause the air bag to turn OFF.Front passenger seat adult occupantswho are properly seated and using theseat belt as outlined in this manualshould not cause the passenger air bagto be automatically turned OFF. For smalladults it may be turned OFF, however, ifthe occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for themost effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat.

If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensors are designed tooperate as described above to turn thefront passenger air bag OFF for specifiedchild restraints. Failing to properly securechild restrains and to use the ALR modemay allow the restraint to tip or move inan accident or sudden stop. This can alsoresult in the passenger air bag inflating ina crash instead of being OFF. (See “Childrestraints” (P.1-32) for proper use andinstallation.)If the front passenger seat is not occu-pied, the passenger air bag is designednot to inflate in a crash. However, heavyobjects placed on the seat could result inair bag inflation, because of the objectbeing detected by the occupant classifi-cation sensors. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if achild is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always besure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF with the seat occupied. The light willnot illuminate when the front passengerseat is unoccupied.If an adult occupant is in the seat but the

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63

1-64 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

front passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly.If a child restraint must be used in thefront seat, the front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not be illumi-nated, depending on the size of the childand the type of child restraint being used.If the front passenger air bag status lightis not illuminated (indicating that the airbag might inflate in a crash), it could bethat the child restraint or seat belt is notbeing used properly. Make sure that thechild restraint is installed properly, theseat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the frontpassenger air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant orchild restraint in a rear seat.If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you be-lieve that the child restraint, the seat beltsand the occupant are properly positioned,the system may be sensing an unoccu-pied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check thatthe system is OFF by using a special tool.However, until you have confirmed withyour dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or child

restraint in a rear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemand front passenger air bag status lightwill take a few seconds to register achange in the front passenger seat sta-tus. However, if the seat becomes unoc-cupied, the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain off.If a malfunction occurs in the frontpassenger air bag system, the supple-mental air bag warning light , locatedin the meter and gauges area will blink.Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Normal operation:In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front pas-senger based on weight, please follow theprecautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions:. Make sure that there are no objects

weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

. Make sure that a child restraint orother object is not pressing againstthe rear of the seatback.

. Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passengerseat or seatback is not forced backagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

Steps:1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See

“Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feetcomfortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects onyour lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See“Seat belts” (P.1-20).)

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify thefront passenger before the vehicle isput into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.

NOTE:This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system locks the classificationduring driving so it is important thatyou confirm that the front passenger isproperly classified prior to driving. Also,

the occupant classification sensor sys-tem may recalculate the weight of theoccupant when the vehicle comes to astop (i.e. stop light, stop sign, etc.), sothe front passenger seat occupantshould continue to remain seated asoutlined above.Troubleshooting:If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:1. If the light is ON with no front passenger

and no objects on the front passengerseat:

This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)

hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pullingon the back of the front passengerseat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or be-

tween the seat cushion and the door.If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.NOTE:A system check will be performed dur-ing which the front passenger air bagstatus light will remain lit for about 7seconds initially.If the light is still ON after this, it isrecommended that the vehicle bechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.2. If the light is ON with an adult occupying

the front passenger seat:. Occupant is a small adult — the front

passenger air bag status light is func-tioning as intended. The front passen-ger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to thefollowing conditions that may be interfer-ing with the weight sensors:. Occupant is not sitting upright, lean-

ing against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to thefloor.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pullingon the back of the front passengerseat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or be-tween the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.NOTE:A system check will be performed dur-ing which the front passenger air bagstatus light will remain lit for about 7seconds initially.If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and it is recommendedthat the vehicle be checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.3. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child

or child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat.This may be due to the following condi-

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65

1-66 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

. Small adult or child is not sittingupright, leaning against the seatback,and centered on the seat cushion withhis/her feet comfortably extended tothe floor.

. The child restraint is not properlyinstalled, as outlined. (See “Child re-straints” (P.1-32).)

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pullingon the back of the front passengerseat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:A system check will be performed dur-ing which the front passenger air bagstatus light will remain lit for about 7seconds initially.If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should berepositioned in the rear seat and it isrecommended that the vehicle bechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

WARNING. Do not place any objects on the

steering wheel pad or on theinstrument panel. Also, do notplace any objects between anyoccupant and the steering wheelor instrument panel. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the frontair bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seatthat will leave permanent impres-sions in the seat. Such objectscan damage the seat or occupant

classification sensors (weightsensors). This can affect the op-eration of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic clea-ners (hot steam cleaners) on theseat. This can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensors.This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result inserious personal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, sev-eral front air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental airbag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orfront end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thefront air bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag sys-tem may result in serious perso-

nal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheeland the instrument panel assem-bly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad and above theinstrument panel or by installingadditional trim material aroundthe air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect thefunction of the air bag systemand result in serious personalinjury.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may resultin serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the frontseats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing ad-ditional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that isnot specifically designed to as-sure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passen-ger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may inter-fere with the proper operation ofthe occupant classification sen-sors.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the seat belt system.This may affect the front air bagsystem. Tampering with the seatbelt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a quali-fied repair facility. A crackedwindshield could affect the func-tion of the supplemental air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67

1-68 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1092

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLE-MENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in theoutside of the seatback of the front seats.The curtain air bags are located in theside roof rails. All of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact.

They are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions on theside where the vehicle is impacted.Curtain air bags are also designed toinflate in certain types of rollover colli-sions or near rollovers. As a result, certainvehicle movements (for example, duringsevere off roading) may cause the curtainair bags to inflate.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper side airbag and curtain air bag operation.When side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smokeis not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvis of the front occu-pants. Curtain air bags help to cushionthe impact force to the head of occu-pants in the front and rear (2nd and 3rd)outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bags andcurtain air bags may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain air

bags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seatedupright as far as practical away from theside air bag. Rear seat passengers shouldbe seated as far away as practical fromthe door finishers and side roof rails. Theside air bags and curtain air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect theoccupants. Because of this, the force ofthe side air bags and curtain air bagsinflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. Ina rollover, the curtain air bags on bothsides are designed to inflate. Under bothside-impact situations, the curtain airbags will remain inflated for a shortperiod of time.The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isin the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING. Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door finisher and the frontseat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several sideair bags and curtain air bag sys-tem components will be hot. Donot touch them; youmay severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of side air bag and curtainair bags. This is to prevent da-mage to or accidental inflation ofthe side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affect prop-er operation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the air bag sys-tem may result in serious perso-

nal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatback or byinstalling additional trim materi-al, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bags.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect thefunction of the air bag systemand result in serious personalinjury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the side air bag andcurtain air bag. It is also recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the side-impact airbag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side airbag and curtain air bag systems and

guide the buyer to the appropriate sec-tions in this Owner’s Manual.SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING. The pretensioners cannot be re-

used after activation. They mustbe replaced together with theretractor and buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved ina collision but a pretensioner isnot activated, be sure to have thepretensioner system checkedand, if necessary, replaced. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the pretensioner sys-tem. This is to prevent damage toor accidental activation of thepretensioners. Tampering withthe pretensioner system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the pretensioner system.It is also recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-69

1-70 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

electrical equipment. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the pretensioner sys-tem.

. If you need to dispose of a pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Correctpretensioner disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working withthe seat belt retractor, it helps tighten theseat belt when the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor and buckle anchor. Theseseat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful, and it does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-

ing condition should get fresh airpromptly.After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.The supplemental air bag warning light

is used to indicate malfunctions inthe pretensioner system. (See “Supple-mental air bag warning light” (P.1-71) formore details.) If the operation of thesupplemental air bag warning light indi-cates there is a malfunction, have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

WARNINGDo not use a rear-facing child re-straint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it. If the air bag

deploys, it may cause serious injuryor death.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bagsystems, pretensioners and all relatedwiring.When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 secondsand then turns off. This means the systemis operational.If any of the following conditions occur,the air bag and/or pretensioner systemsneed servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warninglight remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioner systemswill not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-71

1-72 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will re-main illuminated after inflation hasoccurred. These systems should be re-paired and/or replaced as soon as possi-ble. It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.When maintenance work is required onthe vehicle, the front air bags, side airbags, curtain air bags, pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson conducting the maintenance. Theignition switch should always be in theLOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING. Once a front air bag, side air bag

or curtain air bag has inflated, theair bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Ad-ditionally, the activated preten-sioner must also be replaced. Theair bag module and pretensionershould be replaced. It is recom-

mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. However, the airbag module and pretensionersystem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag,curtain air bag and the preten-sioner should be inspected ifthere is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

. If you need to dispose of a sup-plemental air bag or pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN deal-er. Correct supplemental air bagand pretensioner system dispo-sal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

. If there is an impact to yourvehicle from any direction, yourOccupant Classification Sensor(OCS) should be checked to verifyit is still functioning correctly. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked evenif no air bags deploy as a result ofthe impact. Failure to verify prop-er OCS function may result in an

improper air bag deployment re-sulting in injury or death.

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit .................................................................................................. 2-3Instrument panel .......................................................................... 2-4Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 2-5

Speedometer and odometer ........................................ 2-6Tachometer ................................................................................ 2-7Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7Fuel gauge................................................................................... 2-8Engine oil pressure gauge .............................................. 2-8Voltmeter ...................................................................................... 2-9Meter/ring illumination and needle sweep....... 2-9

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ..................................................................... 2-10

Checking lights ..................................................................... 2-11Warning lights ........................................................................ 2-11Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-18Audible reminders .............................................................. 2-20

Vehicle information display ............................................... 2-21Operational indicators .................................................... 2-23Maintenance indicators ................................................. 2-26Trip computer ........................................................................ 2-27

Security systems ........................................................................ 2-30Vehicle Security System ................................................ 2-30NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System .................... 2-31

Wiper and washer switch ................................................... 2-32Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-33Rain-sensing auto wiper system (ifso equipped) ......................................................................... 2-34Rear window wiper andwasher operation ............................................................. 2-35

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch ................................. 2-36Windshield deicer switch (if so equipped) ............. 2-36Headlight and turn signal switch ................................ 2-37

Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-37Instrument brightness control .............................. 2-40Turn signal switch ........................................................... 2-41Fog light switch (if so equipped) ......................... 2-42

Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-42Horn ..................................................................................................... 2-43Heated seats................................................................................. 2-43

Front (if so equipped) .................................................... 2-44Rear (if so equipped) ...................................................... 2-44

Climate controlled seats (if so equipped) ............. 2-45Warning systems switch (if so equipped) ............. 2-46SNOW mode switch ................................................................ 2-47TOW mode switch .................................................................... 2-47Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ........ 2-47

Power outlet .................................................................................. 2-48USB (Universal Serial Bus)charging connector .......................................................... 2-50

Storage .............................................................................................. 2-51Cup holders ............................................................................. 2-51Sunglasses holder .............................................................. 2-53Glove box ................................................................................... 2-53Console box............................................................................. 2-54Tray ................................................................................................ 2-55Coat hooks ............................................................................... 2-56Luggage hooks ..................................................................... 2-56Cargo floor box .................................................................... 2-57Roof rack ................................................................................... 2-57Rear bumper cover ........................................................... 2-58

Windows ............................................................................................ 2-60Power windows .................................................................... 2-60

Moonroof (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-63Power moonroof ................................................................. 2-63

Welcome light (if so equipped) ....................................... 2-65Battery saver system ..................................................... 2-65

Interior lights ................................................................................. 2-65Map lights ................................................................................. 2-65Rear personal lights .......................................................... 2-66Interior light control switch ........................................ 2-66

Vanity mirror lights .................................................................. 2-67Cargo light ...................................................................................... 2-67

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (Type A) (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 2-68

Programming HomeLink® ......................................... 2-68Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ................................. 2-70Operating the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver .................................................... 2-70Programming troubleshooting ............................. 2-70Clearing the programmed information .......... 2-71Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button ........................................................... 2-71If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-71

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (Type B) (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 2-72

Programming HomeLink® ......................................... 2-72Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ................................. 2-74Operating the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver .................................................... 2-74Programming troubleshooting ............................. 2-74Clearing the programmed information .......... 2-75Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button ........................................................... 2-75Using the garage doortwo-way communication........................................... 2-75If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-76

JVC1105X

1. Power liftgate switch (if so equipped)2. Heated steering wheel switch (if so

equipped)3. Instrument brightness control switch4. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer5. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight

— Turn signal— Fog light (if so equipped)

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control steering switch— Hands-Free Phone System switch

7. Trip computer switch

8. Wiper and washer switch9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)— Cruise control system (if so equipped)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system(if so equipped)

10. Dynamic driver assistance switch (if soequipped)— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) sys-tem (if so equipped)— Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) sys-tem (if so equipped)— Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) system (if so equipped)

11. Shift lever12. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch (if so

equipped)/SNOW mode switch/TOWMODE switch/Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF switch

13. Headlight aiming control14. Power liftgate main switch (if so

equipped)15. Warning systems switch (if so equipped)

— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if soequipped)— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if soequipped)

16. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls

JVC1093X

1. Side ventilator2. Meters and gauges3. Center ventilator4. Center multi-function control panel5. Center display

— Intelligent Around View Monitor (if soequipped)

— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)— Navigation system (if so equipped)

6. Hazard warning flasher switch7. Defroster switch/Deicer switch (if so

equipped)8. Front passenger supplemental air bag9. Fuse box

10. Parking brake11. Hood release handle12. Steering wheel

— Horn— Driver supplemental air bag— Power steering

13. Push-button ignition switch14. Climate controlled seat switch (if so

equipped)/Heated seat switch (if soequipped)

15. Front passenger air bag status light16. Power outlet17. USB connection port18. Cup holder/Tray19. Heater and air conditioner20. Audio system21. Glove box

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SIC4368

1. Tachometer*2. Warning and indicator lights3. Speedometer*4. Engine coolant temperature gauge*5. Voltmeter*6. Vehicle information display/Odometer/

twin trip odometer

7. Engine oil pressure gauge*8. Fuel gauge**: The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position. This is nota malfunction.

CAUTION. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,

dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Sprayingliquid may cause the system tomalfunction.

Instruments and controls 2-5

METERS AND GAUGES

2-6 Instruments and controls

SIC4369Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERSpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speedin miles per hour (MPH) and kilometersper hour (km/h).

JVI0543XOdometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer and twin trip odometer

are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:Pushing the TRIP RESET switch at thebottom left of the combination meterpanel changes the display as follows:TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:Pushing the TRIP RESET switch formore than 1 second resets the tripodometer to zero.Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. (See“Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).)

SIC4371

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone .

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear orreduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

SIC4372

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.The engine coolant temperature is withinthe normal range when the gauge needlepoints within the zone shown in theillustration.The engine coolant temperature varieswith the outside air temperature anddriving conditions.

CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end ofthe normal range, reduce vehiclespeed to decrease temperature. Ifgauge is over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possi-ble. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14) for immediate action required.

Instruments and controls 2-7

2-8 Instruments and controls

SIC4374

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximatefuel level in the tank.The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or goingup or down hills.The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty)after the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “0” (Empty).The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fueltank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the gauge

reaches “0”. There will be a small reserveof fuel in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches “0”.The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the driver’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the

malfunction indicator light(MIL) may come on. Refuel assoon as possible. After a fewdriving trips, the light shouldturn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” (P.2-19).

SIC4375

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine lubrica-tion system oil pressure while the engineis running. When the engine speed is high,the engine oil pressure is also high. Whenit is low, the gauge indicates the low (L) oilpressure.The engine oil pressure is normal whenthe gauge needle points within the zone

shown in the illustration.

CAUTION. This gauge is not designed to

indicate low engine oil level. Use

the dipstick to check the oil level.(See “Engine oil” (P.8-6).)

. If the gauge needle does notmove with the proper amount ofengine oil, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice. Continued vehicle opera-tion in such a condition couldcause serious damage to the en-gine.

SIC4376

VOLTMETERWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the volt meter indicates thebattery voltage. When the engine is run-ning, it indicates the generator voltage.While cranking the engine, the volt dropbelow the normal range. If the needle isnot in the normal range (10.5 to 15.5 volt)while the engine is running, it mayindicate that the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

METER/RING ILLUMINATION ANDNEEDLE SWEEPThe ring illumination surrounding metersand gauges illuminates when the driver’sdoor is closed after getting into thevehicle with the Intelligent Key carried in.When the engine is started, the indicatorneedles will sweep in the speedometerand tachometer and the ring illuminationwill be brightened gradually. This functioncan be turned off. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-27).)

Instruments and controls 2-9

2-10 Instruments and controls

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light (if so equipped)

CRUISE indicator light (if so equipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light (orange; if so equipped)

Exterior light indicator

Automatic transmission check warn-ing light Intelligent Key warning light

Front fog light indicator light (if soequipped)

Automatic Transmission (AT) oil tem-perature warning light

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor light (orange; if so equipped)

Front passenger air bag status light

Automatic Transmission (AT) parkwarning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/IntelligentBlind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) systemwarning light (orange; if so equipped)

Master warning lightIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ONindicator light (green; if so equipped)

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light

SNOW mode indicator light

Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)

Automatic transmission position indi-cator light

TOW mode indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning lightIntelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) ON indicator light (green; if soequipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warning light(4WD models) Check suspension indicator light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , , ,, ,

If any light does not come on or operatesin a way other than described, it mayindicate a burned-out bulb and/or asystem malfunction. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed on the vehicle information dis-play between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-21).)

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock Braking Sys-tem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brakesystem then operates normally, but with-out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys-tem” (P.5-137).)

Automatic Transmission (AT)check warning lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds. If the light comes on at anyother time, it may indicate the transmis-sion is not functioning properly. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerto check and repair the transmission.

Automatic Transmission (AT)oil temperature warning lightThis light illuminates when the AutomaticTransmission (AT) oil temperature is toohigh. If the light illuminates while driving,reduce the vehicle speed as soon assafely possible until the light turns off.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation whenthe AT oil temperature warning lightis on may damage the AT.

Automatic Transmission (AT)park warning light (4WD models)This light indicates that the AutomaticTransmission (AT) parking function is notengaged. If the transfer control is notsecured in any driving position while theAT shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position,the transmission will disengage and thewheels will not lock.If the AT park warning light illuminateswith the shift lever in the P (Park)position, shift the Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) shift switch to the AUTO, 4H or4L position again with the shift lever inthe N (Neutral) position. (See “NISSAN all-

Instruments and controls 2-11

2-12 Instruments and controls

mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention(I-BSI) system warning light (or-ange; if so equipped)When the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the indicator light will firstilluminate in orange and turn greenbefore turning off. This indicates thatthe Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Intelli-gent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) sys-tems are operational.If the light comes on in orange andremains on, it may indicate that the BSWand I-BSI systems are not functioningproperly. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable, have the systems checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. See “Blind Spot Warning(BSW)” (P.5-33) and “Intelligent Blind SpotIntervention (I-BSI)” (P.5-43).

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake

fluid is low, add fluid and have thesystem checked. It is recommendedyou have this service performed by aNISSAN dealer. (See “Brake fluid” (P.8-9).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It isrecommended you have this serviceperformed by a NISSAN dealer.

Low hydraulic pressure warning indica-tor:If the brake warning light illuminateswhen the engine is running, or whiledriving with the parking brake is released,

check the brake fluid level. If the brakefluid level is sufficient, it may indicate lowhydraulic pressure in the brake booster. Itis recommended that you have the brakesystem checked by a NISSAN dealerpromptly.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if boththe brake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illu-minate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. Have the brakesystem checked, and if necessary re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”(P.2-11).)

WARNING. Your brake system may not be

working properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be dan-gerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on thebrake fluid reservoir, do not driveuntil the brake system has beenchecked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, have your vehicleserviced immediately. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving if the alter-nator belt is loose, broken or miss-ing.

Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) system warning light (orange; ifso equipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) system.If the warning light illuminates, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving andturn on the I-DC system again.If it is not possible to turn on the systemor the warning light stays on, it mayindicate that the system is malfunction-ing. Although the vehicle is still drive-able under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.See “Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC)”(P.5-91).

Engine oil pressure warninglightThis light warns of low engine oil pres-sure. If the light flickers or comes onduring normal driving, pull off the road ina safe area, stop the engine immediatelyand call a NISSAN dealer or other author-ized repair shop.The engine oil pressure warning light is

not designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level.(See “Engine oil” (P.8-6).)

CAUTIONRunning the engine with the engineoil pressure warning light on couldcause serious damage to the enginealmost immediately. Such damage isnot covered by warranty. Turn off theengine as soon as it is safe to do so.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warn-ing light (4WD models)The warning light comes on when theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion. It turns off soon after the engine isstarted.If the 4WD system malfunctions, or thediameter of the front and the rear wheelsare different, the warning light will eitherremain illuminated or blink. (See “NISSANall-mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).)

Instruments and controls 2-13

2-14 Instruments and controls

CAUTION. If the warning light comes on

while driving there may be amalfunction in the 4WD system.Reduce the vehicle speed andhave your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen driving on dry or hardsurfaced roads:— in the 4H(I) position, shift the

4WD shift switch to AUTO— in the 4L(O) position, stop the

vehicle and shift the transmis-sion shift lever to the N (Neu-tral) position and shift the4WD shift switch to AUTO

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) system warning light (if soequipped)This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Itturns off after the engine is started.This light illuminates when the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) system is set toOFF on the center display.If the light illuminates when the AEBsystem is ON, it may indicate that thesystem is unavailable. See “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-104) formore details.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system.If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still driveable

under normal conditions, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Intelligent Key warning lightAfter the ignition switch is placed in theON position, this light comes on for about2 seconds and then turns off.This light warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine. If the light comes on while theengine is running, you can drive thevehicle. However in these cases, havethe system checked as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange; if soequipped)When the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the light will come on inorange, turn green, and then turn off. Thisindicates that the Lane Departure Warn-ing (LDW) and Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI) systems are operational.While the LDW and/or I-LI system is on,the light will blink in orange and a

warning chime will sound if the vehicle istraveling close to either the left or theright of a traveling lane with detectablelane markers.If the light comes on in orange andremains on, it may indicate that the LDWand I-LI systems are not functioningproperly. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable, have the systems checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/In-telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-23).

Low tire pressure warninglightYour vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare.The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.After the ignition switch is placed in theON position, this light illuminates forabout 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also

appears in the vehicle information dis-play. If you select the tire pressure in-formation in the center display, the LowPressure information will be displayed.The tire pressure for each tire will alsobe displayed.When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The low tirepressure warning light does not automa-tically turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn offthe low tire pressure warning light. Use atire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as thelow tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-21), “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:If the TPMS is not functioning properly,the low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute when theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. The CHECK TIRE PRES-SURE warning does not appear if the lowtire pressure warning light illuminates toindicate a TPMS malfunction.For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING. If the light does not illuminate

with the ignition switch placed inthe ON position, have the vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. If the light illuminates or LowPressure information is displayedon the monitor screen while driv-ing, avoid sudden steering man-euvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-

Instruments and controls 2-15

2-16 Instruments and controls

ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and alltires are properly inflated, it isrecommended you consult aNISSAN dealer.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/or

TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

CAUTION. The TPMS is not a substitute for

the regular tire pressure check.Be sure to check the tire pressureregularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to install the specifiedsize of tires to the four wheelscorrectly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayedon the vehicle information display:. No key warning. Low fuel warning. Low washer fluid warning. Parking brake release warning. Door/liftgate open warning. Front radar obstruction warning (if so

equipped). Headlight warning. Loose fuel cap warning. Check tire pressure warning. Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI)

not available warning (if so equipped). Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI)

malfunction warning (if so equipped). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

system warning (if so equipped). Extended storage fuse warning (if so

equipped)See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).

Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and will remain illuminated untilthe driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied. For approximately 5seconds after the ignition switch is placedin the ON position, the system does notactivate the warning light for the frontpassenger.See “Seat belts” (P.1-20) for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglightAfter placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light will illuminate. The supplementalair bag warning light will turn off afterabout 7 seconds if the air bag and/orpretensioner systems are operational.If any of the following conditions occur,

the air bag and/or pretensioner systemsneeds servicing.. The supplemental air bag warning

light remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioners may not func-tion properly.For additional information, see “Supple-mental restraint system” (P.1-54).

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag systems and/or pretensionersystems will not operate in an acci-dent. To help avoid injury to yourselfor others, have your vehicle checked.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and thenturns off.The light will blink when the VDC systemor the traction control system is operat-ing, thus alerting the driver that thevehicle is nearing its traction limits. Theroad surface may be slippery.When the VDC warning light illuminateswhen the VDC system is turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that theVDC system’s fail-safe mode is operating,for example the VDC or hill start assistsystem may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice. If a malfunction occurs in thesystem, the VDC system function will becanceled but the vehicle is still driveable.For additional information, see “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-140).

Instruments and controls 2-17

2-18 Instruments and controls

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the indicator shows the shiftlever position.In the manual shift mode, when thetransmission does not shift to the se-lected gear due to a transmission protec-tion mode, the AT position indicator lightwill blink and a buzzer will sound.See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-18) forfurther details.

Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-vention (I-BSI) ON indicator light(green; if so equipped)The light comes on in green when theIntelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)system is turned on. The light turns offwhen the system is turned off.NOTE:This light is commonwith the BSW/I-BSIsystem warning light (orange). (See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/IntelligentBlind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) systemwarning light” (P.2-12).)For more details, see “Intelligent BlindSpot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P.5-43).

Check suspension indicatorlightWhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds.

Cruise indicator light (if soequipped)Cruise main switch indicator:This light illuminates when the cruisecontrol main switch is pushed. The lightturns off when the main switch is pushedagain. When the cruise main switch in-dicator light illuminates, the cruise controlsystem is operational. (See “Cruise con-trol” (P.5-67).)

Cruise malfunction:If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate thecruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. (See “Cruise control” (P.5-67).)

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, rear combinationlights, license plate lights or headlightsare on. The indicator turns off when theselights are turned off.

Front fog light indicator light(if so equipped)The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on.(See “Fog light switch” (P.2-42).)

Front passenger air bag sta-tus lightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) located on the instrument panel willbe lit and the passenger front air bag willbe OFF depending on how the frontpassenger seat is being used.For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-60).

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when thelow beam is selected.

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ON indicator light (green; if soequipped)The light comes on in green when theIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systemis turned on. The light turns off when thesystem is turned off.NOTE:This light is common with the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) indicator light(orange). (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light” (P.2-14).)For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)/Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI)” (P.5-23).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comeson steady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control malfunction.The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-fillercap is installed and closed tightly, andthat the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons(14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potentialemission control system malfunction ex-ists.If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indi-cates that the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “Readiness forInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10-33).)

Operation:The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady— An emission control system mal-function has been detected. Checkthe fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUELCAP warning appears in the vehicleinformation display. If the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drivethe vehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If thelight does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. Youdo not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emissioncontrol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel-

eration.3) Avoid steep uphill grades.4) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and remain on.Have the vehicle inspected. It is re-

Instruments and controls 2-19

2-20 Instruments and controls

commended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, re-duced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission control sys-tem.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.If the security system is malfunctioning,this light will remain on while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. For additionalinformation, see “Security systems” (P.2-30).

SNOW mode indicator lightWhen selecting SNOW mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate.(See “SNOW mode” (P.5-134).)

TOW mode indicator lightThis light will illuminate when the TOWMODE is selected while the engine isrunning. (See “TOW mode” (P.5-133).)

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates andthen turns off.The light comes on when the VDC offswitch is pushed to OFF. This indicatesthat the VDC system is not operating.When the 4L position is selected with theFour-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch, theVDC system is disabled and the VDC offindicator light illuminates. (4WD models)For additional information, see “Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-140).AUDIBLE REMINDERSKey reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side dooris opened while the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC position. Make surethe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition, and take the Intelligent Key withyou when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignitionswitch in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.Turn the light switch off when you leavethe vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe chime will sound if the vehicle isdriven at more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) withthe parking brake applied. Stop the vehi-cle and release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal is

depressed. After more wear of the brakepad, the sound will always be heard evenif the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe warning sound is heard.

SIC4379

The vehicle information display locatedbetween the speedometer and odometer,and shows the indicators for the drivingsystems, Intelligent Key operation andvarious warnings and information.For detailed information about each sys-tem, see the following sections:. Automatic Transmission (AT)

— “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P.2-10).

— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-17).. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

— “NISSAN all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).. Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI)

— “Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).

. Cruise control— “Cruise control” (P.5-67).

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”

(P.5-69).. Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC)

— “Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC)”(P.5-91).

. Intelligent Key system— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).— “Push-button ignition switch” (P.5-

13).. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

— “Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB)” (P.5-104).

. Intelligent Forward Collision Warning(I-FCW)— “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn-

ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-113).

Instruments and controls 2-21

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

2-22 Instruments and controls

JVI1159X

OPERATIONAL INDICATORS1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed.

2. NO KEY warningThis warning appears in either of thefollowing conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:The warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:The warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered key. Use theregistered Intelligent Key.See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) formore details.

3. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position or push theignition switch to the ON position.An inside warning chime will also sound.(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).)

4. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift leveris moved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position afterthe SHIFT “P” warning appears.To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following proce-dure:SHIFT “P” warning? (Move the shift leverto “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch positionis turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ?(Push the ignition switch ? ignitionswitch position is turned to OFF)

5. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicatorThis indicator appears when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. (See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-21).)

6. Engine start operation for Intelli-gent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of powerand when the Intelligent Key System andvehicle are not communicating normally.If this indicator appears, touch the igni-tion switch with the Intelligent Key whiledepressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli-gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-15).)

7. Remote engine start indicator (ifso equipped)This indicator appears when the enginehas been started using the remote startfunction. To start the vehicle, depress thebrake pedal and place the ignition switchin the ON position.For more details, see “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19).

Instruments and controls 2-23

2-24 Instruments and controls

8. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

9. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel levelin the tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches the 0 (Empty) position.There is a small reserve of fuel remain-ing in the tank when the fuel gaugereaches the 0 (Empty) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washertank fluid is at a low level. Add washerfluid as necessary. (See “Window washerfluid” (P.8-10).)

11. Door/liftgate open warning(ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion)This warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the liftgate are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the liftgate is open on the display.

12. Loose fuel cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-27).)

13. Check tire pressure warningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meterilluminates and low tire pressure is de-tected. The warning appears each timethe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated. If thiswarning appears, stop the vehicle andadjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label. (See“Low tire pressure warning light” (P.2-15)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

14. Extended storage fuse warning(if so equipped)This warning may appear if the extendedstorage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this warning ap-pears, push in (switch on) the extendedstorage fuse switch to turn off the warn-ing. For more information, see “Extendedstorage fuse switch” (P.8-21).

15. Intelligent Back-up Intervention(I-BI) not available warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Intelli-gent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) system istemporarily not available.For more details, see “Intelligent Back-upIntervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).

16. Intelligent Back-up Intervention(I-BI) malfunction warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Intelli-gent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) system isnot functioning properly.For more details, see “Intelligent Back-upIntervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).

17. Headlight warningThis warning appears if the LED head-lights are malfunctioning. It is recom-mended you have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

18. Front radar obstruction warning(if so equipped)This warning appears when the sensorarea of the front bumper is covered withdirt or is obstructed, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead.The following systems will be automati-

cally canceled.. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

(if so equipped). Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) sys-

tem (if so equipped). Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

system (if so equipped). Intelligent Forward Collision Warning

(I-FCW) system (if so equipped)For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-69), “Intelligent DistanceControl (I-DC)” (P.5-91), “Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-104) or “Intelli-gent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)”(P.5-113).

19. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set“TIMER” indicator activates. You can setthe time for up to 6 hours. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-27).)

20. Low outside temperaturewarningThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-27).)

21. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shiftindicator (4WD models)This indicator shows the Four-WheelDrive (4WD) driving mode (AUTO, 4HI or4LO) that is selected by the 4WD shiftswitch. (See “NISSAN all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).)

22. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system MAIN switch indicator (if soequipped)The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem main switch indicator (CRUISE) isdisplayed when the ICC main switch ispushed. When the main switch is pushedagain, the indicator disappears. While theCRUISE indicator is displayed, the ICCsystem is operational.The cruise control set indicator (SET) isdisplayed while the vehicle is controlledby the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode of the ICC system.For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-69).

23. Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) system switch indicator (if soequipped)The indicator is displayed when theIntelligent Distance Control (I-DC) systemswitch is pushed on. When the switch ispushed again, the indicator disappears.While the indicator is displayed, the I-DCsystem is operational. (See “IntelligentDistance Control (I-DC)” (P.5-91).)

24. Intelligent Back-up Intervention(I-BI) system indicator (if soequipped)The I-BI ON indicator (SYSTEM ON) ap-pears when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position with the IntelligentBack-up Intervention (I-BI) system turnedon.If the I-BI system is turned off, the I-BI OFFindicator (SYSTEM OFF) appears.For more details, see “Intelligent Back-upIntervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).

Instruments and controls 2-25

2-26 Instruments and controls

SIC4325

MAINTENANCE INDICATORS1. Engine oil replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the custo-mer set time comes for changing theengine oil. You can set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.(See “Trip computer” (P.2-27).)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the custo-mer set time comes for replacing the oilfilter. You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the oil filter. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-27).)

3. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the custo-mer set distance comes for replacingtires. You can set or reset the distancefor replacing tires. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-27).)

WARNINGThe tire replacement indicator is nota substitute for regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks. See“Changing wheels and tires” (P.8-37).Many factors including tire inflation,alignment, driving habits and roadconditions affect tire wear and when

tires should be replaced. Setting thetire replacement indicator for a cer-tain driving distance does not meanyour tires will last that long. Use thetire replacement indicator as a guideonly and always perform regular tirechecks. Failure to perform regulartire checks, including tire pressurechecks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, whichcould result in serious personal in-jury or death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the custo-mer set time comes for replacing itemsother than the engine oil, oil filter andtires. You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the items. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-27).)More maintenance reminders are alsoavailable on the center display. (SeeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual.)

SIC4494

SIC4420

TRIP COMPUTERSwitches for the trip computer are lo-cated on the right side of the combina-tion meter panel. To operate the tripcomputer, push the switches as shownabove.

switchswitch

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, modes of the trip computercan be selected by pushing theswitch .Each time the switch is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:Current fuel consumption ? Average fuel

Instruments and controls 2-27

2-28 Instruments and controls

consumption and speed ? Elapsed timeand trip odometer ? Distance to empty(dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ?Setting ? Warning check

1. Current and average fuel con-sumptionThe current and average fuel consump-tion mode shows the current and aver-age fuel consumption.

2. Average fuel consumption (MPGor l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPHor km/h)Fuel consumption:The average fuel consumption modeshows the average fuel consumptionsince the last reset. Resetting is done bypushing the switch for longer than1 second. (The average speed is also resetat the same time.)The display is updated every 30 seconds.At about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

Speed:The average speed mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing theswitch for longer than 1 second. (Theaverage fuel consumption is also reset atthe same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(MILES or km)Elapsed time:The elapsed time mode shows the timesince the last reset. The displayed timecan be reset by pushing the switchfor longer than 1 second. (The trip od-ometer is also reset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by push-ing the switch for longer than 1second. (The elapsed time is also reset atthe same time.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — MILESor km)The distance to empty (dte) mode pro-vides you with an estimation of thedistance that can be driven before refuel-ing. The dte is constantly being calcu-lated, based on the amount of fuel in thefuel tank and the actual fuel consump-tion.The display is updated every 30 seconds.The dte mode includes a low range

warning feature. If the fuel level is low,the warning is displayed on the screen.When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.. If the amount of fuel added is small,

the display just before the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF positionmay continue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or roundingcurves, the fuel in the tank shifts,which may momentarily change thedisplay.

5. Outside air temperature (ICY — °For °C)The outside air temperature is displayedin °F or °C in the range of −22 to 131°F (−30to 55°C).The outside air temperature mode in-cludes a low temperature warning fea-ture. If the outside air temperature isbelow 37°F (3°C), the warning is displayedon the screen.The outside temperature sensor is lo-cated in front of the radiator. The sensormay be affected by road or engine heat,wind directions and other driving condi-tions. The display may differ from theactual outside temperature or the tem-perature displayed on various signs orbillboards.

6. SettingSetting is available while the engine isrunning.Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “SETTING CAN ONLY BE OPER-ATED WHEN STOPPED” is also displayedon the vehicle information display.The switch and switch areused in the setting mode to select anddecide a menu.

SKIP:Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.Push the switch to select othermenus.

ALERT:There are 3 submenus under the alertmenu.. BACK

Select this submenu to return to thetop page of the setting mode.

. TIMERSelect this submenu to specify whenthe “TIMER” indicator activates.

. ICYSelect this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

MAINTENANCE:There are 5 submenus under the main-tenance menu.. BACK

Select this submenu to return to thetop page of the setting mode.

. TIRESelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. FILTERSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. OILSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. OTHERSelect this submenu and set or resetthe distance for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires.

OPTIONS:There are 4 submenus under the displaymenu.. BACK

Select this submenu to return to thetop page of the setting mode.

. LANGUAGESelect this submenu to choose Eng-lish, French or Spanish for display.

. UNITSelect this submenu to choose theunit.

. EFFECTSSelect this submenu to turn on and offthe needle sweep function whenstarting the engine.

7. Warning checkSKIP:Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.Push the switch to select othermenus.

DETAIL:This item is available only when a warningis displayed.Select this menu to see the details ofwarnings.

Instruments and controls 2-29

2-30 Instruments and controls

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:. Vehicle security system. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown bythe security indicator light.VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system providesvisual and audio alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood, or liftgate whenthe system is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.The system helps deter vehicle theft but

cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle com-ponents in all situations. Always secureyour vehicle even if parking for a briefperiod. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s)in the vehicle, and always lock it whenunattended. Be aware of your surround-ings, and park in secure, well-lit areaswhenever possible.Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may alsooffer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may beeligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lockall doors. The doors can be lockedwith the Intelligent Key, door handlerequest switch, power door lockswitch or mechanical key.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

5. Confirm that the security indicatorlight comes on. The security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds.The vehicle security system is nowpre-armed. After about 30 secondsthe vehicle security system automati-cally shifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash onceevery approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm timeperiod, the door is unlocked, or theignition switch is pushed to ACC orON, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all doors, hood, and lift-gate locked with the ignition switch inthe LOCK position. When pushing theignition switch to the ACC or ON posi-tion, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:. The headlights blink and the horn

sounds intermittently.. The alarm automatically turns off

after approximately 50 seconds. How-ever, the alarm reactivates if thevehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening theliftgate without using the button onthe Intelligent Key, the door handlerequest switch or the mechanical key.(Even if the door is opened by releas-ing the door inside lock knob, thealarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop when a door isunlocked by pushing the unlock buttonon the Intelligent Key, the door handlerequest switch or using the mechanicalkey, or when the ignition switch is pushedto the ACC or ON position.If the system does not operate asdescribed above, it is recommendedyou have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,

and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-31

2-32 Instruments and controls

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located onthe meter panel. It indicates the status ofthe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.The light blinks after the ignition switchwas in the ACC, OFF and LOCK position.This function indicates the security sys-tems equipped on the vehicle are opera-tional.If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for

the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemas soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windowand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the win-dow with the defroster before youwash the window.

CAUTION. Do not operate the washer con-

tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Do

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

not use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

If the wiper operation is interrupted bysnow or ice, the wiper may stop movingto protect its motor. If this occurs, turnthe wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is onand around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

JVI1010XType A (if so equipped)

JVI1011XType B (if so equipped)

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHEROPERATIONThe windshield wiper and washer oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

INT (Type A) (if so equipped) — intermit-tent operation can be adjusted by turningthe knob toward (Slower) or (Faster).When the speed sensing wiper intervalfunction is turned on, the intermittentoperation speed varies in accordancewith the vehicle speed. (For example,when the vehicle speed is high, theintermittent operation speed will be fas-ter.) To turn this function on and off, seeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual.AUTO (Type B) (if so equipped) — Formodels with the rain-sensing auto wipersystem, see “Rain-sensing auto wipersystem” (P.2-34).LO — continuous low speed operationHI — continuous high speed operationMIST — one sweep operation of the wiper

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.To operate the washer, pull the levertoward the back of the vehicle untilthe desired amount of washer fluid isspread on the windshield. The wiper will

Instruments and controls 2-33

2-34 Instruments and controls

automatically operate several times.Wiper drip wipe system:The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipewasher fluid that has dripped on thewindshield.

JVI1013X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-TEM (if so equipped)The rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers andadjust the wiper speed depending onthe rainfall and the vehicle speed by usingthe rain sensor located on the upper partof the windshield.To set the rain-sensing auto wiper sys-tem, push the lever down to the AUTOposition . The wiper will sweep oncewhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward thefront (High) or toward the rear (Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operationTo turn the rain-sensing auto wipersystem off, push up the lever to the OFFposition, or pull down the lever to the LOor HI position.

CAUTIONDo not touch the rain sensor andaround it when the wiper switch is inthe AUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. Thewipers may operate unexpectedlyand cause to an injury or may da-mage a wiper.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers areintended for use during rain. If theswitch is left in the AUTO position,the wipers may operate unexpect-edly when dirt, fingerprints, oil filmor insects are stuck on or around thesensor. The wipers may also operatewhen exhaust gas or moisture affectthe rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers maynot operate if rain does not hit therain sensor even if it is raining.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of

the rain-sensing auto wipers may behigher even though the amount ofthe rainfall is small.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensingauto wiper system when you use acar wash.

. Using genuine wiper blades is re-commended for proper operation ofthe rain-sensing auto wiper system.(See “Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-16) for wiper blade replacement.)

JVI1014XType A (if so equipped)

JVI1015XType B (if so equipped)

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHEROPERATIONIf the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and aroundthe wiper arms. After about 1 minute,turn the switch ON again to operate thewiper.The rear window wiper and washeroperate when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Instruments and controls 2-35

2-36 Instruments and controls

SIC4385

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors (if so equipped), startthe engine and push the switch on. Theindicator light will come on. Push theswitch again to turn the defroster off.It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inner side of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear windowdefroster.

SIC4385

The windshield deicer switch (defrosterswitch) operates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.The deicer is used to remove ice from thewindshield when a wiper is frozen to thewindshield.When the switch is pushed, the indica-tor light illuminates and the deiceroperates for approximately 15 minutes.The rear window defroster will activate atthe same time. After the preset time haspassed, the deicer will turn off automati-cally. To turn off the deicer manually,push the deicer switch again, and theindicator light turns off.

CAUTION. When operating the deicer con-

tinuously, be sure to start theengine. Otherwise, it may causethe battery to discharge.

. When cleaning the inner side ofthe window, be careful not toscratch or damage the electricalconductors on the surface of thewindow.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR(if so equipped) DEFROSTER SWITCH

WINDSHIELD DEICER SWITCH (if soequipped)

SIC3668Type A (if so equipped)

JVI1505XType B (if so equipped)

HEADLIGHT SWITCHLighting

Turn the switch to the position:The front parking, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.Turn the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

SIC3669

Intelligent Auto Headlight systemThe Intelligent Auto Headlight systemallows the headlights to be set so theyturn on and off automatically.To set the Intelligent Auto Headlightsystem:1. Make sure the headlight switch is in

the AUTO position .2. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system

automatically turns the headlights onand off.

To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlightsystem off, turn the headlight switch to

Instruments and controls 2-37

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

2-38 Instruments and controls

the OFF, or position.The Intelligent Auto Headlight system canturn on the headlights automaticallywhen it is dark and turn off the headlightswhen it is light.The headlights will also be turned onautomatically at twilight or in rainyweather (when the windshield wiper isoperated continuously).If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:You can keep the headlights on for up to180 seconds after you place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and open anydoor then close all the doors.You can adjust the period of the auto-matic headlights off delay from 0 seconds(OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory defaultsetting is 45 seconds.For automatic headlights off delaysetting, see NissanConnectSM Owner’sManual.

SIC3784A

Be sure not to put anything on top ofthe photo sensor located on the topof the instrument panel. The photosensor controls the Intelligent AutoHeadlight system; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark andthe headlights will illuminate.

SIC3670

Headlight beam selectTo select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when theheadlight switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignitionswitch in the OFF or LOCK position.When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the lights will automati-cally turn off after a period of time whenthe ignition switch has been pushed tothe OFF position.When the headlight switch remains in the

or position after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position.

CAUTION. When you turn on the headlight

switch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights willnot turn off automatically. Besure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leavethe vehicle for extended periodsof time, otherwise the battery willbe discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not runningfor extended periods of time even

if the headlights turn off auto-matically.

SIC2275

Headlight aiming controlDepending on the number of occupantsin the vehicle and the load it is carrying,the headlight axis may be higher thandesired. If the vehicle is traveling on a hillyroad, the headlights may directly hit therearview mirror of the vehicle ahead orthe windshield of the oncoming vehicle.The light axis can be lowered with theoperation of the switch.The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.When traveling with no heavy load or on aflat road, select position 0.

Instruments and controls 2-39

2-40 Instruments and controls

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in theposition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination whendriving at night.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytimerunning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNINGWhen the daytime running light sys-tem is active, tail lights on yourvehicle are not on. It is necessary atdusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC3270

SIC4378

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROLThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switchis in the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.Push the upper switch to brighten theinstrument panel lights. The bar movesto the + side. When reaching the max-imum brightness, “MAX” appears on thedisplay .Push the lower switch to dim theinstrument panel lights. The bar movesto the − side. When reaching the minimum

brightness, “MIN” appears on the display. However, “MIN” does not appear during

the nighttime.The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:. when the instrument brightness con-

trol switch is not operated for morethan 5 seconds.

. when the or switch on theright side of the combination meterpanel is pushed.

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

Lane change signal. Move the lever up or down until the

turn signal begins to flash, but thelever does not latch, to signal a lanechange. Hold the lever until the lanechange is completed.

. Move the lever up or down until theturn signal begins to flash, but thelever does not latch, and release the

lever. The turn signal will automati-cally flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

Instruments and controls 2-41

2-42 Instruments and controls

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the head-light switch to the position, then turnthe switch to the position. To turnthem off, turn the switch to the OFFposition.The headlights must be on with the lowbeams selected for the fog lights tooperate. The fog lights automatically turnoff when the high beam headlights areselected.

SIC4401

The heated steering wheel system isdesigned to operate only when the sur-face temperature of the steering wheel isbelow 68°F (20°C).Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light on the switchwill illuminate.If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off andon to maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain onas long as the system is on.Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. The

indicator light will turn off.NOTE:If the surface temperature of the steer-ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when theswitch is turned on, the system will notheat the steering wheel. This is not amalfunction.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)

SIC4444

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doingso could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. Tampering with the supple-mental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.

WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occu-pants cannot monitor elevated seattemperatures or have an inability tofeel pain in body parts that contactthe seat. Use of the seat heater bysuch people could result in seriousinjury.

CAUTION. The battery could run down if the

seat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heatedseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found orthe heated seat does not operate,turn the switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Instruments and controls 2-43

HORN HEATED SEATS

2-44 Instruments and controls

SIC2770

FRONT (if so equipped)The front seats can be warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on theinstrument panel can be operated inde-pendently of each other.1. Start the engine.2. Select heat range.

. For high heat, push the HI (High)side of the switch .

. For low heat, push the LO (Low) sideof the switch .

. The indicator light will illuminatewhen the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return theswitch to the level position. Make sure

the indicator light turns off.

SIC2770

REAR (if so equipped)The 2nd row outboard seats are warmedby built-in heaters. The switches locatedon the back side of the center consolecan be operated independently of eachother.1. Start the engine.2. Select heat range.

For high heat, push the HI (High)side of the switch.

For low heat, push the LO (Low) sideof the switch.The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return theswitch to the level position. Make surethe indicator light turns off.The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light willremain on as long as the switch is on.When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn off the switch.

SIC4334

The climate controlled seat warms up orcools down the front seats by blowingwarm or cool air from the surface of theseat. The switches located on the instru-ment panel can be operated indepen-dently of each other.1. Start the engine.2. Turn the control knob to the heat

side or to the cool side . Theindicator light on the control knobwill illuminate.

3. Adjust the temperature using thecontrol knob .

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmedor cooled, and/or before you leave thevehicle, be sure to turn the control

knob to the OFF position (center). Theindicator light on the control knobgoes off at the OFF position.The climate controlled seat has airfilters. If the climate controlled seat isnot functioning properly, it may indi-cate the air filters may be clogged. Tocheck the air filters for the climatecontrolled seat, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe climate controlled seats if you orthe occupants cannot monitor seattemperatures or have an inability tofeel pain in those body parts incontact with the seat. Use of theclimate controlled seats by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION. The battery could run down if the

climate controlled seat is oper-ated while the engine is not run-ning.

Instruments and controls 2-45

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS (ifso equipped)

2-46 Instruments and controls

. Do not use the climate controlledseat for extended periods orwhen no one is using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the climatecontrolled seat.

. Any liquid spilled on the seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. The climate controlled seat hasan air filter. Do not operate cli-mate controlled seat without anair filter. This may result in da-mage to the system.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found orthe climate controlled seat doesnot operate, turn the switch offand have the system checked. Itis recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SSD0956

The warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the warning systems(Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and BlindSpot Warning (BSW) systems) that areactivated using the settings menu onthe center display.When the warning systems switch isturned off, the indicator on the switchis off. The indicator will also be off if all ofthe warning systems are deactivatedusing the settings menu.The LDW system will sound a warningchime and blink the Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) indicator light (orange) toalert the driver if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of a

traveling lane with detectable lane mar-kers. (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW)/Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)”(P.5-23).)The BSW system will turn on the sideindicator lights, located next to the out-side mirrors, if the radar sensors detect avehicle in the detection zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the direction of thedetected vehicle, a chime sounds twiceand the side indicator light will flash. (See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-33).)

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if soequipped)

SIC4454

For driving or starting the vehicle onsnowy roads or slippery areas, push onthe SNOW mode switch. The SNOW modeindicator light will illuminate. When theSNOW mode is activated, engine output iscontrolled to avoid wheel spin.Push off the SNOW mode for normaldriving.

SIC4474

TOW MODE should be used when pullinga heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load.Driving the vehicle in TOW MODE with notrailer/load or light trailer/light load willnot cause any damage. However, fueleconomy may be reduced, and the trans-mission/engine driving characteristicsmay feel unusual.Push the TOW MODE switch to activateTOW MODE. The indicator light on theTOW MODE switch illuminates when TOWMODE is selected. Push the TOW MODEswitch again to turn TOW MODE OFF.TOW MODE is automatically canceledwhen the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.

SIC4455

The vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system onfor most driving conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator isdepressed to the floor. If maximum en-gine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off.To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will illumi-nate.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

Instruments and controls 2-47

SNOW MODE SWITCH TOW MODE SWITCH VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

2-48 Instruments and controls

(P.5-140).)

CAUTION. Use power outlet with the engine

running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet whenthe air conditioner, headlights orrear window defroster is on.

. Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure the electricalaccessory being used is turnedOFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water or anyliquid to contact the outlet.

SIC4389Instrument panel

SIC4456Back side of front console

POWER OUTLET

SIC4391Luggage room

Type A (if so equipped)The power outlet is used for poweringelectrical accessories such as cellulartelephones.

CAUTION. The outlet and plug may be hot

during or immediately after use.. Do not use with accessories that

exceed a combined power drawof 12 volts, 120W (10A) for all thepower outlets. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighterunit.

. Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or theinternal temperature fuse mayblow.

SIC2648Main switch

Type B (if so equipped)The power outlet (plug type) is located onthe back side of the front console. It canoperate when the ignition switch in theON position and the main switch (locatedin the console box) is ON.The specification of this power outlet isfor use of a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A) powerdraw.To turn on or off the power supply to theoutlet, push the ON or OFF side of themain switch. When the switch is turned tothe ON position, the indicator light willilluminate.

Instruments and controls 2-49

2-50 Instruments and controls

JVI1638XPower outlet

Pull up the cover and plug in.After using the power outlet, be sure toturn off the main switch.

CAUTION. Do not use with accessories that

exceed a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A)power draw.

. Use this power outlet with theengine running. (If the engine isstopped, this could result in adischarged battery.)

JVI1604X

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR-GING CONNECTORThe USB connector can be used onlyfor charging an external device.Open the cover to access the USB con-nector.Connect a USB device into the connector.Charging will start automatically (max-imum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A).The external device will be charged con-tinuously while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position.Some mobile devices cannot be chargeddepending on their specifications.

CAUTION. Do not force a USB device into the

connector. Inserting the USB de-vice tilted or up-side-down intothe connector may damage theconnector. Make sure that theUSB device is connected correctlyinto the connector.

. Do not use a reversible USB cable.Using the reversible USB cablemay damage the connector.

. Do not grab the USB connectorcover when pulling the USB de-vice out of the connector. Thiscould damage the connector andthe cover.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION. Avoid abrupt starting and braking

when the cup holder is beingused to prevent spilling the drink.If the liquid is hot, it can scald youor your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

. Do not recline the rear seatbackwhen you use the cup holders onthe rear armrest. Doing so maycause the beverages to spill over,and if they are hot, they mayscald the passengers.

JVI1688X

FrontTo open the cup holder, push the lid .To close, lower the cup holder lid andpush it down lightly.The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal items.

SIC3118

2nd row seatType A (if so equipped):To open the cup holder, push the lid .The flap will be folded down when insert-ing a large container.To close, lower the cup holder lid andpush it down lightly.To clean the front cup holder, pull up theinside tray and remove it.The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal items.

Instruments and controls 2-51

STORAGE

2-52 Instruments and controls

SIC2915

Type B (if so equipped):To open the cup holder, pull the lid.

SIC4419

3rd row seat

SIC4501

Soft bottle holder

CAUTION. Do not use bottle holder for any

other objects that could bethrown about in the vehicle andpossibly injure people duringsudden braking or an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.

SIC3246

SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push .

WARNINGKeep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to avoid obstructingthe driver’s view and to help preventan accident.

CAUTION. Do not use for anything other

than glasses.. Do not leave glasses in the sun-

glasses holder while parking indirect sunlight. The heat maydamage the glasses.

SIC4393

GLOVE BOX

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while driv-ing to help prevent injury in anaccident or a sudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle .To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.To lock /unlock the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Instruments and controls 2-53

2-54 Instruments and controls

JVI1711X

CONSOLE BOXFrontType A (if so equipped):To open the console box lid, push up theknob and pull up the lid.To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

JVI1509X

Type B (if so equipped):To open the console box lid from thefront seat, push up the knob and pullup the lid.To open the console box lid from the 2ndrow seat, push the knob .To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

SIC4422

Rear (if so equipped)To open the lid, push the knob up andpull up the lid.To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

SIC4423

Pocket:To open the pocket, pull the knob .To close, push the lid until the locklatches.

JVI1687X

TRAYTo open the tray, push the lid . To close,push the lid down.

Instruments and controls 2-55

2-56 Instruments and controls

JVI1690X

To open the tray, push the lid . To close,push the lid down.

SIC3505

COAT HOOKSThe coat hooks are equipped at the rearassist grips.

CAUTIONDo not place items which are morethan 2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

SIC4446

LUGGAGE HOOKS

WARNING. Always make sure that the cargo

is properly secured. Use the sui-table ropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can becomedangerous in an accident or sud-den stop.

. Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area. It is extremely dan-gerous to ride in a cargo areainside of a vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areas are

more likely to be seriously injuredor killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. The child restraint top tetherstrap may be damaged by con-tact with items in the cargo area.Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if thetop tether strap is damaged.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

CAUTIONDo not apply a total load of morethan 22 lb (10 kg) or 7 lb (3 kg) tothe hook.

JVI1204X

CARGO FLOOR BOXPush the handle to open the cargo floorboard .

JVI1515X

ROOF RACKDo not apply any load directly to the roofside rails. Cross bars must be installedbefore applying load/cargo/luggage tothe roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSANaccessory cross bars are availablethrough a NISSAN dealer. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer foradditional information.The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 221 lb (100 kg), however do notexceed the accessory cross bars loadcapacity.Be careful that your vehicle does notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating

Instruments and controls 2-57

2-58 Instruments and controls

(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR andGAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (located on thedriver’s door pillar). For additional infor-mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, referto “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-14).

WARNING. Always install the cross bars onto

the roof side rails before loadingcargo of any kind. Loading cargodirectly onto the roof side rails orthe vehicle’s roof may cause ve-hicle damage.

. Drive extra carefully when thevehicle is loaded at or near thecargo carrying capacity, espe-cially if the significant portion ofthat load is carried on the roofrack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rackhas the potential to affect thevehicle stability and handlingduring sudden or unusual hand-ling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roofrack load weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal in-jury.

JVE0219X

REAR BUMPER COVERThe rear bumper cover helps prevent therear bumper from being scratched ordamaged when loading or unloading acargo.1. Open the cargo floor board using the

handle .

JVI1516X

2. Take the rear bumper cover from thebag stored in the cargo floor box.

JVI1517X

3. Install the rear bumper cover.. Place the cover over the surface

with the tag facing down.. Attach the hooks to the luggage

hooks .. Secure the strap to the liftgate

striker .4. Cover the upper part of the rear

bumper as shown.After loading or unloading the cargo, besure to remove the rear bumper coverand store it in the storage place.

WARNING. Never install the rear bumper

cover while the engine is running.The exhaust gas could heat therear bumper cover and this maycause a fire.

. Never drive with the rear bumpercover left in place. There is a riskthat the liftgate will not closecorrectly, and that carbon mon-oxide may enter the cabin caus-ing serious injury or death.

CAUTION. Failure to follow the instructions

below could result in damage tothe rear bumper cover.— Do not close the liftgate with

the rear bumper cover in-stalled.

— Do not strike or apply exces-sive force to the rear bumpercover.

— Keep the rear bumper coveraway from heat or fire.

Instruments and controls 2-59

2-60 Instruments and controls

— To clean the rear bumper cov-er, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith a mild solution of neutraldetergent. Never use benzine,thinner or any similar chemi-cal.

— Remove any solvent such asoil or gasoline spilled on thesurface of the rear bumpercover as soon as possible.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING. Make sure that all passengers

have their hands, etc. inside thevehicle while it is in motion andbefore closing the windows. Usethe window lock switch to pre-vent unexpected use of thepower windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapmentin windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require theassistance of others or pets un-attended in your vehicle. Addi-tionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position. Ifthe driver’s or front passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45

seconds, power to the windows is can-celed.

WINDOWS

SIC4352

1. Driver side window2. Front passenger side window3. Rear left passenger side window4. Rear right passenger side window5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’sside)To open or close the window, push down

or pull up the switch and hold it. Themain switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4353

Passenger side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it.

Instruments and controls 2-61

2-62 Instruments and controls

SIC4354

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; it need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or closeall the way. To stop the window, just pushor lift the switch in the opposite direction.A light push or pull on the switch willcause the window to open or close untilthe switch is released.

Auto reverse function

WARNINGThere are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the window is closed byautomatic operation when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for 45seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.2. Close the door.3. Open the window completely by op-

erating the power window switch.4. Pull the power window switch and

hold it to close the window, and thenhold the switch more than 3 secondsafter the window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after perform-ing the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING. In an accident you could be

thrown from the vehicle throughan open moonroof. Always useseat belts and child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand upor extend any portion of theirbody out of the moonroof open-ing while the vehicle is in motionor while the moonroof is closing.

CAUTION. Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surroundingarea.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the passenger’s door is opened

during this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof is canceled.

SIC3243

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automaticallywhen the moonroof is opened. However,it must be closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the UP side of the moonroofswitch and release it; it need not be held.To tilt down the moonroof, push theDOWN side.

Instruments and controls 2-63

MOONROOF (if so equipped)

2-64 Instruments and controls

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe OPEN or CLOSE side of themoonroof switch and release it; it neednot be held. The roof will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the roof,push the switch once more while it isopening or closing.

Auto reverse function

WARNINGThere are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe moonroof.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof when it is closing,the moonroof will be immediatelyopened.The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the moonroof is closed byautomatic operation when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-

matically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the CLOSE side of the moonroofswitch.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the moonroof occurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate prop-erly, perform the following procedure toinitialize the moonroof operation system.1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully

by repeatedly pushing the CLOSEside of the moonroof switch.

2. Push and hold the CLOSE side of themoonroof switch to tilt the moonroofup.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up anddown.

4. Push and hold the OPEN side of themoonroof switch to fully tilt themoonroof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch oper-ates normally.

If the moonroof does not operate prop-erly after performing the procedureabove, have your moonroof checked and

repaired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SIC3642

To activate or deactivate the welcomelight function, perform the following pro-cedure.1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.2. Open the driver’s side door.3. Within 20 seconds after the ignition

switch is placed in the ON position,push the door open request switch onthe driver’s side door handle for morethan 5 seconds with the driver’s dooropen.

4. A chime sounds when the setting iscompleted.

Once the welcome light function is active,the puddle light and the passenger

cabin illumination will illuminate whenyou approach the vehicle with the Intel-ligent Key (within approximately 3.3 ft (1m) of the antenna built inside the doorhandles) and the following conditions aremet.. All doors are closed and locked.. The ignition switch is in the LOCK or

OFF position.. The Intelligent Key is outside the

vehicle.. The puddle light operates within a set

duration.BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMThe welcome light function will be deac-tivated automatically to prevent batterydischarge under the following conditions.To activate the welcome light functionagain, unlock any door.. If the welcome light function does not

operate within a set duration. Notethat the duration is set to 9 days asthe factory default setting.

. If the welcome light function is acti-vated 15 consecutive times when youapproach and leave the vehicle withthe Intelligent Key without the doorsbeing unlocked.

SIC3249

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

Instruments and controls 2-65

WELCOME LIGHT (if so equipped) INTERIOR LIGHTS

2-66 Instruments and controls

SIC3250

REAR PERSONAL LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC3251

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHThe interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON positionthe map lights and rear personal lightswill illuminate.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position, the map lights and rear personal lights

will illuminate under the following condi-tions:. ignition switch is switched to the

LOCK or OFF position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.. doors are unlocked by pushing the

UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyor door handle request switch withthe ignition switch in the LOCK or OFFposition— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened and then closedwith the ignition switch in the LOCK orOFF position— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or ON position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

The lights will also turn off after aperiod of time when the lights remainilluminated after the ignition switch hasbeen placed in the OFF or LOCK positionto prevent the battery from becomingdischarged.When the “Lamp ON When Door Unlocks”key is set to the OFF position (seeNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual), thelights will illuminate under the followingcondition:. any door is opened with the ignition

switch in any position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lights

go off.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position ,the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

SIC4448

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.When the cover is closed, the light willturn off.The lights will also turn off after aperiod of time when the lights remainilluminated to prevent the battery frombecoming discharged.

SIC4418

The cargo light switch has three posi-tions: ON , center and OFF .ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position ,the cargo light will illuminate.Center positionWhen the switch is in the center position, the cargo light will illuminate when the

liftgate is opened.OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position ,the cargo light will not illuminate.

Instruments and controls 2-67

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT

2-68 Instruments and controls

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverprovides a convenient way to consolidatethe functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-indevice.HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:. Will operate most Radio Frequency

(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retainall programming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the origi-nal transmitter for future programmingprocedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. For additionalinformation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” (P.2-68).

WARNING. Do not use the HomeLink® Uni-

versal Transceiver with any gar-age door opener that lacks safety

stop and reverse features as re-quired by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models man-ufactured after April 1, 1982). Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object in the path of aclosing garage door and thenautomatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these fea-tures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

. During the programming proce-dure your garage door or securitygate will open and close (if thetransmitter is within range). Makesure that people or objects areclear of the garage door, gate,etc. that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingthe HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver. Do not breathe exhaustgases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide.Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness ordeath.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®The following steps show generic instruc-tions how to program a HomeLink®button. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.NOTE:It is also recommended that a newbattery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quickerprogramming and accurate transmis-sion of the radio-frequency.1. Position the end of your hand-held

transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light inview.

HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER(Type A) (if so equipped)

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful pro-gramming.)NOTE:Some devices to be programmedmay require you to replace Step 2with the cycling procedure noted inthe “Programming HomeLink® forCanadian customers and gate open-ers” (P.2-70).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling codedevice. A second person may makethe following steps easier. Use aladder or other device. Do not standon your vehicle to perform the nextsteps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage,locate the “learn” or “smart” button(the name and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer but it isusually located near where the hang-ing antenna wire is attached to theunit). If there is difficulty locating thebutton, reference the garage dooropener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to completethe programming process. HomeLink®should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at : www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.

Instruments and controls 2-69

2-70 Instruments and controls

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatoror garage door opener by using the“Programming HomeLink®” procedures,replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step2 with the following:NOTE:When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possi-ble damage to the garage door openercomponents.Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and the hand-held transmitterbutton. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-

held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned.The HomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after severalseconds upon successful programming.DO NOT release until the HomeLink®indicator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.Remember to plug the device back inwhen programming is completed.OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver,after it is programmed, can be used toactivate the programmed device. To op-erate, simply press and release the appro-priate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The amber indicatorlight will illuminate while the signal isbeing transmitted.For convenience, the hand-held transmit-ter of the device may also be used at anytime.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-INGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:. replace the hand-held transmitter

batteries with new batteries.. position the hand-held transmitter

with its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink®and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be re-programmed, see “Reprogramming a sin-gle HomeLink® button” (P.2-71).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longerthan 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the follow-ing.1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.2. The indicator light will begin to flash

after 20 seconds. Without releasingthe HomeLink® button, proceed with

“Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton has now been reprogrammed.The new device can be activated bypushing the HomeLink® button that wasjust programmed. This procedure will notaffect any other programmed HomeLink®buttons.IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-71

2-72 Instruments and controls

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverprovides a convenient way to consolidatethe functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-indevice.HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:. Will operate most Radio Frequency

(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retainall programming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the origi-nal transmitter for future programmingprocedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. For additionalinformation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” (P.2-72).

WARNING. Do not use the HomeLink® Uni-

versal Transceiver with any gar-age door opener that lacks safety

stop and reverse features as re-quired by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models man-ufactured after April 1, 1982). Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object in the path of aclosing garage door and thenautomatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these fea-tures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

. During the programming proce-dure your garage door or securitygate will open and close (if thetransmitter is within range). Makesure that people or objects areclear of the garage door, gate,etc. that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingthe HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver. Do not breathe exhaustgases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide.Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness ordeath.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®The following steps show generic instruc-tions how to program a HomeLink®button. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.NOTE:It is also recommended that a newbattery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quickerprogramming and accurate transmis-sion of the radio-frequency.

HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER(Type B) (if so equipped)

JVI1689X

HomeLink® buttons (1-3)Indicator light (appears above eachHomeLink® button)Status display (where the current condi-tion of the HomeLink® is displayed)

JVI1639X

1. Press and release the desiredHomeLink® button. The indicator lightflashes in orange and “TRAINING” isdisplayed on the mirror.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1 to 3 in (2 to 8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® button. For somedevices, it may have better commu-nication when the hand-held trans-mitter is positioned 6 to 12 in (15 to 30cm) away from the HomeLink® button.

3. While the indicator light is flashing inorange, press and hold the hand-heldtransmitter button. DO NOT releaseuntil the HomeLink® indicator lightchanges from orange to green and

“TRAINED” is displayed on the mirror.When the indicator light illuminates ingreen, the hand-held transmitter but-ton may be released.NOTE:Some devices to be programmedmay require you to replace the Step3 with the cycling procedure notedin “Programming HomeLink® for Ca-nadian customers and gate open-ers” (P.2-74).

4. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light remains green

(solid/continuous), programming iscomplete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® but-ton is pressed and released.

. If the indicator light rapidly flashesin green, press and hold the pro-grammed HomeLink® button for 2seconds. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence up to three timesto complete the programming pro-cess. If the device operates, theprogramming is complete. If thedevice still does not operate, con-tinue with Steps 5-7 for the devicebeing programmed to HomeLink®.A second person may make thefollowing steps easier. Use a ladder

Instruments and controls 2-73

2-74 Instruments and controls

or other device. Do not stand onyour vehicle to perform the nextsteps.

5. At the garage door opener motor inthe garage, locate the “Learn,” “Smart”or “Program” button (the name andcolor of the button may vary bymanufacturer but it is usually locatednear where the hanging antenna wireis attached to the unit). If there isdifficulty locating the button, refer-ence the garage door opener’s man-ual.

6. Firmly press and then release the“Learn,” “Smart” or “Program” button.NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

7. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®button for 2 seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to three times to completethe programming process. Then yourdevice should operate when theHomeLink® button is pressed andreleased.

8. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to the

HomeLink® web site at : www.homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatoror garage door opener by using the“Programming HomeLink®” procedures,replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step3 with the following:NOTE:When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possi-ble damage to the device components.Step 3: While the HomeLink® indicatorlight is flashing in orange, press andrelease (“cycling”) the hand-held transmit-ter button every 2 seconds. Continue topress and release the hand-held trans-mitter button until the HomeLink® indi-

cator light changes from orange to green.When the indicator light illuminates ingreen, hand-held transmitter button maybe released.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 4 to complete.Remember to plug the device back inwhen programming is completed.OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver,after it is programmed, can be used toactivate the programmed device. To op-erate, firmly press the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® button. Theindicator light will illuminate in green withthree parenthesis on the mirrorwhile the signal is being transmitted.PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-INGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:. replace the hand-held transmitter

batteries with new batteries.. position the hand-held transmitter

with its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink® button.

. press and hold the HomeLink® buttonand hand-held transmitter button ineach step without interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1to 3 in (2 to 8 cm) away from theHomeLink® button. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -for example, 6 to 12 in (15 to 30 cm)away, keeping the HomeLink® buttonin view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from three but-tons. Individual buttons cannot becleared. However, individual buttons canbe reprogrammed, see “Reprogramminga single HomeLink® button” (P.2-75).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in green and“CLEARED” is displayed on the mirror,in approximately 10 seconds. Do nothold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® button, com-plete the following.1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. DO NOT release the button.2. The indicator light will illuminate in

green, and after 20 seconds it willbegin to flash in orange and “TRAIN-ING” is displayed on the mirror.

3. Release the HomeLink® button andp ro ceed w i t h “ P r og r amm ingHomeLink®” — Step 3.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-355-3515.The HomeLink® button has now beenreprogrammed. The new device can beactivated by pressing the HomeLink®button that was just programmed. Thisprocedure will not affect any other pro-grammed HomeLink® buttons.If a new device is not programmed to theHomeLink® button, it will revert to thepreviously stored programming.

USING THE GARAGE DOOR TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONHomeLink® has the function of commu-nicating with garage door opener sys-tems. If your garage door openers arecompat ib le with HomeLink® , theHomeLink® can:. receive and display “closing” or “open-

ing” status from your garage dooropener.

. recall and display the garage doorbeing “closed” or “opened”.

HomeLink® can receive the status from agarage door opener at a range up to 820ft (250 m), but it varies depending on theenvironment. You may need to reducevehicle speed to successfully receive thegarage door opener communication.

Programming two-way communi-cationAfter programming a new HomeLink®button, proceed with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” Step 6 to enable two-waycommunication. If the garage door statusindicator appears on the left side on themirror when pressing the programmedHomeLink® button, the two-way commu-nication programming is complete.

Instruments and controls 2-75

2-76 Instruments and controls

JVI1640X

Using two-way communicationPress and hold the HomeLink® buttons (1and 2) simultaneously for 2 seconds torecall and display the last recorded gar-age door status communicated toHomeLink®. HomeLink® will display thelast recorded status for 3 seconds.

If two-way communication programmingis successful, HomeLink® will display thestatus of your garage door opener withthe status indicator , which changesdepending on the status. The garagedoor opener status indicator shows thegarage door opener status as follows:

Flashing in orange – ClosingFlashing in orange – OpeningIlluminating in green – ClosedIlluminating in green – Opened

The status indicator stops to flash afteran open/close signal is received or nosignal is received within 30 seconds fromthe garage door opener.IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ......................................................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key ........................................................................... 3-2Valet hand-off ........................................................................... 3-4

Doors ...................................................................................................... 3-4Locking with mechanical key ...................................... 3-4Opening and closing windows with themechanical key ........................................................................ 3-5Locking with inside lock knob ..................................... 3-5Locking with power door lock switch................... 3-5Automatic door locks ......................................................... 3-6Child safety rear door lock ........................................... 3-6

Intelligent Key system .............................................................. 3-7Intelligent Key operating range ................................. 3-9Door locks/unlocks precaution .................................. 3-9Intelligent Key operation .............................................. 3-10Battery saver system ....................................................... 3-12Warning signals .................................................................... 3-12Troubleshooting guide ................................................... 3-13

Remote keyless entry system ......................................... 3-15How to use remote keyless entry system ...... 3-16

Remote engine start (if so equipped) ....................... 3-19Remote engine start operating range............... 3-19Remote starting the engine ....................................... 3-19Extending engine run time ......................................... 3-20

Canceling a remote start ........................................... 3-20Conditions the remote engine start willnot work .................................................................................. 3-20

Hood .................................................................................................... 3-21Liftgate .............................................................................................. 3-22

Operating manual liftgate ......................................... 3-22Operating power liftgate (if so equipped) ...... 3-22Auto closure ........................................................................ 3-25Liftgate release lever ..................................................... 3-26

Fuel-filler door ............................................................................. 3-26Opening the fuel-filler door...................................... 3-26Fuel-filler cap ....................................................................... 3-27

Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................................ 3-29Electric operation ............................................................. 3-30

Sun visors ........................................................................................ 3-30Mirrors ................................................................................................ 3-31

Inside mirror ......................................................................... 3-31Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-38Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-40

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ........ 3-40Entry/exit function .......................................................... 3-40Memory storage ................................................................ 3-41Setting memory function........................................... 3-42System operation ............................................................. 3-42

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep itin a safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, it isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor duplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record any key numbersso it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, itcan be duplicated without knowing thekey number.

JVP0155XType A (if so equipped)

SPA2717Type B (if so equipped)

SPA2406Type C (if so equipped)

1. Intelligent Key (2)2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2)3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 In-telligent Keys can be registered and usedwith one vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by a NISSAN dealer prior to usewith the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ofyour vehicle. Since the registration pro-cess requires erasing all memory in the

KEYS

Intelligent Key components when regis-tering new keys, be sure to take allIntelligent Keys that you have to theNISSAN dealer.

CAUTION. Be sure to carry the Intelligent

Key with you when driving. TheIntelligent Key is a precision de-vice with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please notethe following.— The Intelligent Key is water

resistant; however, wettingmay damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key getswet, immediately wipe until itis completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (−10°C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

— Do not place the IntelligentKey for an extended period ina place where temperaturesexceed 140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet keyholder.

— Do not place the IntelligentKey near an electric appliancesuch as a television set orpersonal computer.

— Do not allow the IntelligentKey to come into contact withwater or salt water, and donot wash it in a washingmachine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost orstolen, NISSAN recommendserasing the ID code of that Intel-ligent Key. This will prevent theIntelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the eras-ing procedure, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, releasethe lock knob at the back of the Intelli-gent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doors and the glove box.See “Doors” (P.3-4) and “Storage” (P.2-51).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTIONAlways carry the mechanical keyinstalled in the Intelligent Key.

VALET HAND-OFFWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself andkeep the mechanical key with you toprotect your belongings.To prevent the glove box from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow theprocedures below.1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.2. Lock the glove box with the mechan-

ical key.3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,

keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Storage” (P.2-51).

WARNING. Always have the doors locked

while driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this provides great-er safety in the event of anaccident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown fromthe vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unin-tentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncomingtraffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapmentin windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require theassistance of others or pets un-attended in your vehicle. Addi-tionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

SPA2457B

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneouslyusing the mechanical key.. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder

to the front of the vehicle will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle willunlock the driver’s door. After return-ing the key to the neutral position ,turning it to the rear again within 5seconds will unlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once.

DOORS

(See NissanConnectSM Owner’s Man-ual.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEYThe driver’s door key operation alsoallows you to open and close all doorwindows.To open the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the rear of the vehiclefor longer than 1 second. The door isunlocked and the window keeps openingwhile turning the key.This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. (See “Re-mote keyless entry system” (P.3-15).)To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the front of thevehicle for longer than 1 second. Thedoor is locked and the window keepsclosing while turning the key.

SPA2744

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door individually, move theinside lock knob to the lock position .To unlock, move the inside lock knob tothe unlock position .Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

JVP0319X

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switchesare located on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s door armrests.To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position .Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler door, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driveror front passenger) is moved to the lockposition with any door open, all doors willlock and unlock automatically. With theIntelligent Key left in the vehicle and anydoor open, all doors will unlock automa-tically and a chime will sound after thedoor is closed.These functions help to prevent theIntelligent Key from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivateor activate the automatic door unlocksystem, perform the following procedure:1. Close all doors.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step

2, push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicatorwill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed inthe OFF and ON position again be-tween each setting change.

When the automatic door unlock systemis deactivated, the doors do not unlockwhen the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. To unlock the door manu-ally, use the inside lock knob or the powerdoor lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side).

SPA2745

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety rear door locks help preventdoors from being opened accidentally,especially when small children are in thevehicle.When the levers are in the lock position, the rear doors can be opened only

from the outside.To disengage, move the levers to theunlock position .

WARNING. Radio waves could adversely af-

fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric med-ical equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmitsradio waves when the buttonsare pushed. The FAA advises thatthe radio waves may affect air-craft navigation and communica-tion systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons arenot operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote control-ler function or pushing the request switchon the vehicle without taking the key outfrom a pocket or purse. The operatingenvironment and/or conditions may af-fect the Intelligent Key system operation.Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION. Be sure to carry the Intelligent

Key with you when operating thevehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communi-cating with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the opera-tion of the Intelligent Key system underthe following operating conditions.. When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a perso-nal computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near aparking meter.

In such cases, correct the operatingconditions before using the IntelligentKey function or use the mechanical key.Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions,the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.If the battery is discharged, replace it witha new one.Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is leftnear equipment which transmits strongradio waves, such as signals from a TVand personal computer, the battery lifemay become shorter.For information regarding replacement ofa battery, see “Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” (P.8-21).As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and useof additional Intelligent Keys, contact aNISSAN dealer.

CAUTION. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,

which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

affect the system function.. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.. Do not change or modify the

Intelligent Key.. Wetting may damage the Intelli-

gent Key. If the Intelligent Keygets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

. If the outside temperature is be-low 14°F (−10°C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in an areawhere temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Keynear equipment that produces amagnetic field, such as a TV,audio equipment and personalcomputers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

This may prevent the unauthorized use ofthe Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, it is recommended that youcontact a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from therequest switch .When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are pre-sent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch .If the Intelligent Key is too close to the

door glass, handle or rear bumper therequest switches may not function.When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlockthe doors.

SPA2326

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The closedistance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handlerequest switch, verify the doors aresecurely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sureyou carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open thedoor.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch) can be set to remaininactive. (See NissanConnectSM Own-er’s Manual.)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orbag.

JVP0196X

JVP0197X

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) or theliftgate request switch within the rangeof operation.When you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-17).

Welcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doorsincluding the liftgate, the parking lights,tail lights, side marker light and thelicense plate light will illuminate for aperiod of time. The welcome light andfarewell light function can be disabled.For information about disabling the wel-come light and farewell light function, it isrecommended you see a NISSAN dealer.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch tothe OFF position and make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) or theliftgate request switch while carry-ing the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twiceand the outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.*2: Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

CAUTION. After locking the doors using the

request switch, make sure thatthe doors have been securelylocked by operating the doorhandles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure tohave the Intelligent Key in your

possession before operating therequest switch to prevent theIntelligent Key from being left inthe vehicle.

. The request switch is operationalonly when the Intelligent Key hasbeen detected by the IntelligentKey system.

Lockout protection:To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.NOTE:The doors may not lock when theIntelligent Key is in the same hand thatis operating the request switch to lockthe door. Put the Intelligent Key in apurse, pocket or your other hand.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTIONThe lockout protection may notfunction under the following condi-tions:. When the Intelligent Key is placed

on top of the instrument panel.. When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside the glove box or a storagebin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the door handle request switch

(driver’s or front passenger’s) or theliftgate request switch once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.When you approach the vehicle withthe Intelligent Key, the puddle lightand the passenger cabin illuminationwill illuminate and stay on for a shortperiod of time (if so equipped). (See“Welcome light” (P.2-65).)

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The cor-responding door will unlock.

The fuel-filler door will also unlockwhen the driver’s door handle requestswitch is pushed.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors will unlock.

The liftgate can be unlocked and openedby pushing the liftgate opener switch. See“Liftgate” (P.3-22).All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe request switch while the doors arelocked. If during this 1-minute time period,the request switch is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1minute.. Opening any door. Pushing the ignition switch

Power liftgate open (if so equipped)1. Carry the Intelligent Key.2. Push the power liftgate opener switch

.3. The liftgate will unlock and automati-

cally open.4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times

and the outside chime sounds.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.. The ignition switch is in the ACC

position, and. All doors are closed, and. The shift lever is in the P (Park)

position.WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the followingchart or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds insideand outside the vehicle and a warningdisplays in the vehicle information display.When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning displays, be sure to check thevehicle and Intelligent Key.See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDESymptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously or for a few sec-onds.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the shift leverto the P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’sdoor to get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position and the shift lever isnot in the P (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switchto the OFF position.

When closing the door withthe inside lock knob turnedto LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or cargo area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the requestswitch or the LOCK but-ton on the Intelligent Key tolock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When pushing the door han-dle request switch to lock thedoor

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or cargo area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switchafter the door is closed.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to start the engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicatorappears on the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.(See “Battery” (P.8-11).)

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in thevehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignitionswitch

The Intelligent Key system warning lightin the meter illuminates in yellow.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you contact aNISSAN dealer.

WARNINGThe Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation andcommunication systems. Do not op-erate the Intelligent Key while on anairplane. Make sure the buttons arenot operated unintentionally whenthe unit is stored for a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarm andopen the windows by pushing the but-tons on the Intelligent Key from outsidethe vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of addi-tional Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSANdealer.The lock and unlock buttons on the

Intelligent Key will not operate when:. the distance between the Intelligent

Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.After locking with the remote keylessentry function, pull the door handle tomake sure the doors are securely locked.The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range var-ies depending on the environment. Tosecurely operate the lock and unlockbuttons, approach the vehicle to about 3ft (1 m) from the door.

JVP0156XType A (if so equipped)

SPA2718Type B (if so equipped)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA1926BType C (if so equipped)

LOCK buttonUNLOCK buttonPower liftgate buttonPANIC buttonRemote engine start button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEMWhen you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-17).

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch tothe OFF position and make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and the liftgate.3. Push the LOCK button on the

Intelligent Key.4. All the doors, the liftgate and fuel-filler

door will lock.5. The hazard indicator flashes twice

and the horn chirps once.*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the UNLOCK button on

the Intelligent Key once.2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The

driver’s door and fuel-filler door willunlock.The puddle light and the passengercabin illumination will illuminate andstay on for a short period of time (if soequipped). (See “Welcome light” (P.2-65).)

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 60 sec-onds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes onceagain. All the doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another1 minute.. Opening any door. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsTo open the windows, push the doorUNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey for about 3 seconds after the door isunlocked.To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.Window cannot be closed using theIntelligent Key.The door windows can be opened orclosed by turning the mechanical key ina door lock. (See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Opening/closing liftgate (if soequipped)1. Push the power liftgate button

for more than 1 second.2. The liftgate will automatically open.The hazard indicator flashes 4 times andthe outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.To close the liftgate, push the powerliftgate button for more than 1second.The liftgate will automatically close.If the button is pushed while theliftgate is being opened or closed, theliftgate will reverse.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarmto call attention as follows:1. Push the PANIC button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 sec-ond.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key are pushed. (Note: Panic buttonor power liftgate button should be

pushed for more than 1 second.)

Remote engine start (if soequipped)The remote engine start button ison the Intelligent Key if the vehicle hasremote engine start function. This func-tion allows the engine to start fromoutside the vehicle. See “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19) for more details.

Setting hazard indicator and hornmodeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes once.If horns are not necessary, the systemcan be switched to the hazard indicatormode.In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK

button is pushed, the hazard indica-tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button) HAZARD - twice

HORN - onceHAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:Push the LOCK and UNLOCKbuttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-neously for more than 2 seconds toswitch the mode from one to the other.When pushing the buttons to set thehazard indicator mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes 3 times.When pushing the buttons to set thehazard indicator and horn mode, thehazard indicator flashes once and thehorn chirps once.

WARNINGTo avoid risk of injury or death, donot use the remote engine startfunction when the vehicle is in anenclosed area such as a garage.

JVP0445X

The remote engine start button is onthe Intelligent Key if the vehicle hasremote engine start function. This func-tion allows the engine to start fromoutside the vehicle.Some systems, such as the air conditionersystem, will turn on during a remote start,if the system was on the last time theignition switch was turned off.Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, some laws require a personusing remote start to have the vehicle inview. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.Other conditions may affect the remote

engine start function. See “Conditions theremote engine start will not work” (P.3-20).Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) foradditional information.REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATINGRANGEThe remote engine start function canonly be used when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range fromthe vehicle.When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intelli-gent Key may not function properly.The remote engine start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINETo use the remote start function to startthe engine, perform the following:1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.2. Push the “LOCK” button to lock all

doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3. Within 5 seconds push and hold theremote engine start button untilthe turn signal lights flash and the taillights illuminate. If the vehicle is notwithin view, push and hold the remoteengine start button for at least 2seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:. The front parking lights will turn on

and remain on as long as the engine isrunning.

. The doors will be locked and the airconditioner system may turn on.

. The engine will continue to run forabout 10 minutes. Repeat the steps toextend the time for an additional 10minutes. See “Extending engine runtime” (P.3-20).

Depress and hold the brake pedal, thenplace the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion before driving. For further instruc-tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-17).EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote engine start function can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the en-gine” (P.3-19). Run time will be calculatedas follows:. The first 10 minute run time will start

when the remote engine start func-

tion is performed.. The second 10 minutes will start im-

mediately when the remote enginestart function is performed. For exam-ple, if the engine has been running for5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added,the engine will run for a total of 15minutes.

. Extending engine run time will counttowards the two remote start limit.

A maximum of two remote starts, or asingle start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles.The ignition switch must be cycled to theON position and then back to the OFFposition before the remote engine startprocedure can be used again.CANCELING A REMOTE STARTTo cancel a remote start, perform one ofthe following:. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle

and push and hold the remote enginestart button until the front park-ing lights turn off.

. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.

. Cycle the ignition switch ON and thenOFF.

. The extended engine run time hasexpired.

. The first 10 minute timer has expired.

. The engine hood has been opened.

. The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed withoutan Intelligent Key in the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed with anIntelligent Key in the vehicle but thebrake pedal is not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe remote engine start will not operateif any of the following conditions arepresent:. The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.. The hood is not securely closed.. The hazard indicator flashers are on.. The engine is still running. The engine

must be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goesfrom running to off. This is not applic-able when extending engine run time.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held for at least 2seconds.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held within 5 seconds

of pushing the “LOCK” button.. The brake pedal is depressed.. The doors are not closed and locked.. The liftgate is open.. The Intelligent Key system warning

light remains on in the vehicle infor-mation display.

. An Intelligent Key is left inside thevehicle.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. Two remote engine starts, or a singleremote start with an extension, havealready been used.

. The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

The remote engine start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display. For an explanation of thewarning or indicator, see “Operationalindicators” (P.2-23).

JVP0463X

1. Pull the hood lock release handlelocated below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever up at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly closethe hood down and make sure it locksinto place.

WARNING. Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the

hood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke com-ing from the engine compart-ment, to avoid injury do notopen the hood.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

HOOD

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WARNING. Always be sure the liftgate has

been closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the liftgateopen. This could allow dangerousexhaust gases to be drawn intothe vehicle. See “Exhaust gas(carbon monoxide)” (P.5-4).

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. Always be sure that hands andfeet are clear of the door frame toavoid injury while closing theliftgate.

JVP0464X

OPERATING MANUAL LIFTGATETo open the liftgate, unlock it and pushthe liftgate opener switch . Pull up theliftgate to open.The liftgate can be unlocked by:. pushing the unlock button on the

Intelligent Key twice.. pushing the liftgate request switch

with the Intelligent Key carried on you.. pushing the door handle request

switch twice with the Intelligent Keycarried on you.

. pushing the power door lock switch tothe unlock position.

. inserting the mechanical key into thedriver’s door key cylinder and turningit to the rear of the vehicle twice.

To close the liftgate, pull down until itsecurely locks.OPERATING POWER LIFTGATE (if soequipped)To operate the power liftgate, the shiftlever must be in the P (Park) position.The power liftgate will not operate if thebattery voltage is low.

LIFTGATE

SPA2547

Power liftgate main switchThe power liftgate operation can beturned on or off by the power liftgatemain switch on the instrument panel.When the power liftgate main switch ispushed to the “OFF” position, the poweroperation is not available by the powerliftgate switch on the liftgate and liftgateopener switch.The liftgate can still be operated by thepower liftgate switch on the instrumentpanel and the power liftgate button onthe Intelligent Key.

SPA2548Power liftgate switch — Instrument panel

JVP0465XLiftgate opener switch

JVP0214XIntelligent Key

SPA2796Power liftgate switch — Liftgate

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Power openWhen the liftgate is fully closed, theliftgate will fully open automatically by:. pushing the power liftgate switch

on the instrument panel. pushing the liftgate opener switch. pushing the power liftgate button

on the Intelligent Key for more than 1second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the out-side chime sounds when the liftgatestarts opening.NOTE:The liftgate can be opened by thepower liftgate switch , the liftgateopener switch or the power liftgatebutton even if the liftgate islocked. The liftgate will individually un-lock and open.Power closeWhen the liftgate is fully opened, theliftgate will fully close automatically by:. pushing the power liftgate switch

on the instrument panel. pushing the power liftgate button

on the Intelligent Key for more than 1second

. pushing the power liftgate switchon the lower part of the liftgate

The hazard flashes 4 times and the out-

side chime sounds when the liftgatestarts closing.NOTE:When the liftgate is closed, it remainsunlocked. Manually lock the liftgate.Reverse functionThe power liftgate will reverse immedi-ately if one of the following actions isperformed during power open or powerclose.. pushing the power liftgate switch

on the instrument panel. pushing the power liftgate button

on the Intelligent Key.. pushing the liftgate switch on the

lower part of the liftgateThe outside chime sounds when theliftgate starts to reverse.

Auto reverse functionThe auto-reverse function enables theliftgate to automatically reverse whensomething is caught in the liftgate as itis opening or closing. When the controlunit detects an obstacle, the liftgate willreverse and return to the full open or fullclose position.If a second obstacle is detected, theliftgate motion will stop and the drivemotor will disengage. The liftgate willenter the manual mode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each sideof the liftgate. If an obstacle is detectedby the pinch sensor during power close,the liftgate will reverse and return to thefull open position immediately.NOTE:If the pinch sensor is damaged orremoved, the power close function willnot operate.

WARNINGThere is a small distance immedi-ately before the closed position thatcannot be detected. Make sure thatall passengers keep their hands, etc.,clear from the liftgate opening be-fore closing the liftgate.

Manual modeIf power operation is not available, theliftgate can be operated manually. Poweroperation may not be available if multipleobstacles have been detected in a singlepower cycle or if the battery voltage islow. When the power liftgate main switchis in the OFF position, the liftgate can beopened manually by pushing the liftgateopener switch. If the power liftgate open-er switch is pushed during power open orclose, the power operation will be can-

celed and the liftgate can be operatedmanually.

JVP0466X

Safe ModeIf the gas stays of the liftgate losepressure, the power liftgate safe mode isactivated. When the safe mode is acti-vated, the liftgate intermittently closes.Then the liftgate will be pulled to theclosed and latched position by a motor.The power liftgate cannot be openedusing the switches at any time in the safemode.Do not operate the liftgate again until it ischecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION. If the power liftgate does not stay

open or if the liftgate unexpect-edly closes at any time, do notoperate the liftgate. There maybe a pressure loss in one or bothof the liftgate gas stays. Have theliftgate inspected. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

. Do not activate the power liftgateif one or both of the liftgate gasstays are removed. Damage tothe liftgate or power liftgate me-chanisms may occur.

AUTO CLOSUREIf the liftgate is pulled down to a partlyopen position, the liftgate will pull itself tothe closed position.Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessiveforce applied may cause the mechan-ism to malfunction.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION. The liftgate will automatically

close from a partly open position.To avoid pinching, keep handsand fingers away from liftgateopening.

. Do not let children operate theliftgate.

SPA2751

LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVERIf the liftgate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a dischargedbattery, follow these steps.1. Remove the cover inside of the

liftgate using a suitable tool.2. Move the lever as illustrated to open

the liftgate.It is recommended you contact a NISSANdealer as soon as possible for repair.

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

CAUTIONLock all doors before going throughautomatic car wash. Locking doorshelps prevent fuel-filler door fromopening and becoming damaged.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

SPA2752

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock thefuel-filler door by using one of the follow-ing operations, then push the right side ofthe door.. Push the driver’s door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key carriedwith you.

. Push the passenger’s door handlerequest switch or liftgate requestswitch twice with the Intelligent Keycarried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

. Insert the mechanical key into thedoor lock cylinder and rotate it to-wards the rear of the vehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch tothe UNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key, the mechanical keyor the power door lock switch.FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING. Gasoline is extremely flammable

and highly explosive under cer-tain conditions. You could beburned or seriously injured if it ismisused or mishandled. Alwaysstop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks nearthe vehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Contin-ued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel sprayand possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipmenttype fuel-filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect cap

can result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury. It couldalso cause the malfunction indi-cator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start yourvehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel contain-er in the vehicle or trailer. Staticelectricity can cause an explosionof flammable liquid, vapor or gasin any vehicle or trailer. To reducethe risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel contain-ers:— Always place the container on

the ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices

when filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in con-

tact with the container whileyou are filling it.

— Use only approved portablefuel containers for flammableliquid.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle

body, flush it away with water toavoid paint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into thefuel-filler tube, then tighten untilthe fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure totighten the fuel-filler cap properlymay cause the malfunctionindicator light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take afew driving trips for the messageto be displayed. Failure to tightenthe fuel-filler cap properly afterthe LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to

illuminate.

Turn the cap counterclockwise to re-move. To tighten, turn the cap clockwiseuntil a single click is heard.

SPA2753

To remove the fuel-filler cap:1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-

wise to remove.2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap

holder while refueling.To install the fuel-filler cap:1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into

the fuel-filler tube.2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until

a single click is heard.

SPA2815

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears onthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctlyafter the vehicle has been refueled. It maytake a few driving trips for the warning tobe displayed.To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap

as soon as possible. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-27).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.3. Push the switch on the right

side of the combination meter panel

for longer than 1 second to turn off theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tigh-tening the fuel cap. WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose con-trol of your vehicle and cause anaccident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is neces-sary for proper steering opera-tion and comfort. The driver’s airbag inflates with great force. Ifyou are unrestrained, leaning for-ward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive ser-ious or fatal injuries from the airbag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away aspractical from the steering wheel.Always use the seat belts.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2754

ELECTRIC OPERATIONTilt or telescopic operationMove the lever to adjust the steeringwheel up or down, forward or rearward tothe desired position.

Entry/Exit function operation (if soequipped):The automatic drive positioner systemwill make the steering wheel move upautomatically when the driver’s door isopened with the ignition switch in theLOCK position. This lets the driver get intoand out of the seat more easily.For more information, see “Automaticdrive positioner” (P.3-40). SIC3451

CAUTION. Do not store the main sun visor

before storing the extension sunvisor.

. Do not pull the extension sunvisor forcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front,swing down the main sun visor .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing it to the side .

3. Draw out the extension sun visorfrom the main sun visor to block fromfurther glare.

SUN VISORS

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the height and the angle of theinside mirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare type (if soequipped)The night position will reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behindyou at night.Use the day position when driving indaylight hours.

WARNINGUse the night position only whennecessary, because it reduces rearview clarity.

SPA2450-A

Automatic anti-glare type (if soequipped)The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accord-ing to the intensity of the headlights ofthe following vehicle.The anti-glare system will be automati-cally turned on when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.Push the “*” switch to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31

MIRRORS

3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

indicator light will turn off. Push the “I”switch to turn the system on.Do not allow any object to cover thesensors or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv-ity of the sensor, resulting in improperoperation.For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver (Type A)” (P.2-68).

Intelligent Rear View Mirror (if soequipped)

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theIntelligent Rear View Mirror couldresult in serious injury or death.. The Intelligent Rear View Mirror is

a convenience feature but it is nota substitute for proper vehicleoperation. The system has areaswhere objects cannot be viewed.Check the blind spot of the In-telligent Rear View Mirror beforevehicle operation. The driver isalways responsible for safe driv-ing.

. Do not disassemble or modify theIntelligent Rear View Mirror, thecamera unit or wirings. If you do,it may result in accidents or fire.In case you notice smoke or smellcoming from the Intelligent RearView Mirror, stop using the sys-tem immediately. It is recom-mended that you see a NISSANdealer for servicing.

. Do not operate the IntelligentRear View Mirror while driving.Doing so can be a distractionand it could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident orserious injury.

. Do not gaze into the IntelligentRear View Mirror display duringdriving. It may cause a distractionand it could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident orserious injury.

. Do not put a cigarette or flamesto the Intelligent Rear View Mir-ror, the camera unit or wirings. Itmay cause a fire.

CAUTION. Be sure to adjust the Intelligent

Rear View Mirror before driving.Switch the system to the conven-tional rearview mirror mode andbe properly seated on the driver’sseat. Then adjust the mirror so asto see the rear window properly.Driving without adjusting the mir-ror may cause difficulty in watch-ing the display at Intelligent RearView Mirror mode (camera viewmode) due to the reflection fromthe surface of the mirror.

. If the Intelligent Rear View Mirrormalfunctions, immediately switchthe system to the conventionalrearview mirror mode.

. When strong light (for example,sunlight or high beams from fol-lowing vehicles) enters the cam-era, a light beam or a glaring lightmay appear on the monitorscreen of the Intelligent RearView Mirror. In that case, switchthe system to the conventionalrearview mirror mode appropri-ately.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulateson the exterior glass surface cov-ering the camera, the IntelligentRear View Mirror may not displayobjects clearly. Use of the rearwindow wiper/washer may im-prove visibility, but if not, switchthe Intelligent Rear View Mirror tothe conventional rearview mirrormode until a time the glass cov-ering the camera can be cleaned.

JVP0515X

MENU buttonLeft buttonRight buttonMode select leverHomeLink® buttons (1-3)

Components:Intelligent Rear View Mirror provides aclear rearview from a camera located onthe rear of the vehicle. Intelligent RearView Mirror has two modes: conventionalrearview mirror mode and Intelligent RearView Mirror mode (camera view mode).You can switch these two modes by themode select lever .For the operation of the HomeLink®buttons , see “HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver (Type B)” (P.2-72).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0489X

How to change the mode:The mode can be switched when theignition switch is in the ON position.. Pull the mode select lever to switch

to the Intelligent Rear View Mirrormode (camera view mode).

. Push the mode select lever toswitch to the conventional rearviewmirror mode.

JVP0506X

How tomake settings of Intelligent RearView Mirror:You can choose display settings of theIntelligent Rear View Mirror such asbrightness, camera angle, textual indica-tion ON or OFF and language.When the Intelligent Rear View Mirrormode is on, setting menu can be selectedby pushing the MENU button . Each timethe MENU button is pushed, the settingmenu will change as follows:MENU (initial screen) ?BRIGHTNESS ?DOWN/UP ? ROTATION ? INDICATION? DIMMING MIRROR ? LANGUAGE ?MENU (initial screen)

NOTE:. To switch the image quality adjust-

ment items with the MENU button ,push the button within 5 secondsafter completing the adjustment ofthe previous item. If 5 seconds ormore pass, the monitor will return toMENU (initial screen).

. When one of the HomeLink® buttonsis pushed, the monitor will displaythe HomeLink® screen.

JVP0507X

BRIGHTNESSThe brightness of the display screen canbe adjusted.. Push the left button to dim the

screen.. Push the right button to brighten

the screen.

JVP0508X

DOWN/UPThe vertical camera angle of the displayscreen can be adjusted.. Push the left button to down the

camera angle.. Push the right button to up the

camera angle.

JVP0510X

ROTATIONThe camera angle of the display screencan be rotated.. Push the left button to rotate the

camera angle to the left.. Push the right button to rotate the

camera angle to the right.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0511X

INDICATIONThe textual indication can be turned on oroff on the Intelligent Rear View Mirrordisplay screen.. Push the right button to disable the

textual indication on the displayscreen.

. Push the left button to enable thetextual indication on the displayscreen.

JVP0514X

DIMMING MIRRORThe mirror is designed so that it auto-matically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle. You can enable ordisable the automatic anti-glare mode.. Push the left button to enable the

automatic anti-glare mode.. Push the right button to disable the

automatic anti-glare mode.

JVP0512X

LANGUAGEThe language of the textual indicationcan be selected on the Intelligent RearView Mirror display screen.Select the language by using the orbutton. You can select either English orFrench. The language setting will beretained even if the engine is restarted.

Intelligent Rear View Mirror systemprecautions:NOTE:. Long-term use of this system in

stopping engine may cause batteryto be discharged.

. Do not attach an antenna of wirelessdevice near the Intelligent Rear ViewMirror. Electric wave from wirelessdevice may cause disturbed imagein Intelligent Rear View Mirror.

. Do not push buttons excessively oroperating the lever roughly maycause a system failure or the Intelli-gent Rear View Mirror itself to drop.

. Never turn the body of IntelligentRear View Mirror by 90° or more. Itmay damage the Intelligent RearView Mirror.

. Do not apply strong shocks to thebody of Intelligent Rear View Mirror.It may cause a system failure.

. Do not apply heavy load to thecamera and camera-cover on therear of the vehicle. It may cause thecamera to be removed or may causea system failure.

. If it is difficult to see the IntelligentRear View Mirror display screen be-cause of a strong external light,switch the mode to the conventionalrearview mirror mode for better use.

. Close the sunshade (if so equipped)when the Intelligent Rear View Mir-ror display screen is unclear due tostrong external light.

JVP0559XFlicker image (example)

. When LED headlights are viewed onthe Intelligent Rear View Mirror dis-play, the images may flicker. This isnormal.

. Due to diffused reflection from ex-ternal environment, images on thescreen may flicker. This is not amalfunction.

. A quick movement of a thing maynot be able to display on the cameraview screen. This is not a malfunc-tion.

. Turn on the headlights at twilight orin a tunnel, etc.

. The Intelligent Rear View Mirrormode (camera view mode) displayis different from the conventionalrearview mirror. Objects in the dis-play may differ from actual distance.Do not solely rely on the IntelligentRear View Mirror. Always rely onyour own operation to avoid acci-dents.

. If the brightness of the camera viewdisplay is adjusted to excessivebright level, it may cause an eye-strain in the driving. Adjust thebrightness properly.

. Use the rear window wiper when itrains. If the camera view image isstill unclear when the rear windowwiper is in operation, check thedeterioration of the rear windowwiper blade.

. When using the rear window wiper,images on the screen may flicker.This is not a malfunction.

. Defog the rear window with defog-ger when rear window is fogged. Usethe conventional rearview mirrormode until the rear window is fullydefogged.

. The display of the Intelligent RearView Mirror may become hot. This isnot a malfunction.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37

3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

. The color of an object in the distanceor in the dark may be difficult to berecognized. This is not a malfunc-tion.

System maintenance (Intelligent RearView Mirror):. Always keep the mirror and camera

area of the rear window clean.. Clean the mirror and the camera lens

with a dry soft cloth.. When clean the camera area of the

rear window, using a soft cloth dam-pend with water and a few neutraldetergent. And after, the dry it up withdry soft cloth.

. If the image on the Intelligent RearView Mirror display screen is still un-clear even after cleaning the cameraarea of the rear window, an oil filmmay be adhering to the rear windowglass. Clean the rear window glasswith an oil film remover.

. Never use alcohol, benzine, thinner, orany similar material to clean themirror or camera lens. It will cause adiscoloration, deterioration or a sys-tem malfunction.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) on the cameraarea of the rear window.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING. Objects viewed in the outside

mirror on the passenger side arecloser than they appear. Be care-ful when moving to the right.Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirroror glance over your shoulder toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

. Do not adjust the mirrors whiledriving. You could lose control ofyour vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2739

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch islocated on the driver’s door armrest.The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.Move the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror , then adjustusing the control switch .

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch isoperated. (See “Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch” (P.2-36).)

SPA2738

Power foldable outside mirrors

CAUTION. Do not touch the mirrors while

they are moving. Your hand maybe pinched, and the mirror maymalfunction.

. Do not drive with the mirrorsstored. You will be unable to seebehind the vehicle.

. If the mirrors were folded orunfolded by hand, there is achance that the mirror will moveforward or backward during driv-

ing. If the mirrors were folded orunfolded by hand, be sure toadjust them again electrically be-fore driving.

The outside mirror remote control oper-ates when the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.To fold the outside mirrors, push theoutside mirror folding switch to the“CLOSE” position . To unfold, push tothe “OPEN” position .If mirrors are manually operated orbumped, the mirror body can becomeloose at the pivot point. To correctelectronic mirror operation, cycle themirrors by pushing “CLOSE” until comple-tely closed, then push “OPEN” until themirrors are in the open position.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)When backing up the vehicle, the rightand left outside mirrors will turn down-ward automatically to provide better rearvisibility.1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)

position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-39

3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3. Choose the right or left outside mirrorby operating the outside mirror con-trol switch.

4. The outside mirror surfaces movedownward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the outside mirror surfaces willreturn to their original positions.. The shift lever is moved to any posi-

tion other than R (Reverse).. The outside mirror control switch is

set to the center position.. The ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position.

Automatic anti-glare (if soequipped)The outside rearview mirrors are de-signed so that its automatically changereflection according to the intensity ofthe headlights of the vehicle followingyou.The anti-glare system will be automati-cally turned on when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

SIC4448

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.

JVP0247XSET/memory switches

The automatic drive positioner systemhas three features:. Entry/exit function. Memory storage. Setting memory functionENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that thedriver’s seat and steering column willautomatically move when the automatictransmission shift lever is in the P (Park)position. This allows the driver to get intoand out of the driver’s seat more easily.The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignition

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)

switch in the LOCK position.The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when theignition switch is pushed to the ACCposition.The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operated when theseat is at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tionThe shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in theOFF position.The entry/exit function can be activatedor canceled by pressing and holding theSET switch for more than 10 seconds.The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the “Lift SteeringWheel on Exit” key or “Slide Driver SeatBack on Exit” key is turned to ON or OFF inthe Vehicle settings on the center display.(See NissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit functionwill not work though this function was seton before. In such a case, after connect-ing the battery or replacing with a newfuse, open and close the driver’s doormore than two times after the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON position tothe LOCK position. The entry/exit func-tion will be activated.MEMORY STORAGETwo positions for the driver’s seat, steer-ing column and outside mirrors can bestored in the automatic drive positionermemory. Follow these procedures to usethe memory system.1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-

umn and outside mirrors to the de-sired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additionalinformation, see “Seats” (P.1-3) and“Tilt/telescopic steering” (P.3-29) and“Outside mirrors” (P.3-38).

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1or 2) fully for at least 1 second.The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will stay on for ap-

proximately 5 seconds after pushingthe switch.When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.If memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memorywill be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a storedmemory positionThe Intelligent Key can be linked to astored memory position with the follow-ing procedure.1. Follow the steps for storing a memory

position.2. While the indicator light for the mem-

ory switch being set is illuminated for5 seconds, push the button on theIntelligent Key. If the indicator lightblinks, the Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, and then push the buttonon the Intelligent Key. The driver’s seat,steering wheel and outside mirrors willmove to the memorized position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-41

3-42 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Confirming memory storage. Push the ignition switch to the ON

position and push the SET switch. Ifthe main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will comeon for approximately 0.5 second.When the memory has stored in posi-tion, the indicator light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, orif the fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the de-sired position using the previous pro-cedure.

. If optional Intelligent Keys are addedto your vehicle, the memory storageprocedure to switch 1 or 2 and linkingIntelligent Key procedure to a storedmemory position should be per-formed again for each Intelligent Key.For additional Intelligent Key informa-tion, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.2. Use one of the following methods to

move the driver’s seat, the outsidemirrors and the steering wheel.. Push the memory switch (1 or 2)

fully for at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to thememorized position or to the exitposition when the entry/exit functionis set to active with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTIONThe status of the following settings canbe linked to the Intelligent Key and thememorized settings can be available foreach Intelligent Key.. Air conditioner system. Navigation system (if so equipped). Audio systemTo use the memory function, lock thedoors with the Intelligent Key that islinked to the settings.To enable the memorized settings:1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked

to the settings, and unlock the doorsby pushing the driver’s door handlerequest switch or “UNLOCK” but-ton on the Intelligent Key.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. “Connection with the key hasbeen done” will be displayed on thescreen and the memorized settingsare available (only when a new Intel-ligent Key is used).

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner systemwill not work or will stop operating underthe following conditions:. When the vehicle speed is above 0

MPH (0 km/h) or 4 MPH (7 km/h) forsome limited functions such linking anIntelligent Key to the vehicle when thepower source is turned on from off orduring the Exit function.

. When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

. When the adjusting switch for thedriver’s seat and steering column isturned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

. When the seat has already beenmoved to the memorized position.

. When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the shift lever is moved from theP (Park) position to any other position.

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems

NissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual ................................. 4-2Safety note ........................................................................................ 4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ................................. 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation ..................... 4-4How to read the displayed lines ................................ 4-4Difference between predictive andactual distances ...................................................................... 4-4How to park with predictive course lines .......... 4-6Sonar indicator ........................................................................ 4-7Adjusting the screen ........................................................... 4-7Predictive course line settings .................................... 4-8RearView Monitor system limitations .................... 4-8System maintenance .......................................................... 4-9

Intelligent Around View Monitor (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 4-10

Intelligent Around View Monitorsystem operation ................................................................ 4-11How to adjust the screen view................................ 4-19Intelligent Around View Monitor settings ....... 4-19Intelligent Around View Monitorsystem limitations .............................................................. 4-21System maintenance ....................................................... 4-23

Camera aiding sonar function (models withIntelligent Around View Monitor) .................................. 4-24

Sonar system operation ................................................ 4-24

Turning on and off the sonar function .......... 4-25Sonar system limitations ........................................... 4-26System temporarily unavailable ........................... 4-27System maintenance .................................................... 4-27

Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................................... 4-28MOD system operation ................................................ 4-29Turning on and off the MOD system ............... 4-30MOD system limitations .............................................. 4-31System maintenance .................................................... 4-32

Ventilators ...................................................................................... 4-33Center ventilators ............................................................ 4-33Side ventilators .................................................................. 4-33Rear ventilators .................................................................. 4-33

Heater and air conditioner ................................................ 4-34Automatic air conditioner ......................................... 4-35Rear automatic air conditioning system....... 4-38Operating tips ..................................................................... 4-42Linking Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ........... 4-42In-cabin microfilter .......................................................... 4-42Servicing air conditioner ............................................. 4-42

Antenna ............................................................................................ 4-42Window antenna ............................................................... 4-42Satellite antenna ............................................................... 4-43

Car phone or CB radio ......................................................... 4-43

4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

For models with NissanConnectSM withNavigation (if so equipped), Apps andServices (if so equipped), refer to theNissanConnectSM Owner’s Manual re-garding the following information.. Audio system. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone. NissanConnectSM Apps. NissanConnectSM Services. Navigation system. Voice recognition. Information and settings viewable on

NissanConnectSM

WARNING. Do not disassemble or modify

this system. If you do, it mayresult in accidents, fire, or electricshock.

. Do not use this system if younotice any abnormality, such asa frozen screen or lack of sound.Continued use of the system mayresult in accident, fire or electricshock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware,spill liquid on it, or notice smokeor smell coming from it, stopusing the system immediately. Itis recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for servicing.Ignoring such conditions maylead to accidents, fire, or electricshock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake toview the images on the frontcenter display screen.

CAUTIONDo not use the system when theengine is not running for extendedperiods of time to prevent batterydischarge.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)].Operating this system under these con-ditions may result in system malfunc-tions.

NISSANCONNECTSM OWNER’S MANUAL SAFETY NOTE

JVH1688X

1. SETTING button

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theRearView Monitor system could re-

sult in serious injury or death.. The RearView Monitor is a conve-

nience but it is not a substitutefor proper backing. Always turnand look out the windows, andcheck mirrors to be sure that it issafe to move before operating

the vehicle. Always back upslowly.

. The system is designed as an aidto the driver in showing largestationary objects directly behindthe vehicle, to help avoid dama-ging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when thevehicle is on a level paved sur-face. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actualdistance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the frontof camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehiclewhen the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position.The radio can still be heard while theRearView Monitor is active.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1395X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera locatedjust above the vehicle’s license plate.REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-ERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position to operate the Rear-View Monitor.

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects withreference to the bumper line aredisplayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the bumper.. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m). Green line : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines :Indicate the approximate vehicle widthwhen backing up.

Predictive course lines :Indicate the predictive course when back-ing up. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned andwill not be displayed while the steeringwheel is in the neutral position.The vehicle width guide lines and thewidth of the predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances differentfrom those displayed in the monitorrelative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-tions). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

JVH1214X

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is farther than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1215X

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predictive course lines do nottouch the object in the display. However,the vehicle may hit the object if it projectsover the actual backing up course.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5

4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1216X

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position is shown farther than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same dis-tance as the position . The vehicle mayhit the object when backing up to the

position if the object projects over theactual backing up course.HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING. If the tires are replaced with

different sized tires, the predic-tive course line may not be dis-played correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slipperyroad, there may be a differencebetween the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right becausethe rearview camera is not in-stalled in the rear center of thevehicle.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking spaceis safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rearview of the vehicle is dis-played on the screen when the shiftlever is moved to the R (Reverse)position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dictive course lines enter the park-ing space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallelto the parking space while referringto the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in thespace completely, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

SONAR INDICATORWhen the sonar system is ON, the sonarindicator will appear in the display. (See“Sonar system” (P.5-134).)

JVH1690X

ADJUSTING THE SCREENThe display settings such as Brightness,Contrast, Black Level, Tint and Color ofthe RearView Monitor can be adjusted.1. Push the SETTING button while the

RearView Monitor screen is displayed.2. The Display settings menu is dis-

played. Select an item you wish toadjust.

3. Adjust the selected item by touchingthe “+” or “-” key.

Select “Reset Settings” key to return allsettings to default.Display settings menu can also be ac-cessed while the RearView Monitor

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7

4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

screen is not displayed. Push the SETTINGbutton and select “Camera/Sonar” key,and then select “Display” key.NOTE:Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while thevehicle is moving. Make sure the park-ing brake is firmly applied.PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SET-TINGSTo toggle on and off the predictive courselines:1. Push the SETTING button while the

RearView Monitor screen is not dis-played.

2. Select “Camera/Sonar” key.3. Select “Camera” key.4. Select “Predictive Course Lines” key to

turn the feature on or off. When thisitem is turned on, the predictivecourse lines will be displayed on themonitor.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-ITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for RearView Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The system cannot completely

eliminate blind spots and maynot show every object.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper can-not be viewed on the RearViewMonitor because of its monitoringrange limitation. The system willnot show small objects below thebumper, and may not show ob-jects close to the bumper or onthe ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual dis-tance because a wide-angle lensis used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually oppositecompared to when viewed in therearview and outside mirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a re-ference. The lines are highly af-fec ted by the number o foccupants, fuel level, vehicle po-sition, road conditions and roadgrade.

. Make sure that the liftgate issecurely closed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rear-view camera. The rearview cam-era is installed above the licenseplate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure notto spray it around the camera.Otherwise, water may enter thecamera unit causing water con-densation on the lens, a malfunc-tion, fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise,it may malfunction or cause da-mage resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

The following are operating limitationsand do not represent a system malfunc-tion:. When the temperature is extremely

high or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

. When strong light is directly comingon the camera, objects may not bedisplayed clearly.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objectson the screen. This is due to strongreflected light from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat fromthe actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switchingto the RearView Monitor.

. When activating the RearView Moni-tor, the guide lines, the icons and themessages may not be displayed for awhile.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates onthe camera, the RearView Monitormay not display object clearly. Cleanthe camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera win-dow. Wipe off any wax with a cleancloth dampened with mild detergentdiluted with water.

JVH1395X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION. Do not use alcohol, benzine or

thinner to clean the camera. Thiswill cause discoloration. To cleanthe camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera , RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping it with a dry cloth.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9

4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1689X

1. CAMERA button2. SETTING button WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for the proper use of theIntelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem could result in serious injury or

death.. The Intelligent Around View Moni-

tor is a convenience feature andis not a substitute for propervehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot beviewed. The four corners of thevehicle in particular, are areaswhere objects do not always ap-pear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it issafe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always operate thevehicle slowly.

. The driver is always responsiblefor safety during parking andother maneuvers.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR (if so equipped)

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.Available views:. Front view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear viewAn approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye viewThe surrounding view of the vehiclefrom above.

. Front-side viewThe view around and ahead of thefront passenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

JVH1397X

To display the multiple views, the Intelli-gent Around View Monitor system usescameras located in the front grill, on thevehicle’s outside mirrors and one justabove the vehicle’s license plate.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONI-TOR SYSTEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position or press the CAMERAbutton to operate the Intelligent AroundView Monitor.

Available views

WARNING. The distance guide lines and the

vehicle width lines should beused as a reference only whenthe vehicle is on a paved, levelsurface. The apparent distanceviewed on the monitor may bedifferent than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and dis-played objects.

. Use the displayed lines and thebird’s-eye view as a reference.The lines and the bird’s-eye vieware greatly affected by the num-ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi-cle position, road condition androad grade.

. If the tires are replaced withdifferent sized tires, the predic-tive course lines and the bird’s-

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11

4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

eye view may be displayed incor-rectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arefurther than they appear. Whendriving the vehicle down a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arecloser than they appear.

. Objects in the monitor will appearvisually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview andoutside mirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

. The distance between objectsviewed in the rear view differsfrom actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.

. On a snow-covered or slipperyroad, there may be a differencebetween the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

. The vehicle width and predictivecourse lines are wider than theactual width and course.

. The displayed lines on the rearview will appear slightly off to theright because the rearview cam-era is not installed in the rear

center of the vehicle.

SAA1840Front view

SAA1896Rear view

Front and rear view:Guiding lines that indicate the approx-imate vehicle width and distances toobjects with reference to the vehicle bodyline are displayed on the monitor.Distance guide linesIndicate distances from the vehicle body.. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m). Green line : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide linesIndicate the approximate vehicle width.Predictive course linesIndicate the predictive course when op-erating the vehicle. The predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitorwhen the steering wheel is turned. Thepredictive course lines will move depend-ing on how much the steering wheel isturned and will not be displayed while thesteering wheel is in the straight-aheadposition.The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10km/h).NOTE:When the monitor displays the frontview and the steering wheel turns

about 90 degrees or less from thestraight ahead position, both the rightand left predictive course lines aredisplayed. When the steering wheelturns about 90 degrees or more, a lineis displayed only on the opposite side ofthe turn.

JVH1140X

Bird’s-eye view:The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirmthe vehicle position and the predictivecourse to a parking space.The vehicle icon shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the size of thevehicle icon on the bird’s-eye view maydiffer somewhat from the actual distanceto the vehicle.The areas that the cameras cannot cover

are indicated in black.The non-viewable area is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch is

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13

4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

placed in the ON position.The driver can check the approximatedirection and angle of the tire on thedisplay by tire icon when driving thevehicle forward or backward.Predictive course lines ( and ) indicatethe predictive course when operating thevehicle. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steer-ing wheel is turned. The predictive courselines will move depending on how muchthe steering wheel is turned and will notbe displayed while the steering wheel is inthe straight-ahead position.When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight-aheadposition, the two green predictive courselines are shown in front of the vehicle.When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictivecourse line is shown in front of thevehicle and the other green predictivecourse line is shown at side of thevehicle.When the monitor displays the rear view,the predictive course lines are shown atback of the vehicle.

WARNING. Objects in the bird’s-eye view will

appear further than the actualdistance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb orvehicle, may be misaligned or notdisplayed at the seam of theviews.

. Objects that are above the cam-era cannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye viewmay be misaligned when thecamera position alters.

. A line on the ground may bemisaligned and is not seen asbeing straight at the seam of theviews. The misalignment will in-crease as the line proceeds awayfrom the vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indi-cate the actual tire angle.

JVH1141X

Front-side view:Guiding lines:Guiding lines that indicate the width andthe front end of the vehicle are displayedon the monitor.The front-of-vehicle line shows thefront part of the vehicle.The side-of-vehicle line shows thevehicle width including the outside mir-rors.The extensions of both the front andside lines are shown with a greendotted line.

CAUTIONThe turn signal light may look likethe side of- vehicle line. This is not amalfunction.

JVH1142XFront-wide view

JVH1143XRear-wide view

Front-wide/rear-wide view:The front-wide/rear-wide view shows awider area on the entire screen andallows the checking of the blind cornerson the right and left sides. The front-wide/rear-wide view displays an approxi-mately 180-degree area while the frontview and the rear view display an ap-proximately 150-degree area. The predic-tive course lines are not displayed whenusing the front-wide/rear-wide view.Distance guide linesIndicates distances from the vehicle body.. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m). Green line : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide linesIndicates the approximate vehicle width.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15

4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Difference between predicted andactual distancesThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances differentfrom those displayed in the monitorrelative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-tions). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

JVH1214X

Backing up on a steep uphill:When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is further than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1215X

Backing up on a steep downhill:When backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown further thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:The predictive course lines do nottouch the object in the display. However,the vehicle may hit the object if it projectsover the actual backing up course.

JVH1216X

Backing up behind a projecting object:The position is shown further than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same dis-tance as the position . The vehicle mayhit the object when backing up to theposition if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

How to park with predictive courselines

WARNING. If the tires are replaced with

different sized tires, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

. On a snow-covered or slipperyroad, there may be a differencebetween the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predic-tive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly. If this occurs,drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17

4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking spaceis safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis-played on the screen when the shiftlever is moved to the R (Reverse)position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dictive course lines enter the park-ing space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallelto the parking space while referringto the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in thespace completely, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

JVH1691X

How to switch the displayThe Intelligent Around View Monitor candisplay two split views as well as a singleview of the front-wide view or rear-wideview. Push the CAMERA button, changethe shift lever position, or select the“Change View” key to switch betweenthe available views.For models with the Intelligent Back-upIntervention (I-BI) system, “ ” key maybe displayed on the Intelligent AroundView Monitor screen when the shift leveris in the R (Reverse) position. For details ofthe I-BI system, see “Intelligent Back-upIntervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).

JVH1690X

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEWThe display settings such as Brightness,Contrast, Black Level, Tint and Color ofthe Intelligent Around View Monitor canbe adjusted.1. Push the SETTING button with the

Intelligent Around View Monitorturned on.

2. The Display settings menu is dis-played. Select an item you wish toadjust.

3. Adjust the selected item by touchingthe “+” or “-” key.

Select “Reset Settings” key to return allsettings to default.

NOTE:Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the Intelligent Around View Monitorwhile the vehicle is moving. Make surethe parking brake is firmly applied.Display settings menu can also be ac-cessed while the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor screen is not displayed. See“Intelligent Around View Monitor settings”(P.4-19).INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONI-TOR SETTINGSTo set up the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor to your preferred settings, pushthe SETTING button while the IntelligentAround View Monitor screen is not dis-played, select the “Camera/Sonar” key.Items displayed on the screen may varydepending on the specification and mod-el.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Available setting items:Setting item ActionCamera Intelligent Back-up Intervention Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) system on/off. See “Intelligent Back-up

Intervention (I-BI)” (P.5-57).Moving Object Detection Turn the MOD system on/off. See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-28).

Non-viewable Area Reminder With this item turned on, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only thefirst time after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned on, the predictive course lines are displayed in thefront and the rear view and bird’s-eye view.

Camera View Priority 1st Screen The priority order for the view type (Top, Side, Wide) can be changed.

2nd Screen

3rd Screen

Automatic Display with Sonar The automatic sonar display can be turned on/off.

Sonar For the information about the Sonar, see “Camera aiding sonar function(models with Intelligent Around View Monitor)” (P.4-24).

Display Brightness Adjust display settings by touching the “+”/“-” key.Contrast

Black Level

Tint

Color

Reset Settings Return all the settings to default.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONI-TOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for Intelligent Around ViewMonitor. Failure to operate the vehi-cle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in seriousinjury or death.. Do not use the Intelligent Around

View Monitor with the outsidemirrors in the stored position,and make sure that the liftgateis securely closed when operatingthe vehicle using the IntelligentAround View Monitor.

. The apparent distance betweenobjects viewed on the IntelligentAround View Monitor differs fromthe actual distance.

. The cameras are installed on thefront grille, the outside mirrorsand above the rear license plate.Do not put anything on the vehi-cle that covers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh pressure water, be sure notto spray it around the cameras.

Otherwise, water may enter thecamera unit causing water con-densation on the lens, a malfunc-tion, fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the cameras. Theyare precision instruments. Doingso could cause a malfunction orcause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

The following are operating limitationsand do not represent a system malfunc-tion:. The screen displayed on the Intelligent

Around View Monitor will automati-cally return to the previous screen 3minutes after the CAMERA button hasbeen pushed while the shift lever is ina position other than the R (Reverse)position.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may notdisplay objects clearly.

. When strong light directly shines onthe camera, objects may not be dis-played clearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the IntelligentAround View Monitor may differsomewhat from the actual color ofobjects.

. Objects on the monitor may not beclear and the color of the object maydiffer in a dark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

. When activating the Intelligent AroundView Monitor, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed for awhile.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates onthe camera, the Intelligent AroundView Monitor may not display objectsclearly. Clean the camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloththat has been dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent, then wipewith a dry cloth.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21

4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1399X

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the systemdoes not warn of moving objects. When inthe front or the rear view display, anobject below the bumper or on theground may not be viewed . When inthe bird’s-eye view, a tall object near theseam of the camera viewing areas will

not appear in the monitor .

JVH1633X

System temporarily unavailableWhen the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditionsin the Intelligent Around View Monitor.This will not hinder normal driving opera-tion but the system should be inspected.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for inspecting.

JVH1634X

When the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receiv-ing temporary electronic disturbancesfrom surrounding devices. This will nothinder normal driving operation. How-ever, if it occurs frequently, the systemshould be inspected. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

JVH1397X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION. Do not use alcohol, benzine or

thinner to clean the camera. Thiswill cause discoloration. To cleanthe camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the Intelligent AroundView Monitor may not display objectsclearly. Clean the camera by wiping witha cloth dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wiping with a drycloth.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23

4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of thesonar function as outlined in thissection could result in serious injuryor death.. The sonar is a convenience fea-

ture. It is not a substitute forproper parking.

. This function is designed as anaid to the driver in detecting largestationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle.

. The driver is always responsiblefor safety during parking andother maneuvers.

. Always look around and checkthat it is safe to move beforeparking.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the sonar as contained inthis section.

The sonar function helps to inform thedriver of large stationary objects aroundthe vehicle when parking by issuing anaudible and visual alert.

JVH1693X

1. Center display2. Sonar indicator3. CAMERA button4. SETTING button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system gives the tone for frontobjects when the shift lever is in the D(Drive) position and both front and rearobjects when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position.When the camera image is shown on the

CAMERA AIDING SONAR FUNCTION (modelswith Intelligent Around View Monitor)

center display, the system shows thesonar indicator regardless of the shiftlever position.The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide, rear and rear-wide views indicatedifferent distances to the object.When the objects are detected, the in-dicator (green) appears and blinks andthe tone sounds intermittently. When thevehicle moves closer to the object, thecolor of the indicator turns yellow and therate of the blinking and the rate of thetone increase. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stopsblinking and turns red, and the tonesounds continuously.The intermittent tone will stop after 3seconds when an object is detected byonly the sonar and the distance does notchange.The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

JVH1694X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SONARFUNCTIONWhen the Sonar/MOD key is selected,the indicator will turn off and the sonarwill be turned off temporarily. The MovingObject Detection (MOD) system will alsobe turned off at the same time. (See“Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-28).) When the Sonar/MOD key isselected again, the indicator will turnon and the sonar will turn back on.In the below cases, the sonar will beturned back on automatically:. When the shift lever is in the R

(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushedand a screen other than the cameraview is shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position and turned back tothe ON position again.

To deactivate the sonar system comple-tely, use the “Sonar” settings. See “Sonarfunction settings” (P.4-26).

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25

4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1695X

Sonar function settingsTo set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton, select the “Camera/Sonar” keyand then select the “Sonar” key on thecenter display.Designs and items displayed on thescreen may vary depending on the mod-els.Sonar:When this item is turned on, the front andrear sonars are activated. When this itemis turned off (indicator turns off), the frontand rear sonars are deactivated. Theamber markers are displayed at the

corners of the vehicle icon and the sonaricon will disappear from the Sonar/MODkey. The next time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, “Sonar is OFF” isdisplayed briefly.FR Sensor Only:When this item is turned on, only the frontsonar is activated. The amber markers aredisplayed at the rear corners of thevehicle icon.Interrupt Display:When this item is turned on, the IntelligentAround View Monitor will interrupt thecurrent view in the display to see thesurrounding area of the vehicle.Sonar Sensitivity:Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonars.Sonar Volume:Adjust the tone volume of the sonar.SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the sonar function. Failureto operate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill mayaffect the function of the system,including reduced performanceor a false activation.

. This function is designed as anaid to the driver in detecting largestationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle.

. The system is not designed toprevent contact with small ormoving objects.

. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, andmay not detect objects close tothe bumper or on the ground.

. The system may not detect thefollowing objects:— Fluffy objects such as snow,

cloth, cotton, grass or wool.— Thin objects such as rope, wire

or chain.— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damageto the bumper fascia, leaving itmisaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered causing in-accurate measurement of objects

or false alarms.

CAUTIONExcessive noise (such as audio sys-tem volume or an open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the tone andit may not be heard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEWhen the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from the“Sonar” settings (the setting items aregrayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTIONKeep the surface of the sonar sen-sors (located on the front and rearbumper fascia) free from accumula-tions of snow, ice and dirt. Do notscratch the surface of the sonarsensors when cleaning. If the sen-sors are covered, the accuracy of the

sonar function will be diminished.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27

4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1689X

1. CAMERA button2. SETTING button WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theMoving Object Detection systemcould result in serious injury or

death.. The MOD system is not a substi-

tute for proper vehicle operationand is not designed to preventcontact with the objects sur-rounding the vehicle. When man-euvering, always use the outsidemirror and rearview mirror andturn and check the surroundingto ensure it is safe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated atspeeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h).It is reactivated at lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designedto detect the surrounding sta-tionary objects.

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) sys-tem can inform the driver of the movingobjects surrounding the vehicle whendriving out of garages, maneuvering intoparking lots and in other such instances.The MOD system detects moving objectsby using image processing technology onthe image shown on the display.

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automati-cally under the following conditions:. When the shift lever is in the R

(Reverse) position.. When vehicle speed decreases below

approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) .

JVH1696XBird’s-eye view

JVH1697XFront view / rear view

JVH1698XRear and front-side views

JVH1699XFront-wide view / rear-wide view

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29

4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

When the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobjects are detected and a chime willsound once. While the MOD system con-tinues to detect moving objects, theyellow frame continues to be displayed.In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frameis displayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on wheremoving objects are detected.The yellow frame is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view,rear view and rear-wide view modes.While the sonar is beeping, the MODsystem does not chime.A blue MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. Agray MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon is not displayed.The MOD system operates in the follow-ing conditions when the camera view isdisplayed:. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects themoving objects in the bird’s-eye view.

. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed isbelow approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h),the MOD system detects moving ob-jects in the front view or front-wideview.

. When the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position and the vehiclespeed is below approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h), the MOD system detectsmoving objects in the rear view orrear-wide view. The MOD system willnot operate if the liftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen whenin front-side view.

JVH1712X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE MODSYSTEMWhen the MOD is active and the Sonar/MOD key is selected, the MOD systemwill turn off temporarily and the indicator

will turn off. (A camera-aiding sonar willturn off at the same time.) When theSonar/MOD key is selected again, theindicator will turn on and the MOD systemwill turn back on.To enable or disable the MOD, use the“Camera” menu. See “MOD functionsetting” (P.4-31).

MOD function settingTo set up the MOD function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton, select “Camera/Sonar” key, andthen select the “Camera” key on thecenter display.

JVH1713X

Moving Object Detection:When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off(indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated. When the MOD system isdeactivated, “MOD” will disappear onthe Sonar/MOD key and the MOD icon

will disappear as well.When the sonar is turned off on thesetting menu as well, the Sonar/MODkey will disappear.MOD Volume:Adjust the volume of the chime.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for MOD. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result inserious injury or death.. Do not use the MOD system when

towing a trailer. The system maynot function properly.

. Excessive noise (for example,audio system volume or openvehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

. The MOD system performancewill be limited according to en-vironmental conditions and sur-rounding objects such as:— When there is low contrast

between background and themoving objects.

— When there is blinking sourceof light.

— When strong light such asanother vehicle’s headlight orsunlight is present.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31

4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

— When camera orientation isnot in its usual position, suchas when mirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water dropsor snow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the mov-ing objects in the display isnot changed.

. The MOD system might detectflowing water droplets on thecamera lens, white smoke fromthe muffler, moving shadows, etc.

. The MOD system may not func-tion properly depending on thespeed, direction, distance orshape of the moving objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damageto the parts where the camera isinstalled, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may bealtered and the MOD system maynot detect objects properly.

. When the temperature is extre-mely high or low, the screen maynot display objects clearly. This isnot a malfunction.

JVH1397X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION. Do not use alcohol, benzine or

thinner to clean the camera. Thiswill cause discoloration. To cleanthe camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

SAA3348

CENTER VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will close theventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will open theventilators.

Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-lators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired positionis achieved.

SAA3054

SIDE VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will close theventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will open theventilators.

Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-lators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired positionis achieved.

JVH1313X

REAR VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are closed. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will close theventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the venti-lators are open. Moving the sidecontrol to this direction will open theventilators.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33

VENTILATORS

4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA3055

Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-lators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired positionis achieved.

WARNING. The air conditioner cooling func-

tion operates only when the en-gine is running.

. Do not leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. On hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high en-ough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may causethe interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

. Do not adjust the heating and airconditioning controls while driv-ing so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the heaterand air conditioner system.NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-senger compartment through the

vents.. When parking, set the heater and air

conditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air intothe passenger compartment. Thisshould help reduce odors inside thevehicle.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

SAA3059

1. “AUTO” button/Temperature control dial(driver’s side)

2. “ ” front defroster button3. “ ” rear window defroster button (See

“Rear window and outside mirror defros-ter switch” (P.2-36).)

4. “ ” fan speed decrease button5. “OFF” button6. “ ” fan speed increase button7. “ ” outside air circulation button8. “ ” air recirculation button9. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/

Temperature control dial (passenger’sside)

10. “MODE” manual air flow control button11. “REAR” control button

12. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button13. “ ” upper vent button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONERAutomatic operationCooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):This mode may be used all year round.The system works automatically to con-trol the inside temperature, air flow dis-tribution and fan speed after thepreferred temperature is set manually.1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The

indicator on the button will illuminateand AUTO will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial(driver’s side) to set the desired tem-perature.The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed will also be controlledautomatically.

3. You can individually set driver andfront passenger’s side temperatureusing each temperature control but-ton. When the “DUAL” button is pushedor the passenger’s side temperaturecontrol button is turned, the DUALindicator will come on. To turn off thepassenger’s side temperature control,push the “DUAL” button.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35

4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

4. To turn off the heater and air condi-tioner system, push the “OFF” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditions asthe air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:1. Push the “ ” front defroster button.

(The indicator light on the button willilluminate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial toset the desired temperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the out-side of the windows, push the fanspeed increase button “ ” and set itto the maximum position.

. As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the “AUTO” buttonto return to the auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner willautomatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 23°F (−5°C) todefog the windshield, and the airrecirculate mode will automaticallybe turned off.Outside air is drawn into the passen-ger compartment to improve thedefogging performance.

Manual operationFan speed control:Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” buttons to manually con-trol the fan speed.Push the “AUTO” button to return toautomatic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control:Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

Air flow control:Pushing the “MODE” manual air flowcontrol button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Air intake control:. Push the “ ” air recirculation button

to recirculate interior air inside thevehicle. The “ ” indicator light on thebutton will come on. The air recircula-tion mode cannot be activated whenthe air conditioner is in the frontdefrosting mode “ ”.

. Push the “ ” outside air circulationbutton to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The “ ”indicator light on the button will comeon.

. To control the air intake automatically,push and hold either the “ ” airrecirculation button or the “ ” out-side air circulation button (whicheverindicator light is illuminated). Theindicator lights (both air recirculationand outside air circulation buttons)will flash twice, and then the air intakewill switch to automatic control.

Turning the system offPush the OFF button.

Upper vent systemWhen the upper vent “ ” button ispushed, the air flow against the driver’sor passenger’s upper body becomes gen-tle. The indicator light on the button willilluminate.In this mode, air from the upper ventilatorflows in order to control the cabin tem-perature without blowing air directly onthe occupants.Push the upper vent “ ” button whenyou want the air conditioner to workquickly.To turn the system off, push the upper

vent “ ” button to turn the indicatorlight off.

JVH1630X

Operations on touch panel screenHeater and air conditioner can be oper-ated on the touch panel screen. Push the“CLIMATE” button on the center multi-function control panel and turn the dis-play to the Climate screen.For details of the touch panel screenoperation, see the separate NissanCon-nectSM Owner’s Manual.

JVH1720X

The following operations are availablewith the touch panel screen.Availability of the item depends on themodel and specifications.Available items:.

Touch to change the air flow mode.. - / +

Touch to change the fan speed of theair from the ventilators.

. Rear ClimateTouch to display the Rear Climatescreen. (See “Rear automatic air con-ditioning system” (P.4-38).)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37

4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

. A/CTouch to turn the air conditioner on/off.

. DUALTouch to turn the DUAL mode (pas-senger’s side temperature control)on/off.

. Upper VentTouch to turn the upper vent systemon/off. (See “Upper vent system” (P.4-36).)

JVH1621X

REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITION-ING SYSTEMPush the “REAR” button on the front airconditioner control panel to turn on therear automatic air conditioning system.(The REAR indicator light will illuminate.)To control the rear automatic air con-ditioning system with the front air condi-tioner control panel, push the “CLIMATE”button on the center multi-function con-trol panel and touch “Rear Climate” key.The display will switch to the Rear Climatescreen.The rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem can be adjusted with the front airconditioner control panel when the Rear

Climate screen is displayed.Push the “CLIMATE” button one moretime, the display will return to the Climatescreen.The rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem can also be adjusted by using therear air conditioner control panel locatedon the rear of the center console. (See“Rear air conditioner control panel opera-tion” (P.4-40).)This table shows the relation between thefront air conditioner control panel andthe rear air conditioner control panel.

Display status

Rear Climatescreen is dis-played

Rear Climatescreen is notdisplayed (Cli-mate screen)

Front aircondition-er controlpanel

Only the rearautomatic airconditioningsystem can beoperated

Only the frontair conditionercan be operated

Rear aircondition-er controlpanel

Cannot be op-erated

Only the rearautomatic airconditioningsystem can beoperated

Front air conditioner control paneloperationAutomatic operation:1. Push the “REAR” button to turn on rear

automatic air conditioning system.Push the “CLIMATE” button on thecenter multi-function control paneland select the “Rear Climate” key todisplay the Rear Climate screen.

2. Push the “AUTO” button. (The AUTOindicator light will illuminate and“AUTO” will appear on the display.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial(driver’s side) to set the desired tem-perature.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:1. Push the “REAR” button to turn on the

rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem. Push the “CLIMATE” button onthe center multi-function control pa-nel and touch “Rear Climate” key todisplay the Rear Climate screen.

2. Turn the temperature control dial(driver’s side) to set the desired tem-perature.

3. Switch the air flow mode to bypushing the “MODE” button.

4. Push the “CLIMATE” button on thecenter multi-function control panelone more time to return to the

Climate screen. If the A/C indicatorlight does not illuminate, push the“A/C” button. (The A/C indicator lightwill turn on.)

NOTE:When the front air conditioner is off, therear automatic air conditioning systemonly operates the fan. When you wouldlike to use the air conditioner, be sure topush the “A/C” button on the front airconditioner control panel to turn on theA/C indicator light.Manual operation:. Temperature control

Turn the temperature control dial(driver’s side) to set the desired tem-perature.

. Fan speed controlPush the fan speed control “ ”button or “ ” button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

. Air flow controlPush the “MODE” button to change theair flow mode.

: The air outlet is fixed at foot level.: The air outlet is fixed at both the head

and foot levels.: The air outlet is fixed at the head level.

Touch panel operationThe rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem can also be controlled on the RearClimate screen.Touch the “Rear Climate” key on theClimate screen to display the Rear Cli-mate screen.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39

4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH1719XRear Climate screen

Available items:. Decrease Temperature

Touch to decrease the temperaturesetting.

. Increase TemperatureTouch to increase the temperaturesetting.

. ON/OFFTouch to turn the rear automatic airconditioning system on/off.

. Decrease Air FlowThe fan speed of the air from theventilators can be decreased.

. Increase Air FlowThe fan speed of the air from theventilators can be increased.

. AutoTouch to turn the auto mode on/off.

. ModeTouch to select different air flowmode.

Rear air conditioner control paneloperation

SAA33271. “OFF” button2. Fan speed control button3. “AUTO” button4. Display5. “MODE” button

6. “TEMP” button

Rear control buttons:The rear seat passengers can adjust therear automatic air conditioning systemusing the control switches on the rear ofthe center console.The rear control buttons do not functionwhen the Rear Climate screen is shownon the front display. To activate the rearcontrol buttons, push the “CLIMATE” but-ton on the center multi-function controlpanel and switch the screen to theClimate screen.. “OFF” button:

Rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem off.

. “ ” button:Rear fan speed control up/down

. “AUTO” button:Rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem on, AUTO mode on

. “MODE” button:Rear air flow control change

. “TEMP” button:Rear temperature control up/down

Turning the system offUse the following methods to turn therear automatic air conditioning systemoff.. Operating the front air conditioner

control panel:Push the “OFF” button on the front airconditioner control panel when theRear Climate screen is displayed.

. Operating the Rear Climate screen:Touch the “ON/OFF” key on the RearClimate screen when the rear auto-matic air conditioning system is on.

. Operating the rear air conditionercontrol panel:Push the “OFF” button on the rear airconditioner control panel when theRear Climate screen is not displayed.

SAA3088

SAA3058

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41

4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperatureand outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may notoperate. However, this is not a malfunc-tion. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, the air flow from the footoutlets will operate normally.The sensors and located on theinstrument panel help maintain a con-stant temperature. Do not put anythingon or around the sensors.LINKING INTELLIGENT KEY (if soequipped)The air conditioner system settings canbe memorized for each Intelligent Key.For more details, see “Setting memoryfunction” (P.3-42).IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe air conditioner system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter which collectsdirt, pollen, dust, etc.To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replacethe filter in accordance with the specifiedmaintenance intervals listed in the “9.Maintenance and schedules” section. It isrecommended to see a NISSAN dealer toreplace the filter.The filter should be replaced if the air

flow decreases significantly or if win-dows fog up easily when operating theheater or air conditioner.SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERThe air conditioner system in your NISSANis charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind. This re-frigerant will not harm the earth’sozone layer. However, special chargingequipment and lubricant are requiredwhen servicing your NISSAN air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. (See “Capa-cities and recommended fluids/lubri-cants” (P.10-2) for air conditioner systemrefrigerant and lubricant recommenda-tions.)Your NISSAN dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air condi-tioner system.

WARNINGThe system contains refrigerant un-der high pressure. To avoid personalinjury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experi-enced technician with the properequipment.

WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear side glass.

CAUTION. Do not place metalized film near

the 3rd row seat window or at-tach any metal parts to it. Thismay cause poor reception ornoise.

. When cleaning the inside of therear side window, be careful notto scratch or damage the rearside window antenna. Lightlywipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

ANTENNA

SAA3602

SATELLITE ANTENNAThere is a satellite antenna on the rearpart of the vehicle roof.

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electroniccontrol system harness.

WARNING. A cellular phone should not be

used for any purpose while driv-ing so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellu-lar phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operationalmode (if so equipped) is highlyrecommended. Exercise extremecaution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicleoperation.

. If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to takenotes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION. Keep the antenna as far away as

possible from the electronic con-trol modules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from theelectronic control system har-ness. Do not route the antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended bythe manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

MEMO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................ 5-4Three-way catalyst ............................................................... 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-8On-pavement and off-roaddriving precautions .............................................................. 5-9Off-road recovery .................................................................. 5-9Rapid air pressure loss ...................................................... 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10Driving safety precautions .......................................... 5-10

Push-button ignition switch ............................................. 5-13Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-13Push-button ignition switch positions .............. 5-14Emergency engine shut off ........................................ 5-15Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................... 5-15

Before starting the engine................................................. 5-16Starting the engine .................................................................. 5-16

Remote start (if so equipped) ................................... 5-17Driving the vehicle .................................................................... 5-17

Engine protection mode ............................................... 5-17Automatic transmission ................................................ 5-18

Parking brake ............................................................................... 5-22Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) (if so equipped) .................. 5-23

LDW system operation ................................................. 5-25Turning the LDW system ON/OFF ...................... 5-26How to enable/disable the LDW system ....... 5-27I-LI system operation .................................................... 5-27Turning the I-LI system ON/OFF.......................... 5-28How to enable/disable the I-LI system .......... 5-29LDW/I-LI system limitations ..................................... 5-29System temporarily unavailable ........................... 5-31System malfunction ....................................................... 5-32System maintenance .................................................... 5-32

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) ........... 5-33BSW system operation ................................................. 5-35Turning the BSW system ON/OFF ...................... 5-36How to enable/disable the BSW system ....... 5-36BSW system limitations ............................................... 5-37BSW driving situations.................................................. 5-38System temporarily unavailable ........................... 5-41System malfunction ....................................................... 5-42System maintenance .................................................... 5-42

Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 5-43

I-BSI system operation ................................................... 5-45Turning the I-BSI system ON/OFF......................... 5-47How to enable/disable the I-BSI system ......... 5-48I-BSI system limitations ................................................. 5-48I-BSI driving situations .................................................... 5-50System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-55System malfunction .......................................................... 5-56System maintenance ....................................................... 5-56

Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 5-57

I-BI system operation ...................................................... 5-59How to enable/disable the I-BI system ............ 5-63I-BI system precautions ................................................. 5-64System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-65System malfunction .......................................................... 5-66System maintenance ....................................................... 5-66

Cruise control (if so equipped) ....................................... 5-67Precautions on cruise control .................................. 5-67Cruise control operations ............................................ 5-67

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (ifso equipped) .................................................................................. 5-69

How to select the cruise control mode ............ 5-71Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ...... 5-71Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode.......................................................................... 5-87

Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) (ifso equipped) ................................................................................. 5-91

I-DC system operation ................................................ 5-93Turning the I-DC system ON/OFF....................... 5-96How to enable/disable the I-DC system ....... 5-97I-DC system display and indicators ................... 5-97I-DC system limitations ............................................... 5-97System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-101System malfunction ................................................... 5-103System maintenance ................................................ 5-103

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (ifso equipped) ............................................................................. 5-104

AEB system operation .............................................. 5-106Turning the AEB system ON/OFF ................... 5-108AEB system limitations ............................................ 5-109System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-110System malfunction ................................................... 5-111System maintenance ................................................ 5-112

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)(if so equipped) ....................................................................... 5-113

I-FCW system operation ......................................... 5-115Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ............... 5-116I-FCW system limitations ........................................ 5-118System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-120System malfunction ................................................... 5-120System maintenance ................................................ 5-121

Break-in schedule ................................................................. 5-122

Fuel efficient driving tips ................................................. 5-122Increasing fuel economy ................................................. 5-123NISSAN all-mode 4WD® (if so equipped) ............. 5-123

NISSAN all-mode 4WD® system........................... 5-1244WD shift switch .............................................................. 5-1284WD shift indicator ........................................................ 5-1294WD warning light ......................................................... 5-129

Hill Start Assist system...................................................... 5-131Parking/parking on hills ................................................... 5-132TOW mode .................................................................................. 5-133SNOW mode ............................................................................... 5-134Sonar system (if so equipped) .................................... 5-134

Sonar settings ................................................................... 5-135Sonar indicator ................................................................. 5-136

Power steering ........................................................................ 5-137Brake system ............................................................................ 5-137

Braking precautions ..................................................... 5-137Parking brake break-in ............................................... 5-138

Brake assist ............................................................................... 5-138Brake assist ....................................................................... 5-138Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-138

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .............. 5-140Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch ......................................................................... 5-141

Cold weather driving ......................................................... 5-142Freeing a frozen door lock ................................... 5-142Antifreeze ............................................................................ 5-142Battery................................................................................... 5-142Draining of coolant water ..................................... 5-142Tire equipment ............................................................... 5-142Special winter equipment ..................................... 5-143Driving on snow or ice ............................................. 5-143Engine block heater (if so equipped) ........... 5-143

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING. Do not leave children or adults

who would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. They could acciden-tally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING. Do not breathe exhaust gases;

they contain colorless and odor-less carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can

cause unconsciousness or death.. If you suspect that exhaust fumes

are entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected imme-diately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the liftgate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you mustdrive with the liftgate open, fol-low these precautions:1) Open all the windows.2) Set the air recirculation to

off and the fan control to highto circulate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnectionsmust pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the liftgate orthe body, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle.

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-

fied mechanic whenever:— The vehicle is raised for ser-

vice.— You suspect that exhaust

fumes are entering into thepassenger compartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accidentinvolving damage to the ex-haust system, underbody, orrear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperaturesto help reduce pollutants.

WARNING. The exhaust gas and the exhaust

system are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such as

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

dry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION. Do not use leaded gasoline. De-

posits from leaded gasoline ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduceexhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree-way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine whilewarming it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when coldand inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufac-turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla-tion pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you should deter-mine the proper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illumi-nates a low tire pressure telltale whenone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping abil-ity.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS lowtire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped witha TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating prop-erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressure tell-tale. When the system detects a malfunc-t i on , the te l l t a l e w i l l f l a sh fo rapproximately one minute and then re-main continuously illuminated. This se-quence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunction indica-tor is illuminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includingthe installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tiresor wheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

Starting and driving 5-5

5-6 Starting and driving

Additional information. Since the spare tire is not equipped

with the TPMS, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the sparetire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example, a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning lightdoes not automatically turn off whenthe tire pressure is adjusted. After thetire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the lowtire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tirepressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and lowtire pressure is detected. The CHECKTIRE PRESSURE warning turns offwhen the low tire pressure warninglight turns off.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears each time the ignition switchis placed in the ON position as long as

the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to in-dicate a TPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside tempera-ture. Do not reduce the tire pressureafter driving because the tire pressurerises after driving. Low outside tem-perature can lower the temperatureof the air inside the tire which cancause a lower tire inflation pressure.This may cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates in low ambi-ent temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on thecenter display. (See NissanConnectSMOwner’s Manual.) The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on thescreen may not correspond with theactual order of the tire position.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-15) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

WARNING. If the low tire pressure warning

light illuminates or Low Pressureinformation is displayed on themonitor screen while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and alltires are properly inflated, it is

recommended you consult aNISSAN dealer.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION. The TPMS may not function prop-

er ly when the wheels areequipped with tire chains or thewheels are buried in snow.

. Do not place metalized film orany metal parts (antenna, etc.) onthe windows. This may causepoor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation ofthe TPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:. Facilities or electric devices using

similar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel

and tire without TPMS.. If the TPMS has been replaced and the

ID has not been registered.. If the wheel is not originally specified

by NISSAN.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Starting and driving 5-7

5-8 Starting and driving

TPMS with Easy Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside thevehicle to help you inflate the tires tothe recommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level

place.2. Apply the parking brake and place the

shift lever in the P (Park) position.3. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position. Do not start the engine.

Operation:1. Add air to the tire.2. After a few seconds, the hazard in-

dicators will start flashing.3. When the designated pressure is

reached, the horn beeps once andthe hazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.. If the tire is over-inflated more than

approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash3 times. To correct the pressure, pushthe core of the valve stem on the tirebriefly to release pressure. When thepressure reaches the designatedpressure, the horn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alertis not operating.

. The TPMS will not activate the Easy FillTire Alert under the following condi-tions:— If there is interference from an

external device or transmitter— The air pressure from the inflation

device such as those using a powersocket is not sufficient to inflate thetire

— If an electrical equipment is beingused in or near the vehicle

— There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem

— There is a malfunction in the hornor hazard indicators

. If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alertdoes not operate due to TPMS inter-ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft(1m) backward or forward and tryagain.

If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is notworking, use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause youto lose control of your vehicle. As withany vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehiclesor objects, or cause the vehicle to roll-over, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under theinfluence of alcohol or drugs (includingprescription or over-the-counter drugswhich may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” (P.1-20), and also instruct yourpassengers to do so.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly belted

person is significantly more likely to beinjured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantly high-er rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinarycars. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road,allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds as conven-tional passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to performsatisfactorily under off-road conditions. Ifat all possible, avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds. Aswith other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seatbelts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted personis significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precau-tions” (P.5-10).OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave theroad surface. If this occurs, maintaincontrol of the vehicle by following theprocedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Do not apply the brakes.3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When alltires are on the road surface, steer the

vehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road sur-face based on vehicle, road ortraffic conditions, gradually slowthe vehicle to a stop in a safe placeoff the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or isdamaged due to hitting a curb or pothole.Rapid air pressure loss can also be causedby driving on under-inflated tires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving maintain controlof the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the con-ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

Starting and driving 5-9

5-10 Starting and driving

WARNINGThe following actions can increasethe chance of losing control of thevehicle if there is a sudden loss of tireair pressure. Losing control of thevehicle may cause a collision andresult in personal injury.. The vehicle generally moves or

pulls in the direction of the flattire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accel-erator pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra-dually stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand either contact a roadside emer-gency service to change the tire or see“Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in thebloodstream reduces coordination,delays reaction time and impairsjudgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood ofbeing involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, ifyou are injured in an accident, alco-hol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killedin alcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently and

most people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don’tmix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegaldrugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper-ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSYour NISSAN is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid drivingin deep water or mud as your NISSAN ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)models are less capable than Four-WheelDrive (4WD) models for rough road drivingand extrication when stuck in deep snow,mud, or the like.Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING. Drive carefully when off the road

and avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated withtheir seat belt fastened. This willkeep you and your passengers inposition when driving over rough

terrain.. Do not drive across steep slopes.

Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip over side-ways much more easily than theycan forward or backward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to controlyour speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while drivingon downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehi-cle.

. Stay alert when driving to the topof a hill. At the top there could bea drop-off or other hazard thatcould cause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around.Your vehicle could tip or roll over.Always back straight down in R(Reverse) range. Never back downin N (Neutral), using only thebrake, as this could cause loss ofcontrol.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to over-heat and fade, resulting in loss ofcontrol and an accident. Applybrakes lightly and use a lowrange to control your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center ofgravity excessively, do not exceedthe rated capacity of the roof rack(if so equipped) and evenly dis-tribute the load. Secure heavyloads in the cargo area as farforward and as low as possible.Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this man-ual. This could cause your vehicleto roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokesof the steering wheel when driv-ing off-road. The steering wheelcould move suddenly and injureyour hands. Instead drive withyour fingers and thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, en-sure that the driver and all pas-sengers have their seat beltsfastened.

. Always drive with the floor matsin place as the floor may becamehot.

. Lower your speed when encoun-tering strong crosswinds. With ahigher center of gravity, yourNISSAN is more affected bystrong side winds. Slower speedsensure better vehicle control.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires,even with 4WD engaged.

. For 4WD equipped vehicles, donot attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift thetransmission to any drive or re-verse position with the enginerunning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheeldynamometer (such as the dy-namometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or

Starting and driving 5-11

5-12 Starting and driving

similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure you informtest facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with 4WDbefore it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drive-train damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury (4WD models).

. When a wheel is off the grounddue to an unlevel surface, do notspin the wheel excessively.

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steer-ing maneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharpturning maneuvers, particularlyat high speeds. Your vehicle hasa higher center of gravity than aconventional passenger car. Thevehicle is not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds asconventional passenger cars.Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover acci-dent.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), and treadpattern on all four wheels. Installtire chains on the rear wheelswhen driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes im-mediately after driving in mud orwater. See “Brake system” (P.5-137) for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle onsteep hills. If you get out of thevehicle and it rolls forward, back-ward or sideways, you could beinjured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water asdeep as the wheel hub, morefrequent maintenance may berequired. See the maintenanceschedule shown in the "9. Main-tenance and schedules" section.

. Spinning the rear wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the 4WDwarning light to flash. The 4WDsystem may also automaticallyswitch from the 4WD mode tothe 2WD mode. This could reducetraction. Be especially carefulwhen towing a trailer (4WD mod-

els).

WARNINGDo not operate the push-buttonignition switch while driving the ve-hicle except in an emergency. (Theengine will stop when the ignitionswitch is pushed 3 consecutive timesor the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If theengine stops while the vehicle isbeing driven, this could lead to acrash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button igni-tion switch, be sure to move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTIONThe operating range for starting theengine inside the vehicle is shown inthe illustration.. If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-

ment panel, cargo area, inside theglove box or door pocket, or thecorner of interior compartment, itmay not be possible to start theengine.

. If the Intelligent Key is near the door ordoor glass outside the vehicle, it maybe possible to start the engine.

SSD1021

When the ignition switch is pushed with-out depressing the brake pedal, the igni-tion switch position will change asfollows:. Push center once to change to ACC.. Push center two times to change to

ON.. Push center three times to change to

OFF. (No position illuminates.). Push center four times to return to

ACC.. Open or close any door to return to

LOCK during the OFF position.The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot beswitched to LOCK until the shift lever is

Starting and driving 5-13

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

5-14 Starting and driving

moved to the P (Park) position.When the ignition switch cannot bepushed toward the LOCK position, pro-ceed as follows:1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position.2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.If the battery of the vehicle is dis-charged, the push-button ignitionswitch cannot be turned from the LOCKposition.Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display between the speedometerand tachometer. (See “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P.2-21).)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.The ignition switch will be unlocked whenit is pushed to the ACC position whilecarrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio, when the engineis not running.ACC has a battery saver feature that willturn the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion after a period of time under thefollowing conditions:. all doors are closed.. shift lever is in P (Park).. turn signal/hazard indicator lights are

not flashing.The battery saver feature will be can-celled if any of the following occur:. any door is opened.. shift lever is moved out of P (Park).. ignition switch changes position.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.ON has a battery saver feature that willturn the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion, if the vehicle is not running, aftersome time under the following condi-tions:. all doors are closed.. shift lever is in P (Park).. turn signal/hazard indicator lights are

not flashing.The battery saver feature will be can-celled if any of the following occur:. any door is opened.. shift lever is moved out of P (Park).. ignition switch changes position.

OFFThe engine can be turned off in theposition.The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position.

CAUTIONDo not leave the vehicle with thepush-button ignition switch in ACC orON positions when the engine is notrunning for an extended period. Thiscan discharge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

JVS0404X

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key opera-tion, start the engine according to thefollowing procedure:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.2. Firmly apply the foot brake.3. Touch the ignition switch with the

Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depres-sing the brake pedal within 10 sec-

onds after the chime sounds. Theengine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when theignition switch is pushed without depres-sing the brake pedal, the ignition switchposition will change to ACC.NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed

to the ACC or ON position or theengine is started by the above pro-cedures, the Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator appears on thevehicle information display even ifthe Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle. This is not a malfunction.To turn off the Intelligent Key bat-tery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the IntelligentKey again.

. If the Intelligent Key battery dis-charge indicator appears, replacethe battery as soon as possible.(See “Battery” (P.8-11).)

Starting and driving 5-15

5-16 Starting and driving

. Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tiresfor proper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head re-straints/headrests.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position. (See “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible remin-ders” (P.2-10).)

1. Apply the parking brake.2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or whenrestarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and while holding, crankthe engine. Release the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release theaccelerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the accelerator

pedal by depressing the brakepedal and pushing the push-buttonignition switch to start the engine.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If theengine does not start, push theignition switch to OFF and wait 10seconds before cranking again,otherwise the starter could be da-maged.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running fora minimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.When racing the engine up to 4,000rpm or more under the no loadcondition, the engine will enter the

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

fuel cut mode.5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever

to the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

In preparation for the next engine start,the engine may have a slightly delayedshutoff after placing the ignition switch inthe OFF position, depending on the driv-ing conditions.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.REMOTE START (if so equipped)Vehicles started with the remote enginestart function require the ignition switchto be placed in the ON position before theshift lever can be moved from the P (Park)position. To place the ignition switch inthe ON position, perform the following

steps:1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is

on you.2. Depress the brake pedal.3. Push the ignition switch once to the

ON position.For additional information about theremote engine start function, see “Re-mote engine start” (P.3-19).

ENGINE PROTECTION MODEThe engine has an engine protectionmode to reduce the chance of damageif the coolant temperature becomes toohigh (for example, when climbing steepgrades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer).When the engine temperature reaches acertain level:. The engine coolant temperature

gauge will move toward the H posi-tion.

. Engine power may be reduced.

. The air conditioning cooling functionmay be automatically turned OFF for ashort time (the blower will continue tooperate).

Engine power and, under some condi-tions, vehicle speed will decrease. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the accel-erator pedal, but the vehicle may notaccelerate at the desired speed. Thetransmission will downshift or upshift asit reaches prescribed shift points. You canalso shift manually.As driving conditions change and enginecoolant temperature is reduced, vehiclespeed can be increased using the accel-erator pedal, and air conditioning coolingfunction will automatically be turnedback ON.

Starting and driving 5-17

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

5-18 Starting and driving

If:1. The engine coolant temperature is not

reduced.2. The air conditioning cooling function

does not turn back ON.3. The engine oil pressure warning light

illuminates or engine coolanttemperature gauge does not returnto the normal range from the Hposition, this may indicate a malfunc-tion. Move the vehicle off the road to asafe area and allow the engine to cool.If after checking the oil and coolant,the remains on or engine coolanttemperature does not return to thenormal range, do not continue todrive. It is recommended you contacta NISSAN dealer.

The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may also come ON. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed, unless it re-mains on, but have it inspected soon. It isrecommended you contact a NISSANdealer for this service. See “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-10).

WARNINGOverheating can result in reducedengine power and vehicle speed.The reduced speed may be lowerthan other traffic, which could in-crease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If thevehicle cannot maintain a safe driv-ing speed, pull to the side of the roadin a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).

CAUTIONRunning the engine with the engineoil pressure warning light on couldcause serious damage to the enginealmost immediately. Such damage isnot covered by warranty. Turn off theengine as soon as it is safe to do so.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION7 speed automatic transmissionThe automatic transmission in your vehi-cle is electronically controlled by a trans-mission control module to producemaximum efficiency and smooth opera-tion.Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures forthis transmission. Follow these proce-dures for maximum vehicle performanceand driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever tothe R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) orManual shift mode position. Be sure thevehicle is fully stopped before attemptingto shift the shift lever.This automatic transmission model isdesigned so that the foot brake pedalmust be depressed before shifting fromP (Park) to any drive position while theignition switch position is ON.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position and into any of theother gear positions if the ignitionswitch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF orACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the shift lever button to shiftinto a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING. Do not depress the accelerator

pedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive) or manual shift mode. Al-ways depress the brake pedaluntil shifting is completed. Failureto do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

. Never shift to either the P (Park)or R (Reverse) position while thevehicle is moving forward and P(Park), D (Drive) position or man-ual shift mode while the vehicle ismoving rearward. This couldcause an accident or damagethe transmission.

. Do not downshift abruptly onslippery roads. This may cause aloss of control.

CAUTION. Except in an emergency, do not

shift to the N (Neutral) positionwhile driving. Coasting with thetransmission in the N (Neutral)position may cause serious da-mage to the transmission.

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehi-cle on an uphill grade, do not holdthe vehicle by depressing theaccelerator pedal. The foot brakeshould be used for this purpose.

SSD0945Shift lever

To move the shift lever,: Push the button while depressing the

brake pedal,: Push the button,: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingThe shift lever position indicator light(next to the shift lever) will be illuminatedfor approximately 30 minutes after theignition switch is turned off. The indicatorlight may also illuminate when the vehiclereceives radio waves. This is not a mal-function.After starting the engine, fully depress the

Starting and driving 5-19

5-20 Starting and driving

brake pedal and shift the shift lever fromP (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive) or Manual shift mode position.Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can beselected without pushing the button.

WARNINGApply the parking brake if the shiftlever is in any position while theengine is not running. Failure to doso could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

CAUTIONMake sure the vehicle is completelystopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position.

P (Park) position:Use this position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to move

the shift lever from the N (Neutral)position or any drive position to the P(Park) position. Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parkingbrake first, then move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

CAUTIONUse this position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

R (Reverse):Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stoppedbefore selecting the R (Reverse) position.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to movethe shift lever from the P (Park) posi-tion, the N (Neutral) position or anydrive position to the R (Reverse) posi-tion.N (Neutral):Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to the N (Neutral)position and restart a stalled engine whilethe vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shiftlever up or down.When shifting up, move the shift lever tothe + (up) side. The transmission shifts tothe higher range.When shifting down, move the shift leverto the − (down) side. The transmissionshifts to the lower range.When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.In the manual shift mode, the shift rangeis displayed on the position indicator inthe meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1 ?/

M2 ?/

M3 ?/

M4 ?/

M5 ?/

M6 ?/

M7

M7 (7th):Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):Use these positions for hill climbing orengine braking on downhill grades.M1 (1st):Use this position when climbing steephills slowly or driving slowly through deepsnow, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.. Remember not to drive at high speeds

for extended periods of time in lowerthan 7th gear. This reduces fuel econ-omy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

. In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may not shift to the se-lected gear or may automatically

shift to the other gear. This helpsmaintain driving performance andreduces the chance of vehicle da-mage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does notshift to the selected gear, the Auto-matic Transmission (AT) position in-dicator l ight ( in the vehic leinformation display) will blink andthe buzzer will sound.

. In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission automatically shifts downto 1st gear before the vehicle comesto a stop. When accelerating again, itis necessary to shift up to thedesired range.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into thelower gear, depending on the vehiclespeed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in anyof the forward gears according to thecondition.If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel

spinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, push the switch to the OFF posi-tion and wait for 3 seconds. Then pushthe ignition switch back to the ONposition. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating con-dition, have the transmission checkedand repaired, if necessary. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Starting and driving 5-21

5-22 Starting and driving

SSD0946

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from theP (Park) position even with the brakepedal depressed and the shift lever but-ton pushed.To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure:1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or

LOCK position.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Remove the shift lock cover using a

suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock as illu-strated.

5. Push the shift lever button andmove the shift lever to N (Neutral)position while holding down theshift lock.

The vehicle may be moved to the desiredlocation.If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have the automatic transmissionsystem checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNING. Be sure the parking brake is fully

released before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully engaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

PARKING BRAKE

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal .To release:1. Firmly apply the foot brake .2. Depress the parking brake pedal

and the parking brake will be released.3. Before driving, be sure the brake

warning light goes out.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theLDW and I-LI systems could result inserious personal injury or death.. The LDW and I-LI systems will not

prevent loss of control. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehi-cle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

. The I-LI system may activate ifyou change lanes without firstactivating your turn signal or, forexample, if a construction zonedirects traffic to cross an existinglane marker. If this occurs, youmay need to apply correctivesteering to complete your lanechange.

. Because the I-LI system may notactivate under the road, weather,and lane marker conditions de-scribed in this section, it may notactivate every time your vehiclebegins to leave its lane and youwill need to apply correctivesteering.

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system— warns the driver with a warning

light and chime that the vehicle isbeginning to leave the driving lane.

. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) sys-tem— warns the driver with a warning

light and chime, and helps assistthe driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane byapplying the brakes to the left orright wheels individually (for a shortperiod of time).

Starting and driving 5-23

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)/INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION(I-LI) (if so equipped)

5-24 Starting and driving

JVS0907X

The LDW and I-LI systems use a camerainstalled behind the windshield to moni-tor the lane markers of your travelinglane.

JVS1094X

I-LI ON indicator light/LDW indicator light(on the instrument panel)Warning systems switchDynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound.NOTE:The LDW system is not designed towarn when you operate the lanechange signal and change travelinglanes in the direction of the signal.(The LDW system will become operableagain approximately 2 seconds afterthe lane change signal is turned off.)

Starting and driving 5-25

5-26 Starting and driving

JVS1130X

Warning systems switchWarning systems ON indicator lightCenter multi-function control panel

TURNING THE LDW SYSTEM ON/OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the LDW system when it isactivated on the center display using thecenter multi-function control panel . See“How to enable/disable the LDW system”(P.5-27). When the warning systemsswitch is turned off, the warningsystems ON indicator light on theswitch is off.The warning systems switch will turnon and off the LDW and BSW (if soequipped) systems at the same time.

JVS1043X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDWSYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Lane Assist].4. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to

turn the system ON/OFF.

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-LI system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound. Then, the I-LI system will auto-matically apply the brakes for a shortperiod of time to help assist the driver toreturn the vehicle to the center of thetraveling lane.NOTE:. The I-LI system is not designed to

work when you operate the lanechange signal and change travelinglanes in the direction of the signal.(The I-LI system will become oper-able again approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal isturned off.)

. The I-LI braking assist will not oper-ate or will stop operating and only awarning chime will sound under thefollowing conditions.— When the brake pedal is de-

pressed.— When the steering wheel is turned

as far as necessary for the vehicleto change lanes.

— When the accelerator pedal isdepressed while brake controlassist is provided.

— When the ICC, I-DC, I-BSI, BSW, I-FCW or AEB warnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

. While the I-LI system is operating,you may hear a sound of brakeoperation. This is normal and indi-cates that the I-LI system is operat-ing properly.

Starting and driving 5-27

5-28 Starting and driving

JVS1095X

I-LI ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)Dynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

TURNING THE I-LI SYSTEM ON/OFFTo turn on the I-LI system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch onthe steering wheel after starting theengine. The I-LI ON indicator light (green)

on the instrument panel will illuminate.Push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch again to turn off the I-LI system.The I-LI ON indicator light (green) willturn off.The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the I-LI, I-BSI (if so equipped) andI-DC systems.When the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed, the I-BSI and I-DCsystems will also turn on or off simulta-neously. The I-LI system can be individu-ally set to on or off on the center displayusing the center multi-function controlpanel .If the system is set to off, the system willnot turn on even if the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed to on. Toset the system to on or off on the centerdisplay, see “How to enable/disable the I-LI system” (P.5-29).

JVS1043X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LISYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable theI-LI system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Lane Assist].4. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] to

turn the system ON/OFF.

LDW/I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the LDW and I-LI systems.Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system lim-itations could result in serious injuryor death.. The system will not operate at

speeds below 45 MPH (70 km/h)or if it cannot detect lane mar-kers.

. The I-LI system is primarily in-tended for use on well-developedfreeways or highways. It may notdetect the lane markers in certainroads, weather or driving condi-tions.

. Do not use the I-LI system underthe following conditions as it maynot function properly:— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.).— When driving on slippery

roads, such as on ice or snow,etc.

— When driving on winding oruneven roads.

— When there is a lane closuredue to road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads wherethe lane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normaltire conditions (for example,tire wear, low tire pressure,installation of spare tire, tirechains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake partsor suspension parts.

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situa-tions and the LDW and I-LI sys-tems may not operate properly.— On roads where there are

multiple parallel lane markers,lanemarkers that are faded ornot painted clearly, yellowpainted lane markers, non-standard lane markers, orlane markers covered with

Starting and driving 5-29

5-30 Starting and driving

water, dirt, snow, etc.— On roads where the discontin-

ued lane markers are stilldetectable.

— On roads where there aresharp curves.

— On roads where there aresharply contrasting objects,such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams orlines remaining after road re-pairs. (The LDW and I-LI sys-tems could detect these itemsas lane markers.)

— On roads where the travelinglane merges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s travelingdirection does not align withthe lane marker.

— When traveling close to thevehicle in front of you, whichobstructs the lane cameraunit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt ad-heres to the windshield infront of the lane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lensor if the aiming is not adjusted

properly.— When strong light enters the

lane camera unit. (For exam-ple, the light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle atsunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change inbrightness occurs. (For exam-ple, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or under abridge.)

. Excessive noise will interfere withthe warning chime sound, andthe chime may not be heard.

JVS0882X

I-LI ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)Warning systems ON indicator lightDynamic driver assistance switch

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition A:Under the following conditions, a beepwill sound and the I-LI system will becanceled automatically. The I-LI ON in-dicator light (green) will blink, and the I-LI system cannot be activated:. When the VDC system (except TCS

function) or ABS operates.. When the VDC system is turned off.. When the SNOW mode switch is

turned on.. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H

or 4L position (for 4WD models).Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, turn off the I-LI system. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch againto turn the I-LI system back on.Condition B:LDW system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 104°F(40°C)) and then the LDW system is turnedon, the LDW system may be deactivatedautomatically, and the warning systemsON indicator light on the switch willblink.

Starting and driving 5-31

5-32 Starting and driving

I-LI system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 104°F(40°C)) and then the I-LI system is turnedon, the I-LI system will be turned offautomatically, a beep will sound and theI-LI ON indicator light (green) will blink.The LDW and I-LI systems are not avail-able until the conditions no longer exist.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the LDW system will resume auto-matically.For the I-LI system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch again to turnthe I-LI system back on.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONLDW system: When the LDW systemmalfunctions, it will cancel automatically,and the LDW indicator light (orange) willilluminate.I-LI system: When the I-LI system mal-functions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a beep will sound, and the LDWindicator light (orange) will illuminate.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position, turnthe engine off and restart the engine. Ifthe LDW indicator light (orange) con-

tinues to illuminate, have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SSD0453

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for the LDW/I-LIsystems is located above the insidemirror.To keep the proper operation of the LDW/I-LI systems and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect thecamera unit’s capability of detecting

the lane markers.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. It isrecommended you contact a NISSANdealer if the camera unit is damageddue to an accident.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theBSW system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The BSW system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proce-dure and is not designed toprevent contact with vehicles orobjects. When changing lanes, al-ways use the side and rear mir-rors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will moveto ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on theBSW system.

. There is a limitation to the detec-tion capability of the radar. Notevery moving object or vehiclewill be detected. Using the BSWsystem under some road, ground,lane marker, traffic or weatherconditions could lead to impropersystem operation. Always rely onyour own operation to avoid ac-cidents.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

JVS0908X

The BSW system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

Starting and driving 5-33

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if soequipped)

5-34 Starting and driving

SSD1030Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within thedetection zone shown as illustrated. Thisdetection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends ap-proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m)sideways.

JVS1096X

Side indicator lightBSW system warning lightWarning systems switchCenter multi-function control panel

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side in-dicator light flashes. The side indicatorlight continues to flash until the detectedvehicle leaves the detection zone.NOTE:. The side indicator light illuminates

for a few seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

. The brightness of the side indicatorlight is adjusted automatically de-pending on the brightness of theambient light.

. If a vehicle comes into the detectionzone after the driver activates theturn signal, then only the side in-dicator light flashes and no chimesounds. For additional information,refer to “BSW driving situations”(P.5-38).

Starting and driving 5-35

5-36 Starting and driving

JVS1130X

Warning systems switchWarning systems ON indicator lightCenter multi-function control panel

TURNING THE BSW SYSTEM ON/OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the BSW system when it isactivated on the center display using thecenter multi-function control panel . See“How to enable/disable the BSW system”(P.5-36). When the warning systemsswitch is turned off, the warningsystems ON indicator light on theswitch is off.The warning systems switch will turnon and off the LDW and BSW systems atthe same time.HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSWSYSTEMThe BSW system can be turned offpermanently using the center display.

JVS1043X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].4. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn the

system ON/OFF.BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the BSW system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance

with these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The BSW system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensors may not be

able to detect and activate BSWwhen certain objects are presentsuch as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.— Vehicles such as motorcycles,

low height vehicles, or highground clearance vehicles.

— Oncoming vehicles.— Vehicles remaining in the de-

tection zone when you accel-erate from a stop.

— A vehicle merging into anadjacent lane at a speed ap-proximately the same as yourvehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicleovertakes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes throughthe detection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zoneis designed based on a standard

lane width. When driving in awider lane, the radar sensorsmay not detect vehicles in anadjacent lane. When driving in anarrow lane, the radar sensorsmay detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

. The radar sensors are designedto ignore most stationary objects,however objects such as guard-rails, walls, foliage and parkedvehicles may occasionally be de-tected. This is a normal operationcondition.

. The following conditions may re-duce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles:— Severe weather— Road spray— Ice/frost/snow build-up on

the vehicle— Dirt build-up on the vehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install ac-cessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.These conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

Starting and driving 5-37

5-38 Starting and driving

. Excessive noise (for example,audio system volume, open vehi-cle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not beheard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashingJVS0737X

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738XIllustration 2 – Approaching from behind

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect

vehicles which are approaching ra-pidly from behind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.

JVS0739XIllustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator lightilluminates if you overtake a vehicle andthat vehicle stays in the detection zonefor approximately 3 seconds.The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.

JVS0740XIllustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in

a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if theyare traveling close together.

. The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when

the other vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 5-39

5-40 Starting and driving

JVS0741XIllustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from either side.

JVS0742XIllustration 6 – Entering from the side

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at aboutthe same speed as your vehiclewhen it enters the detection zone.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.

JVS0687X

BSW system warning light (orange)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, thesystem will be turned off automatically,a beep will sound and the BSW systemwarning light (orange) will blink. Thesystem is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the system will resume automati-cally.If the BSW system warning light (orange)

continues to blink, have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-41

5-42 Starting and driving

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a beep willsound and the BSW system warning light(orange) will illuminate.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position, turnthe engine off and restart the engine.If the BSW systemwarning light continuesto illuminate, have the system checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

JVS0908X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the radar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or

apply additional paint near the radarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer if the area around the radarsensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Cana-da.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHzField Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3mThe manufacturer is not responsible forany radio or TV interference caused byunauthorized modifications to this equip-ment. Such modifications could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-BSI system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The I-BSI system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proce-dures and is not designed toprevent contact with vehicles orobjects. When changing lanes, al-ways use the side and rear mir-rors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will moveto ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on the I-BSI system.

. There is a limitation to the detec-tion capability of the radar. Notevery moving object or vehiclewill be detected. Using the I-BSIsystem under some road, ground,lane marker, traffic or weatherconditions could lead to impropersystem operation. Always rely onyour own operation to avoid ac-cidents.

The I-BSI system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes and helps assist the driver

to return the vehicle to the center of thetraveling lane.

JVS0910X

The I-BSI system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane. Inaddition to the radar sensors, the I-BSIsystem uses a camera installed behindthe windshield to monitor the lane mar-kers of your traveling lane.

Starting and driving 5-43

INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOTINTERVENTION (I-BSI) (if so equipped)

5-44 Starting and driving

SSD1030Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within thedetection zone shown as illustrated.This detection zone starts from the out-side mirror of your vehicle and extendsapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind therear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0m) sideways.

JVS1097X

Side indicator lightI-BSI ON indicator light (green)/I-BSI sys-tem warning light (orange)Dynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h).If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side in-dicator light flashes. The side indicatorlight continues to flash until the detectedvehicle leaves the detection zone.If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicleapproaches a lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then the I-BSIsystem slightly applies the brakes to helpreturn the vehicle back to the center ofthe driving lane. The I-BSI system oper-ates regardless of turn signal usage.NOTE:. I-BSI warning and system applica-

tion of the brakes will only beactivated if the side indicator lightis already illuminated when yourvehicle approaches a lane marker.If another vehicle comes into thedetection zone after your vehiclehas crossed a lane marker, no I-BSIwarning or system application of thebrakes will be activated. (See “I-BSI

Starting and driving 5-45

5-46 Starting and driving

driving situations” (P.5-50).). The I-BSI system is typically acti-

vated earlier than the IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) system whenyour vehicle is approaching a lanemarker.

JVS1098X

I-BSI ON indicator light (green)Dynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

TURNING THE I-BSI SYSTEM ON/OFFTo turn on the I-BSI system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch onthe steering wheel after starting theengine. The I-BSI ON indicator light(green) on the instrumental panel willilluminate.Push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch again to turn off the I-BSIsystem. The I-BSI ON indicator light(green) will turn off.The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the I-BSI, I-LI and I-DC systems.When the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed, the I-LI and I-DCsystems will also turn on or off simulta-neously. The I-BSI system can be indivi-dually set to on or off on the centerdisplay using the center multi-functioncontrol panel .If the system is set to off, the system willnot turn on even if the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed to on. Toset the system to on or off on the centerdisplay, see “How to enable/disable the I-BSI system” (P.5-48).

Starting and driving 5-47

5-48 Starting and driving

JVS1043X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-BSISYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the I-BSI system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].4. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to turn

the system ON/OFF.

I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the I-BSI system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The I-BSI system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensors may not be

able to detect and activate I-BSIwhen certain objects are presentsuch as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.— Vehicles such as motorcycles,

low height vehicles, or highground clearance vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the de-tection zone when you accel-erate from a stop.

— Oncoming vehicles.— A vehicle merging into an

adjacent lane at a speed ap-proximately the same as yourvehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicleovertakes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes throughthe detection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zoneis designed based on a standardlane width. When driving in awider lane, the radar sensorsmay not detect vehicles in anadjacent lane. When driving in anarrow lane, the radar sensorsmay detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

. The radar sensors are designedto ignore most stationary objects,however objects such as guard-rails, walls, foliage and parkedvehicles may occasionally be de-tected. This is a normal operationcondition.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situa-tions and the I-BSI system maynot operate properly.— On roads where there are

multiple parallel lanemarkers;lanemarkers that are faded ornot painted clearly; yellow

painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; lanemarkers covered with water,dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinuedlane markers are still detect-able.

— On roads where there aresharp curves.

— On roads where there aresharply contrasting objects,such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams orlines remaining after road re-pairs.

— On roads where the travelinglane merges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s travelingdirection does not align withthe lane markers.

— When traveling close to thevehicle in front of you, whichobstructs the lane cameraunit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt ad-heres to the windshield infront of a lane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens

or if aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters alane camera unit. (For exam-ple: light directly shines on thefront of the vehicle at sunriseor sunset.)

— When a sudden change inbrightness occurs. (For exam-ple: when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or under abridge.)

. Do not use the I-BSI system underthe following conditions becausethe system may not functionproperly.— During bad weather. (For ex-

ample: rain, fog, snow, etc.)— When driving on slippery

roads, such as on ice or snow,etc.

— When driving on winding oruneven roads.

— When there is a lane closuredue to road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads wherethe lane width is too narrow.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire condi-tions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installationof spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake partsor suspension parts.

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle.

. Excessive noise (for example,audio system volume, open vehi-cle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not beheard.

Starting and driving 5-49

5-50 Starting and driving

I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737XIllustration 1 - Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738XIllustration 2 - Approaching from behind

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

JVS0760XIllustration 3 - Approaching from behind

Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on andyour vehicle approaches a lane markerwhile another vehicle is in the detectionzone, the system chimes (three times)and the side indicator light flashes. Thenthe I-BSI system slightly applies thebrakes to help return the vehicle back tothe center of the driving lane.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect

vehicles which are approaching ra-pidly from behind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when

the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0739XIllustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 4: The side indicator lightilluminates if you overtake a vehicle andthat vehicle stays in the detection zonefor approximately 3 seconds.

Starting and driving 5-51

5-52 Starting and driving

JVS0740XIllustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 5: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

JVS0761XIllustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on andyour vehicle approaches a lane markerwhile another vehicle is in the detectionzone, the system chimes (three times)and the side indicator light flashes. Then,the I-BSI system slightly applies thebrakes on the appropriate side to helpreturn the vehicle back to the center ofthe driving lane.NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in

a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if theyare traveling close together.

. The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.

JVS0741XIllustration 7 - Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 7: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from either side.NOTE:The radar sensors may not detect avehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.

JVS0742XIllustration 8 - Entering from the side

Illustration 8: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the side indicatorlight flashes and a chime will sound twice.NOTE:If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when anothervehicle is detected.

JVS0761XIllustration 9 - Entering from the side

Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on andyour vehicle approaches the lane markerwhile another vehicle is in the detectionzone, the system chimes (three times)and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system slightly applies the brakes onthe appropriate side to help return thevehicle back to the center of the drivinglane.

Starting and driving 5-53

5-54 Starting and driving

JVS0742XIllustration 10 - Entering from the side

Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will notoperate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detec-tion zone. In this case only the BSWsystem operates.NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at aboutthe same speed as your vehiclewhen it enters the detection zone.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound whenthe other vehicle is detected.

. I-BSI braking will not operate or willstop operating and only a warningchime will sound under the followingconditions.— When the brake pedal is de-

pressed.— When the vehicle is accelerated

during I-BSI system operation.— When steering quickly— When the ICC, I-DC, I-FCW or AEB

warnings sound.— When the hazard warning flashers

are operated.— When driving on a curve at a high

speed.

JVS0687X

I-BSI ON indicator light (green)/I-BSI sys-tem warning light (orange)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLE. Under the following conditions, a

chime will sound, the I-BSI ON indica-tor light (green) will blink and the I-BSI system will be turned off auto-matically. The I-BSI system will not beavailable until the conditions no long-er exist.— When the VDC system (except TCS

function) or ABS operates.— When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:Turn off the I-BSI system and turn it onagain when the above conditions nolonger exist.. Under the following conditions, the I-

BSI system will be turned off auto-matically, a chime will sound and the I-BSI system warning light (orange)will blink. The I-BSI system is notavailable until the conditions no long-er exist.— When the camera detects that the

interior temperature is high (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)).

— When radar blockage is detected.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objects

Starting and driving 5-55

5-56 Starting and driving

such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, turn the I-BSI system off and turnit on again. If the I-BSI system warninglight (orange) continues to blink evenafter the I-BSI system is turned on again,stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position andturn the engine off. Check for and removeobjects obscuring the radar sensors onthe rear bumper, and restart the engine.If the I-BSI system warning light (orange)

continues to blink, have the I-BSIsystem checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the I-BSI system malfunctions, it willbe turned off automatically, a chime willsound and the I-BSI system warning light(orange) will illuminate.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position, turnthe engine off and restart the engine.If the warning light (orange) continues toilluminate, have the I-BSI system checked.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

JVS0910X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the I-BSIsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the radar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or

apply additional paint near the radarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer if the area around the radarsensors is damaged due to a collision.The lane camera unit for I-BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. To keepthe proper operation of I-BSI and preventa system malfunction, be sure to observethe following:. Always keep the windshield clean.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect thecamera unit’s capability of detectingthe lane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. It isrecommended you contact a NISSANdealer if the camera unit is damageddue to an accident.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Cana-da.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHzField Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3mThe manufacturer is not responsible forany radio or TV interference caused byunauthorized modifications to this equip-ment. Such modifications could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-BIsystem could result in serious injuryor death.. The I-BI system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proce-dure, is not designed to preventcontact with vehicles or objectsand does not provide full brakepower. When backing out of park-ing spaces, always use the insideand rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction you willmove. Never rely solely on the I-BI system.

. There is a limitation to the detec-tion capability of the radar or thesonar. Using the I-BI system un-der some road, ground, traffic orweather conditions could lead toimproper system operation. Al-ways rely on your own operationto avoid accidents.

The I-BI system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle or objects behindthe vehicle when the driver is backing outof a parking space.

JVS0912X

The I-BI system uses radar sensorsinstalled on both sides near the rearbumper to detect an approaching vehicleand sonar sensors to detect objects inthe rear.

Starting and driving 5-57

INTELLIGENT BACK-UPINTERVENTION (I-BI) (if so equipped)

5-58 Starting and driving

JVS0173X

JVS0698X

The radar sensors detect an approach-ing vehicle from up to approximately 49 ft(15 m) away. The sonar sensors detectstationary objects behind the vehicle upto approximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to theillustration for approximate zone cover-age areas .

JVS1099X

Side indicator lightI-BI system indicatorI-BI system key (on the center display)Center multi-function control panel

JVS0173X

I-BI SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the I-BIsystem operates.If the radar detects a vehicle approachingfrom the side or the sonar detects closestationary objects behind the vehicle, thesystem gives visual and audible warnings.If the driver does not apply the brakes, thesystem automatically applies the brakefor a moment when the vehicle is movingbackwards. After the automatic brakeapplication, the driver must depress thebrake pedal to maintain brake pressure. Ifthe driver’s foot is on the accelerator

Starting and driving 5-59

5-60 Starting and driving

pedal, the system pushes the acceleratorupward before applying the brake. If youcontinue to accelerate, the system willnot engage the brake.

JVS0304XCenter display

JVS0197XI-BI ON indicator

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position, the indicator on the I-BI system key illuminates on the centerdisplay and I-BI ON indicator appears onthe vehicle information display.

SSD1086Side indicator light

JVS0307X

If the radar detects an approachingvehicle from the side, the system chimes(once), the side indicator light on the sidethe vehicle is approaching from flashesand a yellow rectangular frame ap-pears on the center display.

JVS0172XIllustration 1

JVS0173XIllustration 2

Starting and driving 5-61

5-62 Starting and driving

. In the case of several vehicles ap-proaching in a row (Illustration 1) or inthe opposite direction (Illustration 2), achime may not be issued to the I-BIsystem after the first vehicle passesthe sensors.

. The sonar system chime indicatingthere is an object behind the vehiclehas a higher priority than the I-BIchime (single beep) indicating an ap-proaching vehicle. If the sonar systemdetects an object behind the vehicleand the I-BI system detects an ap-proaching vehicle at the same time,the following indications are provided:— The sonar system chime sounds— The side indicator light on the side

of the approaching vehicle flashes,and

— A yellow rectangular frame appearsin the center display.

JVS0307X

If an approaching vehicle or close objectbehind the vehicle is detected when yourvehicle is backing up, a red frame willappear in the center display and thesystem will chime three times. Then, thebrakes will be applied momentarily. Afterthe automatic brake application, the dri-ver must depress the brake pedal tomaintain brake pressure.If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward before the braking is ap-plied. However, if you continue to accel-erate, the system will not engage thebrakes.The I-BI system does not operate if the

object is very close to the bumper.

JVS0304X

JVS0182XI-BI OFF indicator

The I-BI system can be turned off tem-porarily by touching the I-BI system keyon the center display. The indicator onthe I-BI system key turns off and the I-BIOFF indicator appears on the vehicleinformation display.When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position again, the I-BI system isturned on.HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-BISYSTEMThe I-BI system can be turned off perma-nently using the center display.

JVS1043X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the I-BI system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].3. Touch [Camera].4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention]

to turn the system ON/OFF.

Starting and driving 5-63

5-64 Starting and driving

JVS0479X

I-BI SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the I-BI system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance

with these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. Always check your surroundings

and turn to check what is behindyou before backing up.

. The radar sensors detect ap-proaching (moving) vehicles. Theradar sensors cannot detectevery object such as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals

or child operated toy vehicles— A vehicle that passing at

speeds greater than approxi-mately 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certainsituations:— Illustration a. When a vehicle

parked next to you obstructsthe beam of the radar sensor.

— Illustration b. When the vehicleis parked in an angled parkingspace.

— Illustration c. When the vehicleis parked on inclined ground.

— Illustration d. When an ap-proaching vehicle turns intoyour vehicle’s parking lot aisle.

— Illustration e. When the angleformed by your vehicle andapproaching vehicle is small.

. The following conditions may re-duce the ability of the radarsensors to detect other vehicles:

— Severe weather— Road spray— Ice/frost/dirt build up on the

vehicle. Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install ac-cessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.These conditions may reduce theability of the radar sensors todetect other vehicles.

. The sonar sensors detect station-ary objects behind the vehicle.The sonar sensor may not detect:— Small or moving objects— Wedge-shaped objects— Object close to the bumper

(less than approximately 1 ft(30 cm))

— Thin objects such as rope, wireand chain, etc.

. The brake engagement by the I-BI system is not as effective on aslope as it is on flat ground. Whenon a steep slope the system maynot function properly.

. Do not use the I-BI system underthe following conditions becausethe system may not function

properly.— When driving with a tire that is

not within normal tire condi-tions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installationof spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwith non-original brake partsor suspension parts.

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle.

. Excessive noise (for example,audio system volume, open vehi-cle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not beheard.

JVS0689X

Vehicle information display

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLEUnder the following conditions, a chimewill sound and “BCI NOT AVAILABLE”warning message will appear in thevehicle information display , and the I-BI system will be turned off automatically.. If the vehicle is parked in direct sun-

light under high temperature condi-tions (over approximately 104°F(40°C)).

. When side radar blockage is detected.Turn off the I-BI system and turn it onagain when the above conditions nolonger exist.

Starting and driving 5-65

5-66 Starting and driving

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-BI system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically, a chime will sound and“BCI MALFUNCTION” warningmessage willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location andplace the shift lever in the P (Park)position. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the warning message con-tinues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. JVS0908X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the I-BIsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also becaused by objects such as ice, frost ordirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstruct-ing the area around the radar sensors.Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories or

apply additional paint near the radarsensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer if the area around the radarsensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Cana-da.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHzField Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3mThe manufacturer is not responsible forany radio or TV interference caused byunauthorized modifications to this equip-ment. Such modifications could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL. If the cruise control system malfunc-

tions, it will cancel automatically. TheCRUISE indicator light on the meterpanel will then blink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperaturebecomes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks,turn the cruise control main switchoff and have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. The CRUISE indicator light may some-times blink when the cruise controlmain switch is turned ON while push-ing the ACCELERATE/RESUME,COAST/SET or CANCEL switch. Toproperly set the cruise control system,perform the steps below in the orderindicated.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control whendriving under the following condi-tions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areasDoing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in an acci-dent.

JVS0090X

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch2. COAST/SET switch3. CANCEL switch4. Cruise control MAIN switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at aspeed between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144km/h) without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal.To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator willcome on.To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Your

Starting and driving 5-67

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

5-68 Starting and driving

vehicle will maintain the set speed.. To pass another vehicle, depress the

accelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruisecontrol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:1. Push the CANCEL switch.2. Tap the brake pedal.3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)

position.4. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE

indicator light will turn off.. If you depress the brake pedal while

pushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME orCOAST/SET switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control willdisengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than 8MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to N(Neutral) position, the cruise controlwill be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the COAST/SET switch and re-lease it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speed when the vehicle speed is

over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injuryor death.. ICC is not a collision avoidance or

warning device. For highway useonly and it is not intended forcongested areas or city driving.Failure to apply the brakes couldresult in an accident.

. Always observe posted speedlimits and do not set the speedover them.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using either cruisecontrol mode. Read and under-stand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the cruisecontrol. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on thesystem to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not usecruise control except in appropri-ate road and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime will not sound to warn you

if you are too close to the vehicleahead. Pay special attention tothe distance between your vehi-cle and the vehicle ahead of youor a collision could occur.

The ICC system maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of youwithin the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The setspeed can be selected by the driverbetween 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h).The vehicle travels at a set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode:For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed.

Starting and driving 5-69

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (if so equipped)

5-70 Starting and driving

JVS0888X

Displays and indicatorsICC switchesMAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

Once a control mode is activated, itcannot be changed to the other cruisecontrol mode. To change the mode, pushthe MAIN switch once to turn thesystem off. Then push the MAIN switch

again to turn the system back on andselect the desired cruise control mode.Always confirm the setting in the ICC

system display.For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode” (P.5-71).For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-87).

SSD1051

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CON-TROL MODESelecting vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch .

Selecting the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode , push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-

87).VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automaticallymaintains a selected distance from thevehicle traveling in front of you accordingto that vehicle’s speed (up to the setspeed), or at the set speed when the roadahead is clear.

JVS0913X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up toapproximately 40% of vehicle brakingpower) if necessary.The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

Starting and driving 5-71

5-72 Starting and driving

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operationThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead; the system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up toapproximately 40% of the vehicle’s totalbraking power. This system should onlybe used when traffic conditions allowvehicle speeds to remain fairly constantor when vehicle speeds change gradually.If a vehicle moves into the traveling laneahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theICC system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the ICCsystem will sound a warning chime andblink the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead. The systemwill also disengage when the vehicle goesabove the maximum set speed.See “Approach warning” (P.5-79).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:. When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90MPH (32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected bydriver, from the vehicle ahead. Theadjusting speed range is up to the setspeed. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of thesystem. The system will cancel once itjudges a standstill with a warningchime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operationto maintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a setspeed and approaching a slower travelingvehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjustthe speed to maintain the distance,selected by the driver, from the vehicleahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanesor exits the freeway, the ICC system willaccelerate and maintain the speed up tothe set speed. Pay attention to the drivingoperation to maintain control of thevehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thisoccurs, you will have to manually controlthe vehicle speed.Normally when controlling the distance to

a vehicle ahead, this system automati-cally accelerates or decelerates your ve-hicle according to the speed of thevehicle ahead. Depress the acceleratorto properly accelerate your vehicle whenacceleration is required for a lane change.Depress the brake pedal when decelera-tion is required to maintain a safe dis-tance to the vehicle ahead due to itssudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

SSD0964

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switchesThe system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

4. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:. Long. Middle. Short

5. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

Starting and driving 5-73

5-74 Starting and driving

SSD1104

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

3. Set distance indicator:Displays the selected distance be-tween vehicles set with the DISTANCEswitch.

4. Indicates your vehicle5. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

6. ICC system warning light (orange):The light comes on if there is amalfunction in the ICC system.

SSD0979

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicators come on asillustrated to check for a burned-out bulb,and it turns off when the engine isstarted.

SSD1052

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quicklypush and release the MAIN switch on.The MAIN switch indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on and in a standby state forsetting.

SSD1053

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintainthe set speed.

SSD1105

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the sys-tem cannot be set and the ICC indicatorswill blink for approximately 2 seconds:. When traveling below 20 MPH (32

km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

Starting and driving 5-75

5-76 Starting and driving

SSD1106

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the sys-tem cannot be set.A warning chime will sound and the ICCindicators will blink.. When the SNOW mode is pushed

(SNOW mode switch) (To use the ICCsystem, turn off the SNOW modeswitch, push the MAIN switch to turnoff the ICC and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode” (P.5-134).

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position. (To use the ICC system,place the 4WD shift switch in the AUTO

position, push the MAIN switch to turnoff the ICC system and reset the ICCswitch by pushing the MAIN switchagain (for 4WD models).For details about the 4WD shift switch,see “NISSAN all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).

. When the VDC system is off (To usethe ICC system, turn on the VDCsystem. Push the MAIN switch to turnoff the ICC system and reset the ICCswitch by pushing the MAIN switchagain.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-140).

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use theICC system, make sure the wheels areno longer slipping. Push the MAINswitch to turn off the ICC, and resetthe ICC system by pushing the MAINswitch again.)

SSD1107

System set display with vehicle aheadSystem set display without vehicle ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the laneahead.The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates thevehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speedof a slower vehicle ahead. The systemthen controls the vehicle speed based on

the speed of the vehicle ahead to main-tain the driver selected distance.NOTE:. The stoplights of the vehicle come

on when braking is performed bythe ICC system.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay be heard and/or vibration maybe felt. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comeson. The ICC system will also display theset speed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:When a vehicle is no longer detected

ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the pre-viously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turnsoff.If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or anytime the ICC system is in operation, thesystem controls the distance to thatvehicle.When a vehicle is no longer detectedunder approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h),the system will be canceled.

Starting and driving 5-77

5-78 Starting and driving

SSD1108

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when thearea ahead of the vehicle is open. Whenthe pedal is released, the vehicle willreturn to the previously set speed.Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress theaccelerator pedal when it is necessary toaccelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change set vehicle speedTo cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:. Push the CANCEL switch. The set

vehicle speed indicator will go out.. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the

MAIN switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. The set vehicle speedwill increase by approximately 5 MPH(5 km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the COAST/SET switch and re-lease it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by approxi-mately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speed when the vehicle speed isover 20 MPH (32 km/h).

SSD0967

How to change set distance tovehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

JVS0732X

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehiclespeed. The higher the vehicle speed,the longer the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long”. (Each timethe engine is started, the initial settingbecomes “long”.)

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand ICC system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain a

Starting and driving 5-79

5-80 Starting and driving

safe vehicle distance if:. The chime sounds.. The vehicle ahead detection and set

distance indicator blink.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short dis-tance between vehicles. Some examplesare:. When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance be-tween vehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near yourvehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:. Your vehicle approaches other vehi-

cles that are parked or moving slowly.. The accelerator pedal is depressed,

overriding the system.NOTE:The approach warning chime maysound and the system display mayblink when the radar sensor detectsobjects on the side of the vehicle or onthe side of the road. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads,

hilly roads or when entering or exiting acurve. In these cases you will have tomanually control the proper distanceahead of your vehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or driving position in the lane)or traffic or vehicle condition (for example,if a vehicle is being driven with somedamage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the followingconditions and the control is automati-cally canceled.. When the vehicle ahead is not de-

tected and your vehicle is travelingbelow the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat standstill

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the SNOW mode switch ispushed on.

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position (for 4WD models)

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) operates

. When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion ofdirt or obstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the ICC system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, openroads with light traffic. It is notadvisable to use the system incity traffic or congested areas.

. This system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. Thissystem should be used in evenlyflowing traffic. Do not use thesystem on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavyrain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit tothe distance control function,never rely solely on the ICC sys-tem. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or otherbad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, depending on thedistance to the vehicle aheadand the surrounding circum-stances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations ofthe system. The system will can-cel once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To pre-vent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brakepedal.

. Always pay attention to the op-eration of the vehicle and beready to manually control theproper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode of the ICC system maynot be able to maintain the se-lected distance between vehicles

(following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some cir-cumstances.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certainroad or weather conditions. Toavoid accidents, never use the ICCsystem under the following con-ditions:— On roads where the traffic is

heavy or there are sharpcurves

— On slippery road surfacessuch as on ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhereto the system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequentbraking may result in over-heating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and down-hill roads

— When traffic conditions makeit difficult to keep a properdistance between vehicles be-cause of frequent accelera-

tion or deceleration. Do not use the ICC system if you

are towing a trailer. The systemmay not detect a vehicle ahead.

. In some road or traffic conditions,a vehicle or object can unexpect-edly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automaticbraking. You may need to controlthe distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Al-ways stay alert and avoid usingthe ICC system when it is notrecommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:. Stationary and slow moving vehicles. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane. Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel laneThe sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. There-fore, if the sensor cannot detect thereflection from the vehicle ahead, theICC system may not maintain the se-lected distance.The following are some conditions inwhich the sensor cannot detect the

Starting and driving 5-81

5-82 Starting and driving

signals:. When the snow or road spray from

traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggagearea of your vehicle

. When your vehicle is towing a trailer,etc.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitation of the system. When thesensor is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the ICC system may not detect them.In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not canceland may not be able to maintain theselected following distance from the ve-hicle ahead. Be sure to check and cleanthe sensor regularly.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the center-line of the lane. A vehicle that is enteringthe lane ahead may not be detected untilthe vehicle has completely moved intothe lane. If this occurs, the ICC systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime. Thedriver may have to manually control the

proper distance away from vehicle tra-veling ahead.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerateor accelerate the vehicle.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travel-

ing ahead.

Starting and driving 5-83

5-84 Starting and driving

JVS0889X

Warning light and display (example)MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

SSD1110

System temporarily unavailableCondition A:Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. Thechime will sound and the system will notbe able to be set.. When the VDC is turned off. When the ABS or VDC operates. When a tire slips. When the SNOW mode switch is

pushed on. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H

or 4L position (for 4WD models)

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe MAIN switch . Turn the ICC systemback on to use the system.

JVS0481X

Condition B:Under the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theICC system is automatically canceled.The chime will sound, the ICC systemwarning light (orange) will come on andthe “FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warn-ing message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.. When the radar sensor area of the

front bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on orwarning message appears, stop the ve-

hicle in a safe place, place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper and restart the engine. Ifthe warning light (orange) stays on orwarning message continues to be dis-played, have the ICC system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls)

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the ICC system will resume auto-matically.

Starting and driving 5-85

5-86 Starting and driving

SSD0979

Condition C:When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning light (orange) will comeon.

Action to take:If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the ICC system is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions, have the ve-

hicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS0913X

System maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system islocated below the front bumper.To keep the ICC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area of the

front bumper clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not cover or attach stickers or

similar objects on the front bumpernear the sensor area. This could causefailure or malfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects nearthe sensor area (brush guard, etc.).

This could cause failure or malfunc-tion.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you con-tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz-ing or restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC WarningChanges or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any inter-ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING. In the conventional (fixed speed)

cruise control mode, a warningchime does not sound to warnyou if you are too close to thevehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead northe vehicle-to-vehicle distance isdetected.

. Pay special attention to the dis-tance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or acollision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in theICC system display.

. Do not use the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control modewhen driving under the following

conditions.— when it is not possible to keep

the vehicle at a set speed— in heavy traffic or in traffic

that varies in speed— on winding or hilly roads— on slippery roads (rain, snow,

ice, etc.)— in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in an acci-dent.

Starting and driving 5-87

5-88 Starting and driving

SSD0968

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

4. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system.

SSD1013

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-torsThe display is on the vehicle informationdisplay located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.2. Cruise set switch indicator:

Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

3. Cruise system warning light:Comes on if there is a malfunction inthe cruise control system.

SSD0969

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, push andhold the MAIN switch for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds.When pushing the MAIN switch on, theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode display and the MAIN switch indi-cator are displayed on the vehicle infor-mation display. After you hold the MAINswitch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the ICC system display goesout. The MAIN switch indicator stays lit.You can now set your desired cruisingspeed. Pushing the MAIN switch again will

turn the system completely off.When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automa-tically turned off.To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or pushand hold it (conventional cruise controlmode) again to turn it on.When the Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) system is on, the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode cannot beturned on even though the MAIN switch ispushed and held.To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the I-DCsystem. See “Intelligent Distance Control(I-DC)” (P.5-91).

CAUTIONTo avoid accidentally engagingcruise control, make sure to turnthe MAIN switch off when not usingthe ICC system.

SSD0970

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (TheSET indicator will come on in the display.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.. To pass another vehicle, depress the

accelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthe following methods:

Starting and driving 5-89

5-90 Starting and driving

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The SETindicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill turn off.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theMAIN switch indicator and SET indica-tor will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

2. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME set switch. When the vehicleattains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push the COAST/SET switch and re-lease it.

2. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speed when the vehicle speed isover 25 MPH (40 km/h).

System temporarily unavailableUnder the following condition, a chimewill sound and the system control isautomatically canceled.. When the vehicle slows down more

than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed

. When the shift lever is shifted to the N(Neutral) position

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates.

. When a wheel slips

JVS0661X

Warning lightWhen the system is not operating prop-erly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take:If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving andthen perform the setting again.If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. Itis recommended you visit a NISSAN

dealer for this service.WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-DC system could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.. Always drive carefully and atten-

tively when using the I-DC sys-tem. Read and understand theOwner’s Manual thoroughly be-fore using the I-DC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to preventaccidents or to control the vehi-cle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the I-DC systemexcept in appropriate road andtraffic conditions.

. This system is only an aid toassist the driver and is not acollision warning or avoidancedevice. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle atall times.

. As there is a performance limit tothe distance control function,never rely solely on the I-DCsystem. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or

absent-minded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Deceleratethe vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending onthe distance to the vehicle aheadand the surrounding circum-stances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

. Always pay attention to the op-eration of the vehicle and beready to manually decelerate tomaintain the proper followingdistance. The I-DC system maynot be able to decelerate thevehicle under some circum-stances.

. This system only brakes andmoves the accelerator pedal up-ward to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Accelera-tion should be operated by thedriver.

. The I-DC system does not controlvehicle speed or warn you whenyou approach stationary andslow moving vehicles. You mustpay attention to vehicle operationto maintain proper distance fromvehicles ahead.

Starting and driving 5-91

INTELLIGENT DISTANCE CONTROL(I-DC) (if so equipped)

5-92 Starting and driving

. The I-DC system automaticallydecelerates your vehicle to helpassist the driver to maintain afollowing distance from the vehi-cle ahead. Manually brake whendeceleration is required to main-tain a safe distance upon suddenbraking by the vehicle ahead orwhen a vehicle suddenly appearsin front of you. Always stay alertwhen using the I-DC system.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations ofthe system. The system will can-cel with a warning chime once itjudges that the vehicle has cometo a standstill. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the drivermust depress the brake pedal.

JVS0913X

The system is intended to assist the driverto keep a following distance from thevehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed to help assistthe driver to maintain a following dis-tance.The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up toapproximately 40% of vehicle brakingpower) if necessary.The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

JVS1100X

Indicators (on the vehicle informationdisplay)Dynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

I-DC SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-DC system could result in serious

personal injury or death.. When the vehicle ahead detection

indicator light is not illuminated,system will not control the vehi-cle or warn the driver.

. Never place your foot under thebrake pedal. Your foot may becaught when the system controlsthe brake.

. Depending on the position of theaccelerator pedal, the systemmay not be able to assist thedriver to release the acceleratorpedal appropriately.

The I-DC system brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward according tothe distance from and the relative speedof the vehicle ahead to help assist thedriver in maintaining a following distance.The system will decelerate as necessaryand if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.However, the I-DC system can only applyup to approximately 40% of the vehicle’stotal braking power. If a vehicle movesinto the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele-rates, the distance between vehiclesmay become closer because the I-DCsystem cannot decelerate the vehicle

Starting and driving 5-93

5-94 Starting and driving

quickly enough. If this occurs, the I-DCsystem will sound a warning chime andblink the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.See “Approach warning” (P.5-95).

SSD0997

System set display with a vehicle aheadSystem set display without a vehicleahead

The I-DC system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the accel-erator pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.When a vehicle ahead is detected:The vehicle ahead detection indicatorcomes on.When the vehicle approaches a vehicleahead:. If the driver’s foot is not on the

accelerator pedal, the system acti-vates the brakes to decelerate

smoothly as necessary. If the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitations of the system.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the accel-erator pedal upward to assist thedriver to release the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator. If the driver’s foot ison the accelerator pedal after the warn-ing, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver to

switch to the brake pedal.NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come

on when braking is performed bythe I-DC system.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay be heard and/or vibration maybe felt. This is not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.. When the driver depresses the accel-

erator pedal even further while thesystem is moving the acceleratorpedal upward, the I-DC system controlof the accelerator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control northe alert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system is set, the I-DC systemwill be inactive.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand I-DC system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:. The chime sounds.. The vehicle ahead detection indicator

blinks.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short dis-tance between vehicles. Some examplesare:. When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance be-tween vehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near yourvehicle

The warning chime will not sound whenyour vehicle approaches vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.NOTE:The approach warning chime maysound and the system display mayblink when the radar sensor detectsobjects on the side of the vehicle or on

the side of the road. This may cause theI-DC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads,hilly roads or when entering or exiting acurve. In these cases you will have tomanually control the proper distanceahead of your vehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or driving position in the lane)or traffic or vehicle condition (for example,if a vehicle is being driven with somedamage).

Starting and driving 5-95

5-96 Starting and driving

JVS1101X

TURNING THE I-DC SYSTEM ON/OFFI-DC system switch indicator (on thevehicle information display)Dynamic driver assistance switchCenter multi-function control panel

To turn on the I-DC system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on

the steering wheel after starting theengine. The I-DC system switch indicator

in the vehicle information display willappear. Push the dynamic driver assis-tance switch again to turn off the I-DCsystem. The I-DC system switch indicator

will turn off.The system will start to operate after the

vehicle speed is above approximately 3MPH (5 km/h).The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the I-DC, I-LI (if so equipped) andI-BSI (if so equipped) systems. When thedynamic driver assistance switch ispushed, the I-LI and I-BSI systems willalso turn on or off simultaneously. The I-DC system can be individually set to on oroff on the center display using the centermulti-function control panel . If thesystem is set to off, the system will notturn on even if the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is pushed to on. To set thesystem to on or off on the center display,see “How to enable/disable the I-DCsystem” (P.5-97).When the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode is operating, the I-DC system will not operate. (To use the I-DC system, turn the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode off, then pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch .)For details about the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-69).When the engine is turned off, the systemis automatically turned off.

JVS1043X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-DCSYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the I-DC system.1. Push the SETTING button .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Forward Assist].4. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to turn

the system ON/OFF.

SSD0994

I-DC SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICA-TORSThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. I-DC system switch indicator:

Indicates that the dynamic driverassistance switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

3. I-DC system warning light (orange):The light comes on if there is amalfunction in the I-DC system.

I-DC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions of the I-DC system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. This system will not adapt auto-

matically to road conditions. Donot use the system on roads withsharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

. The I-DC system will not applybrake control while the driver’sfoot is on the accelerator pedal.

. As there is a performance limit tothe distance control function,never rely solely on the I-DCsystem. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Deceleratethe vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending onthe distance to the vehicle aheadand the surrounding circum-stances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

Starting and driving 5-97

5-98 Starting and driving

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certainroad or weather conditions. Toavoid accidents, never use the I-DC system under the followingconditions:— On roads with sharp curves— On slippery road surfaces

such as on ice or snow, etc.— On off-road surfaces such as

on sand or rock, etc.— During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.)— When rain, snow or dirt adhere

to the system sensor— On steep downhill roads (fre-

quent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and down-hill roads

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle

. In some road or traffic conditions,a vehicle or object can unexpect-edly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automaticbraking. You may need to controlthe distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Al-

ways stay alert and avoid usingthe I-DC system when it is notrecommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:. Stationary and slow moving vehicles. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane. Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel laneThe following are some conditions inwhich the sensor cannot detect thesignals:. When the snow or road spray from

traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle

SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the system to operate.A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the center-line of the lane. A vehicle that is enteringthe lane ahead may not be detected untilthe vehicle has completely moved intothe lane. If this occurs, the system maywarn you by blinking the system indi-cator and sounding the chime. Thedriver may have to manually controlthe proper distance away from vehicletraveling ahead.

Starting and driving 5-99

5-100 Starting and driving

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, thesensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you byblinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travel-ing ahead.

JVS0892X

Warning light and indicatorsDynamic driver assistance switch

SSD0996

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition A:Under the following conditions, the I-DCsystem is automatically canceled. Thechime will sound and the I-DC systemswitch indicator will blink. The system willnot be able to be set.. When the VDC system is off (To use

the I-DC system, turn on the VDC, thenpush the dynamic driver assistanceswitch.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-140).

Starting and driving 5-101

5-102 Starting and driving

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When the SNOW mode switch is ON(To use the I-DC system, turn off theSNOW mode switch, then turn on thedynamic driver assistance switch .)For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode switch” (P.2-47).

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position (for 4WD models)

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off withthe dynamic driver assistance switch .Turn the I-DC system back on to use thesystem.

JVS0482X

Condition B:Under the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theI-DC system is automatically canceled.The chime will sound, the I-DC systemwarning light (orange) will come on andthe “FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warn-ing message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.. When the radar sensor area of the

front bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed

Action to take:If the I-DC system warning light (orange)comes on and the warning messageappears, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Whenthe radar signal is temporarily inter-rupted, clean the sensor area of the frontbumper and restart the engine. If thewarning message continues to be dis-played, have the I-DC system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls)

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the I-DC system will resume auto-matically.

SSD0999

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONCondition:When the I-DC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and thesystem warning light (“CRUISE” orange)will come on.Action to take:If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the I-DCsystem again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still driveable

under normal conditions, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS0913X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the I-DC system islocated below the front bumper.The I-DC system is designed to automa-tically check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the I-DC system may not detectthem. In these instances, the I-DC systemmay not be able to decelerate the vehicleproperly. Be sure to check and clean thesensor regularly.To keep the I-DC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

Starting and driving 5-103

5-104 Starting and driving

. Always keep the sensor area of thefront bumper clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers orsimilar objects on the front bumpernear the sensor area. This could causefailure or malfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects nearthe sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunc-tion.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you con-tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz-ing or restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC WarningChanges or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for

compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theAEB system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The AEB system is a supplemen-

tal aid to the driver. It is not areplacement for the driver’s at-tention to traffic conditions orresponsibility to drive safely. Itcannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous driv-ing techniques.

. The AEB system does not func-tion in all driving, traffic, weatherand road conditions.

The AEB system can assist the driverwhen there is a risk of a forward collisionwith the vehicle ahead in the travelinglane.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) (if so equipped)

JVS0913X

The AEB system uses a sensor locatedbelow the front bumper to measure thedistance to the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane.

Starting and driving 5-105

5-106 Starting and driving

JVS1102X

Indicators and warnings (on the vehicleinformation display)AEB system warning light (on the instru-ment panel)Center multi-function control panel

AEB SYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB system operates at speedsabove approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB system will provide the firstwarning to the driver by blinking thevehicle ahead detection indicator in thevehicle information display and providingan audible warning. In addition, the AEBsystem pushes the accelerator pedal up.If the driver releases the acceleratorpedal, then the system applies partialbraking.If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBsystem detects that there is still thepossibility of a forward collision, thesystem will automatically increase thebraking force.If a forward collision is imminent and thedriver does not take action, the AEBsystem issues the second visual (flashing)and audible warning and automaticallyapplies harder braking.NOTE:The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB sys-tem.Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as drivingand roadway conditions, the system may

help the driver avoid a forward collision ormay help mitigate the consequences of acollision should one be unavoidable.If the driver is handling the steeringwheel, accelerating or braking, the AEBsystem will function later or will notfunction.The automatic braking will cease underthe following conditions:. When the steering wheel is turned as

far as necessary to avoid a collision.. When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed.. When there is no longer a vehicle

detected ahead.If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.

Starting and driving 5-107

5-108 Starting and driving

JVS1103X

AEB system warning light (on the instru-ment panel)Center multi-function control panel

TURNING THE AEB SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theAEB system ON/OFF.1. Push the SETTING button on the

center multi-function control panel .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Emergency Assist].4. Touch [Forward emergency braking]

to turn the system ON/OFF.When the AEB system is turned off, theAEB system warning light (orange)illuminates.NOTE:The AEB system will be automaticallyturned ON when the engine is restarted.The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB system. There is not a separateselection in the display for the I-FCWsystem. When the AEB system is turnedoff, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the AEB system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The AEB system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensor does not detect

the following objects:— Pedestrians, animals or obsta-

cles in the roadway— Oncoming vehicles— Crossing vehicles

. The radar sensor has some per-formance limitations. If a station-ary vehicle is in the vehicle’s path,the AEB system will not functionwhen the vehicle is driven atspeeds over approximately 45MPH (70 km/h).

. The radar sensor may not detecta vehicle ahead in the followingconditions:

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materi-al covering the radar sensor.

— Interference by other radarsources.

— Snow or road spray from tra-veling vehicles.

— If the vehicle ahead is narrow(e.g. motorcycle)

— When driving on a steepdownhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle.

. In some road or traffic conditions,the AEB system may unexpect-edly push the accelerator pedalup or apply partial braking. Whenacceleration is necessary, con-tinue to depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

. Braking distances increase onslippery surfaces.

. The system is designed to auto-matically check the sensor’s func-t i o n a l i t y , w i t h i n c e r t a i nlimitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstructionof the sensor area such as ice,snow, stickers, for example. In

these cases, the system may notbe able to warn the driver prop-erly. Be sure that you check, cleanand clear the sensor area regu-larly.

. Excessive noise will interfere withthe warning chime sound, andthe chime may not be heard.

Starting and driving 5-109

5-110 Starting and driving

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theradar sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. Thismay cause the AEB system to workinappropriately.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you byblinking the vehicle ahead detectionindicator and sounding the chime un-expectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from

the vehicle traveling ahead.

JVS0675X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, makingit impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the AEB system is automatically turnedoff. The AEB system warning light (or-ange) will illuminate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theAEB system is automatically turned off.The AEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the “FRONT RADAROBSTRUCTION” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.. When the sensor area of the front

bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed

Action to take:If the AEB system warning light (orange)

comes on, stop the vehicle in a safeplace, place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Cleanthe radar cover below the front bumperwith a soft cloth, and restart the engine. Ifthe AEB system warning light continuesto illuminate, have the AEB systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls)

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.

Condition CWhen the accelerator pedal actuatordetects that the internal motor tempera-ture is high, the AEB system is automati-cally turned off. The AEB system warninglight (orange) will illuminate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.

Condition DWhen VDC system is OFF, the AEB brakewill not operate. In this case only visibleand audible warning operates. The AEBsystem warning light (orange) will illumi-nate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the AEB system will resume auto-matically.SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB system warning light(orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on,stop the vehicle in a safe location andplace the shift lever in the P (Park)position. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the AEB systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-111

5-112 Starting and driving

JVS0913X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located below the frontbumper.To keep the system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area of the

front bumper clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not cover or attach stickers or

similar objects on the front bumpernear the sensor area. This could causefailure or malfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects nearthe sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunc-

tion.. Do not alter, remove or paint the front

bumper. It is recommended you con-tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz-ing or restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC WarningChanges or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any inter-ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the I-FCW system could result in seriousinjury or death.. The I-FCW system helps warn the

driver before a collision but willnot avoid a collision. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in con-trol of the vehicle at all times.

The I-FCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of asecond vehicle traveling in front of thevehicle ahead in the same lane.

JVS0913X

The I-FCW system uses a radar sensorlocated below the front bumper to mea-sure the distance to a second vehicleahead in the same lane.

Starting and driving 5-113

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (I-FCW) (if so equipped)

5-114 Starting and driving

JVS1104X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on thevehicle information display)Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) sys-tem warning light (on the instrumentpanel)Center multi-function control panel

JVS0294X

I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-FCW system operates at speedsabove approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).If there is a potential risk of a forwardcollision, the I-FCW system will warn thedriver by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator, and sounding anaudible alert.

Starting and driving 5-115

5-116 Starting and driving

JVS1103X

AEB system warning light (on the instru-ment panel)Center multi-function control panel

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the I-FCW system on or off.1. Push the SETTING button on the

center multi-function control panel .2. Touch [Driver Assistance].3. Touch [Emergency Assist].4. Touch [Forward emergency braking]

to turn the system ON/OFF.When the I-FCW system is turned off, theAEB system warning light (orange)illuminates.NOTE:The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB system. There is not a separateselection in the display for the I-FCWsystem. When the AEB system is turnedoff, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

JVS0295XIllustration A

JVS0296XIllustration B

JVS0297XIllustration C

Starting and driving 5-117

5-118 Starting and driving

JVS0298XIllustration D

I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for the I-FCW system. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.. The I-FCW system cannot detect

all vehicles under all conditions.. The radar sensor does not detect

the following objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obsta-cles in the roadway

— Oncoming vehicles— Crossing vehicles

. (Illustration A) The I-FCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such asa motorcycle.

. The radar sensor may not detecta vehicle ahead in the followingconditions:— Snow or heavy rain

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materi-al covering the radar sensor

— Interference by other radarsources

— Snow or road spray from tra-velling vehicles.

— Driving in a tunnel— Towing a trailer or other vehi-

cle. (Illustration B) When the vehicle

ahead is being towed.. (Illustration C) When the distance

to the vehicle ahead is too close,the beam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

. (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roadswith sharp curves.

. The system is designed to auto-matically check the sensor’s func-t i o n a l i t y , w i t h i n c e r t a i nlimitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstructionof the sensor area such as ice,snow, stickers, for example. Inthese cases, the system may notbe able to warn the driver prop-erly. Be sure that you check, cleanand clear the sensor area regu-

larly.. Excessive noise will interfere with

the warning chime sound, andthe chime may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theradar sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. Thismay cause the I-FCW system to workinappropriately.The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in thelane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you byblinking the vehicle ahead detectionindicator and sounding the chime un-expectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from

the vehicle traveling ahead.

Starting and driving 5-119

5-120 Starting and driving

JVS0675X

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLECondition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, makingit impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the I-FCW system is automatically turnedoff. The AEB system warning light (or-ange) will illuminate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the I-FCW system will resume auto-matically.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theI-FCW system is automatically turned off.The AEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the “FRONT RADAROBSTRUCTION” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.. When the sensor area of the front

bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed

Action to take:If the AEB system warning light (orange)

comes on, stop the vehicle in a safeplace, place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Cleanthe radar cover below the front bumperwith a soft cloth, and restart the engine. Ifthe warning light continues to illuminate,have the I-FCW system checked. It isrecommended you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.. When driving on roads with limited

road structures or buildings (for ex-ample, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls)

Action to take:When the above conditions no longerexist, the I-FCW system will resume auto-matically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB system warning light(orange) will illuminate.Action to take:If the warning light (orange) illuminates,stop the vehicle in a safe location andplace the shift lever in the P (Park)position. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the I-FCW systemchecked. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

JVS0913X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located below the frontbumper.To keep the system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:. Always keep the sensor area of the

front bumper clean.. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.. Do not cover or attach stickers or

similar objects on the front bumpernear the sensor area. This could causefailure or malfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects nearthe sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunc-

tion.. Do not alter, remove or paint the front

bumper. It is recommended you con-tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz-ing or restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC WarningChanges or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any inter-ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device.

Starting and driving 5-121

5-122 Starting and driving

CAUTIONDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000km), follow these recommendationsto obtain maximum engine perfor-mance and ensure the future relia-bility and economy of your newvehicle.Failure to follow these recommenda-tions may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine perfor-mance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possi-ble.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.1. Use smooth accelerator and brake

pedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed whilecommuting and coast wheneverpossible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate

and minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traf-

fic lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to coolthe vehicle due to reduced engineload.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-namic drag.

. Recirculating the cool air in thecabin when the A/C is on reducescooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h)(where legally allowed) can improvefuel efficiency due to reduced aero-dynamic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles re-duces unnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system

to determine the best route to savetime.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll andavoid stopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more

than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the en-gine oil before driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature morequickly while driving versus idling.

10. Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, re-sulting in reduced demand on yourA/C system.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity en-gine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation” (P.10-6).)

WARNING. Do not attempt to raise two

wheels off the ground and shiftthe transmission to any drive orreverse position with the enginerunning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheeldynamometer or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels are raised off the ground.Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with 4WD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage orunexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

Starting and driving 5-123

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY NISSAN ALL-MODE 4WD® (if so equipped)

5-124 Starting and driving

CAUTION. Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HI

or 4LO position on dry hard sur-face roads. Driving on dry, hardsurfaces in 4HI or 4LO may causeunnecessary noise, tire wear andincreased fuel consumption.

If the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)warning light turns on when driv-ing on dry hard surface roads:— in the 4HI position, shift the

4WD shift switch to AUTO.— in the 4LO position, stop the

vehicle and shift the transmis-sion lever to the N (Neutral)position with the brake pedaldepressed and shift the 4WDshift switch to AUTO.If the 4WD warning light is stillon after the above operation,have your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. The transfer case may be da-maged if you continue drivingwith the 4WD warning light blink-ing.

See “On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions” (P.5-9) for other precautionsfor offroad driving.NISSAN ALL-MODE 4WD® SYSTEMThe all mode 4WD system provides 3positions (AUTO, 4HI and 4LO), so youcan select the desired drive mode accord-ing to the driving conditions.4WD shift procedure:

SSD1100

*1: The 4LO and 4HI indicator may flash alternately. Stop the vehicle and be sure to turn the 4WD shift switch after the transmissionshift lever has been shifted to the N (Neutral) position. If the indicator keeps flashing after the 4WD shift procedure, drive slowlywithout abrupt maneuvers for a while. Then the indicator will illuminate or turn off.· Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to the 4LO position. Otherwise the gears may grind, damaging the drive system.*2: While changing in and out of the 4LO position, the engine must be running. Otherwise, the shift will not take place and the 4LOindicator will not be on or flashing.

Starting and driving 5-125

5-126 Starting and driving

*3: Make sure that the 4LO indicator turns on when shifting the 4WD shift switch to the 4L position. The Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light will also turn on when 4L is selected. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-140).)

The 4WD shift switch is used to select the4WD mode depending on the drivingconditions. There are 3 types of drivemodes available, AUTO, 4HI and 4LO.The 4WD shift switch electronically con-trols the transfer case operation. Rotatethe switch to move between each mode,AUTO, 4H and 4L.You must depress the 4WD shift switchto select 4L, and the vehicle MUST bestationary and the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position when changing intoor out of 4L.

WARNING. When parking, apply the parking

brake before stopping the engineand make sure that the 4WD shiftindicator is on and the ATP warn-ing light turns off. Otherwise, thevehicle could unexpectedly moveeven if the automatic transmis-sion is in the P (Park) position.

. The 4LO and 4HI indicators muststop blinking and the 4LO or 4HIindicator must remain illumi-nated or turn off before shiftingthe transmission into gear. If theshift lever is shifted from the N(Neutral) position to any other

gear while the 4LO and 4HI in-dicators are blinking alternately,the vehicle may move unexpect-edly.

CAUTION. Never shift the 4WD shift switch

between 4L and 4H while driving.. The 4HI position provides greater

traction. Avoid excessive speed,as it will cause increased fuelconsumption and higher oil tem-peratures, and could damage dri-vetrain component. Speeds over62 MPH (100 km/h) in 4HI is notrecommended.

. The 4LO position provides max-imum traction. Avoid raising ve-hicle speed excessively, as themaximum speed is approxi-mately 31 MPH (50 km/h).

. When driving straight, shift the4WD shift switch to the AUTO or4H position. Do not move the 4WDshift switch when making a turnor reversing.

. Do not shift the 4WD shift switch(between AUTO and 4H) whiledriving on steep downhill grades.

Use the engine brake and lowautomatic transmission gearsfor engine braking.

. Do not operate the 4WD shiftswitch (between AUTO and 4H)with the rear wheels spinning.

. Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the 4HI or 4LO position.Driving on dry hard surfaces in4HI or 4LO may cause unneces-sary noise and tire wear. NISSANrecommends driving in the AUTOposition under these conditions.

. The 4WD transfer case may notbe shifted between 4HI and 4LOat low ambient temperatures andthe 4LO and 4HI indicators mayblink even when the 4WD shiftswitch is shifted. After driving fora while you can change the 4WDshift switch between 4H and 4L.

When driving on rough roads,. Drive carefully according to the road

surface conditions.When the vehicle is stuck,. Place stones or wooden blocks under

the tires to free the vehicle.. Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4L.

Starting and driving 5-127

5-128 Starting and driving

. If it is difficult to free the vehicle,repeat forward and backward move-ment to increase the movement.

. If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tirechains may be effective.

CAUTION. Do not spin the tires excessively.

Tires will sink deep into the mud,making it difficult to free thevehicle.

. Avoid shifting gears with the en-gine running at high speeds asthis may cause malfunction.

SSD1048

4WD SHIFT SWITCH. Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the

AUTO, 4H or 4L position, depending ondriving conditions.

. With the switch set to the AUTOposition, distribution of torque to thefront and rear wheels changes auto-matically, depending on road condi-tions encountered [ratio; 0 : 100 (2WD)? 50 : 50 (4WD)]. This results inimproved driving stability.

. If the 4WD shift switch is operatedwhile making a turn, accelerating ordecelerating or if the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position while inthe AUTO, 4H or 4L, you may feel a

jolt. This is not abnormal.. When the vehicle is stopped after

making a turn, you may feel a slightjolt after the shift lever is shifted to N(Neutral) or P (Park) position. Thisoccurs because the transfer clutch isreleased and not because of a mal-function.

CAUTION. When driving straight, shift the

4WD shift switch to the AUTO or4H position. Do not move the 4WDshift switch when making a turnor reversing.

. Do not shift the 4WD shift switchwhile driving on steep downhillgrades. Use the engine brake andlow automatic transmissiongears for engine braking.

. Do not operate the 4WD shiftswitch with the rear wheels spin-ning.

. Before placing the 4WD shiftswitch in the 4H position fromAUTO, ensure the vehicle speed isless than 62 MPH (100 km/h).Failure to do so can damage the4WD system.

. Never shift the 4WD shift switchbetween 4L and 4H while driving.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting ordriving on slippery surfaces withthe 4WD shift switch in AUTO.

SSD10584WD shift indicator

4WD SHIFT INDICATORThe 4WD shift indicator is displayed in thevehicle information display.The indicator should turn off within 1second after placing the ignition switchin the ON position.While the engine is running, the 4WD shiftindicator will illuminate the position se-lected by the 4WD shift switch. (See the4WD shift procedure list shown in the“NISSAN all-mode 4WD® system” (P.5-124).). The 4WD shift indicator may blink

while shifting from one drive modeto the other. When the shifting iscompleted, the 4WD shift indicator

will come on. If the indicator doesnot come on immediately, makesure the area around the vehicle issafe, and drive the vehicle straight,accelerate or decelerate or move thevehicle in reverse, then shift the 4WDshift switch.

. If the 4WD warning light comes on, the4WD shift indicator turns off.

4WD WARNING LIGHT

Warning lightComes on orblinks when:

IlluminatesThere is a mal-function in the4WD system

Blinks ra-pidly

The transfercase oil tem-perature is ab-normally high

Blinks slowlyThe differencein wheel rota-tion is large

The 4WD warning light is located in themeter.The 4WD warning light comes on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition. It turns off soon after the engineis started.If any malfunction occurs in the 4WDsystem when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position, the 4WD warning light

Starting and driving 5-129

5-130 Starting and driving

will either remain illuminated or blink.If the 4WD warning light comes on, the4WD shift indicator turns off.High-temperature transfer case oil makesthe 4WD warning light blink rapidly (abouttwice per second). If the warning lightblinks rapidly during operation, stop thevehicle in a safe place immediately. Thenif the light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make the4WD warning light blink slowly (aboutonce per two seconds). Change the 4WDshift switch to AUTO and do not drive fast.

CAUTION. If the 4WD warning light comes

on or blinks slowly during opera-tion or rapidly after stopping thevehicle for a while, have yourvehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

. Shifting between 4HI and 4LO isnot recommended when the 4WDwarning light turns on.

. When the 4WD warning lightcomes on, the 2WD mode may

be engaged even if the 4WD shiftswitch is in AUTO or 4H. Beespecially careful when driving. Ifcorresponding parts are malfunc-tioning, the 4WD mode will not beengaged even if the 4WD shiftswitch is shifted.

. Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HIor 4LO position on dry hard sur-face roads. Driving on dry, hardsurfaces in 4HI or 4LO may causeunnecessary noise, tire wear andincreased fuel consumption.

If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen driving on dry hard surfaceroads:— in the AUTO or 4HI position,

shift the 4WD shift switch toAUTO.

— in the 4LO position, stop thevehicle and shift the transmis-sion shift lever to the N (Neu-tral) position and shift the4WD shift switch to AUTO.

. If the 4WD warning light is still onafter the above operation, haveyour vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

. The transfer case may be da-maged if you continue drivingwith the warning light blinking.

WARNING. Never rely solely on the hill start

assist system to prevent the ve-hicle from moving backward on ahill. Always drive carefully andattentively. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially care-ful when stopped on a hill onfrozen or muddy roads. Failureto prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possi-ble serious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill. Failure todo so may cause the vehicle toroll backwards and may result ina collision or serious personalinjury.

. The hill start assist system maynot prevent the vehicle from roll-ing backwards on a hill under allload or road conditions. Alwaysbe prepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards. Failure to do

so may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards in thetime it takes the driver to release thebrake pedal and apply the acceleratorwhen the vehicle is stopped on a hill.The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:. The transmission is shifted to a for-

ward or reverse gear.. The vehicle is stopped completely on a

hill by applying the brake.The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin toroll back and the hill start assist systemwill stop operating completely.The hill start assist system will notoperate when the transmission is shiftedto the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position oron a flat and level road.When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light illuminates in the meter, thehill start assist system will not operate.(See “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P.2-10).)

Starting and driving 5-131

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

5-132 Starting and driving

SD1006MA

WARNING. Do not stop or park the vehicle

over flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake beapplied and the transmission be

placed in the P (Park) position.Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an acci-dent.

. Make sure the automatic trans-mission shift lever has beenpushed as far forward as it cango and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll-

ing into the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO

CURB:

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

SIC4474

The TOW MODE should be used whenpulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavyload. Driving the vehicle in the TOW MODEwith no trailer/load or light trailer/lightload will not cause any damage. However,fuel economy may be reduced, and thetransmission/engine driving characteris-tics may feel unusual.Push the TOW MODE switch to activateTOW MODE. The indicator light on theTOW MODE switch illuminates when theTOW MODE is selected. Push the TOWMODE switch again to turn the TOWMODE OFF.TOW MODE is automatically canceledwhen the ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position.

Starting and driving 5-133

TOW MODE

5-134 Starting and driving

SIC4454

For driving or starting the vehicle onsnowy roads or slippery areas, turn theSNOW mode on.To turn the SNOW mode on, push theSNOW mode switch. The SNOW modeindicator light on the meter panel willilluminate. When the SNOW mode isactivated, engine output is controlled toavoid wheel spin.To turn the SNOW mode off, push theswitch and the indicator on the meterpanel will turn off. Turn the SNOW modeoff for normal driving and fuel economy.

SSD0622

WARNING. The sonar system is a conveni-

ence but it is not a substitute forproper parking. Always lookaround and check that it is safeto do so before parking. Alwaysmove slowly.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the sonar system ascontained in this section. Incle-ment weather may affect thefunction of the sonar system; thismay include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

. This system is not designed toprevent contact with small ormoving objects.

. The system is designed as an aidto the driver in detecting largestationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle. The sys-tem will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may notdetect objects that are too closeto the bumper or on the ground.

. If your vehicle sustains damageto the bumper fascia, leaving itmisaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered causing in-

SNOW MODE SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

accurate measurement of obsta-cles or false alarms.

CAUTIONKeep the interior of the vehicle asquiet as possible to hear the toneclearly.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warnthe driver of obstacles near the bumper.When the “Interrupt Display” is turned onin the Sonar settings, the sonar indicatorwill also appear in the center display. (See“Sonar indicator” (P.5-136).) The systemdetects front obstacles when the shiftlever is in the D (Drive) position or N(Neutral) position. The system detectsboth front and rear obstacles when theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h) and maynot detect certain angular or movingobjects.The sonar system detects obstacles up to3.9 ft (1.2 m) from the bumper with adecreased coverage area at the outercorners of the bumper. Refer to theillustration for approximate zone cover-age areas. As you move closer to the

obstacle, the rate of the tone increases.When the obstacle is less than 11.8 in (30cm) away, the tone will sound continu-ously.Keep the corner/center sensors (locatedon the bumper fascia) free from snow, iceand large accumulations of dirt (do notclean the sensors with sharp objects). Ifthe sensors are covered, it will affect theaccuracy of the sonar system.The sensitivity level of the corner/centersensors can be adjusted (higher or lower)in the Sonar settings on the center dis-play. (See “Sonar settings” (P.5-135).)The intermittent tone will stop in 3seconds when an obstacle is detectedby only the corner sensor and the dis-tance does not change.

JVS1043X

SONAR SETTINGSTo set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton , select the “Camera/Sonar” keyand then select the “Sonar” key on thecenter display.Sonar:When this item is turned on, the front andrear sonars are activated. When this itemis turned off (indicator turns off), the frontand rear sonars are deactivated.FR sensor only:When this item is turned on, only the frontsonar is activated.

Starting and driving 5-135

5-136 Starting and driving

Interrupt Display:When this item is turned on, the sonardisplay will interrupt the current view toindicate that the obstacles are aroundthe vehicle.Sonar Sensitivity:Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonar.Sonar Volume:Adjust the tone volume of the sonar.

JVS1085X

Sonar displayCorner sensor indicatorCenter sensor indicatorRearView Monitor display

SONAR INDICATORWith the “Interrupt Display” turned on inthe Sonar settings, when the corner/center sensors detect obstacles near thebumper, a tone will sound and the sonarindicator will appear in the center display. When the RearView Monitor is dis-

played, the sonar indicator will appear inthe upper corner of the display .The sonar indicators and indicate theposition of the object and the distance tothe object with its color and rate ofblinking.When an object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks (the tonesounds intermittently). When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color ofthe indicator turns yellow and the rate ofblinking increases (the rate of the toneincreases). When the bumper is very closeto the object, less than 11.8 in (30 cm)away, the indicator stops blinking andturns red (the tone sounds continuously).When the RearView Monitor is dis-played, the colors of the sonar indicatorand the distance guide lines in the rearview indicate different distances to theobject.When the is touched, the sonar willbe turned off temporarily.The sonar indicator can be turned off in

the Sonar settings on the center display.(See “Sonar settings” (P.5-135).) When thesonar indicator is off, only a tone soundswhen the sonar detect obstacles.

WARNINGIf the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hy-draulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.If the engine stops or the drive beltbreaks, you will still have control of thevehicle. However, much greater steeringeffort is needed, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separatehydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc-tions, you will still have braking ability attwo wheels.You may feel a small click and hear asound when the brake pedal is fullydepressed slowly. This is not a malfunc-tion and indicates that the brake assistmechanism is operating properly.

Hydraulically-assisted brakesThe hydraulically-assisted brake system isdesigned to use a hydraulic pump drivenelectrically, to assist braking. If the enginestops, you can stop the vehicle by de-pressing the foot brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the foot brakepedal will be required to stop the vehicle.The stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to oneside during braking.To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakes

Starting and driving 5-137

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

5-138 Starting and driving

function correctly.PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes when-ever the stopping effect of the parkingbrake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums/ro-tors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving. This will cause over-heating of the brakes, wearing out thebrake and pads faster and reduce gasmileage.To help save the brakes and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reducespeed and downshift to a lower gearbefore going down a slope or long grade.Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss ofvehicle control.

WARNING. While driving on a slippery sur-

face, be careful when braking,accelerating or downshifting.

Abrupt braking or acceleratingcould cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater brakingforce than a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNINGThe Brake Assist is only an aid toassist braking operation and is not acollision warning or avoidance de-vice. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING. The Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) is a sophisticated device,but it cannot prevent accidentsresulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control dur-ing braking on slippery surfaces.Remember that stopping dis-tances on slippery surfaces willbe longer than on normal sur-

BRAKE ASSIST

faces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tirechains. Always maintain a safedistance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.— When replacing tires, install

the specified size of tires onall four wheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified onthe Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. See “Tire and load-ing information label” (P.10-13).

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, the

system helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes.The ABS will operate to prevent thewheels from locking up. Steer the vehicleto avoid obstacles.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doingso may result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and does not indicate a malfunc-tion. If the computer senses a malfunc-tion, it switches the ABS off and

illuminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, theactuator rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure. This action is similarto pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when itis operating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra careis required while driving.

Starting and driving 5-139

5-140 Starting and driving

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem uses various sensors to monitordriver inputs and vehicle motion. Undercertain driving conditions, the VDC sys-tem helps to perform the following func-tions.. Controls brake pressure to reduce

wheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a nonslipping drive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slipbased on vehicle speed (traction con-trol function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehiclein the following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or thesystem may determine some actionis required to help keep the vehicle onthe steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normaland indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicatorilluminates to indicate the VDC system isoff. When the VDC switch is used to turnoff the system, the VDC system stilloperates to prevent one drive wheel fromslipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The VDC warninglight flashes if this occurs. All otherVDC functions are off, and the VDCwarning light will not flash. The VDCsystem is automatically reset to on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.When the 4L position is selected with the4WD shift switch, the VDC system isdisabled and the VDC off indicator light

illuminates (for 4WD models).See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-20).The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each timeyou start the engine andmove the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.When the self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

WARNING. The VDC system is designed to

help improve driving stability butdoes not prevent accidents dueto abrupt steering operation athigh speeds or by careless ordangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and beespecially careful when drivingand cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-pension. If suspension parts suchas shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushingsand wheels are not NISSAN re-commended for your vehicle or

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

are extremely deteriorated, theVDC system may not operateproperly. This could adverselyaffect vehicle handling perfor-mance, and the VDC warning light

may illuminate.. If brake related parts such as

brake pads, rotors and calipersare not NISSAN recommended orare extremely deteriorated, theVDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely in-clined surfaces such as higherbanked corners, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate. Do not drive on these typesof roads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate. Thisis not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stablesurface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substi-tute for winter tires or tire chainson a snow covered road.

SIC4455

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCHThe vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ONfor most driving conditions.When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,the VDC system reduces the engine out-put to reduce wheel spin. The enginespeed will be reduced even if the accel-erator is depressed to the floor. If max-imum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system, push the VDC OFF switch.The VDC off indicator light willilluminate.

Starting and driving 5-141

5-142 Starting and driving

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn ON the system.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing,apply deicer through the key hole. If thelock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole or use theIntelligent Key system.ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated thatthe outside temperature will drop below32°F (0°C), check antifreeze to assureproper winter protection. For additionalinformation, see “Engine cooling system”(P.8-4).BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”(P.8-11).DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, see“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reduced insnowy and icy conditions. If you operateyour vehicle on snowy or icy roads,NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels. It is recommended you consult aNISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speedrating and availability information.For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian provincesprohibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that ofnon-studded snow tires.Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-37).

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

For four-wheel driveIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the followingitems be carried in the vehicle duringwinter:. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to

remove ice and snow from the win-dows and wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing

rain), very cold snow or ice can beslick and very hard to drive on.The vehicle will have much lesstraction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drivewheels will lose even more trac-tion.

. Allow more stopping distanceunder these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than ondry pavement.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on anotherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous ex-haust gases under your vehicle.Keep snow clear of the exhaustpipe and from around your vehi-cle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist incold temperature starting.The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F(−7°C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.2. Open the hood and unwrap the en-

gine block heater cord.3. Plug the engine block heater cord into

a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours,depending on outside temperatures,to properly warm the engine coolant.Use an appropriate timer to turn theengine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep itaway from moving parts.

Starting and driving 5-143

5-144 Starting and driving

WARNING. Do not use your engine block

heater with an ungrounded elec-trical system or a 2-prongedadapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connec-tion.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage tothe cord could result in an elec-trical shock and can cause ser-ious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord ratedfor at least 10A. Plug the exten-sion cord into a Ground FaultIn te r rupt (GF I ) p ro tec ted ,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failureto use the proper extension cordor a grounded outlet can result ina fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ......................................... 6-2Roadside assistance program ........................................... 6-2Emergency engine shut off .................................................. 6-3Flat tire .................................................................................................. 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 6-3Changing a flat tire .............................................................. 6-4

Jump starting ............................................................................... 6-12Push starting ................................................................................. 6-14

If your vehicle overheats .................................................... 6-14Towing your vehicle ............................................................... 6-16

Towing recommended by NISSAN ..................... 6-17Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-19

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) manual shifting(4WD models) ............................................................................... 6-20

When 4WD warning light illuminates ............... 6-20Operating procedure ..................................................... 6-21

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park underemergency conditions. All turn signallights will flash.

WARNING. If stopping for an emergency, be

sure to move the vehicle well offthe road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on thehighway unless unusual circum-stances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work whenthe hazard warning flasher lightsare on.

The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.When an impact that could activate thesupplemental air bags is detected, thehazard warning flasher lights blink auto-matically. If the hazard warning flasherswitch is pushed twice, the hazard warn-ing flashers will turn off.

WARNINGDo not turn the hazard warningflasher switch to off until you canmake sure that it is safe to do so.Also, the hazard flasher warning maynot blink automatically dependingon the force of impact.

Some state lawsmay prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is availableto you. Please refer to your WarrantyInformation Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty &Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada) for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see “Lowtire pressure warning light” (P.2-15) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”(P.5-5).

WARNING. If the low tire pressure warning

light illuminates or Low Pressureinformation is displayed on themonitor screen while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may

permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSAN

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

6-4 In case of emergency

could affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road

and away from traffic.2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.3. Park on a level surface and apply the

parking brake. Move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,

and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING. Make sure the parking brake is

securely applied and the auto-matic transmission is in the P(Park) position.

. Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional road assis-tance. MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppo-site the flat tire to prevent the vehiclefrom moving when it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result inpersonal injury.

JVE0219X

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the liftgate.2. Raise the cargo floor board using the

handle .

JVE0422X

WARNINGWhen removing jacking tools, besure the rubber sound suppressor, used to control jack stand from

rattling against metal, is not at-

tached to the jacking tool. If rubbersound suppressor remains on jackwhen vehicle is being jacked up, thevehicle will be unstable and may falloff jack stand causing serious injuryof death.

3. Remove the cargo floor cover.4. Remove the jacking tools.

In case of emergency 6-5

6-6 In case of emergency

JVE0423X

5. Securely screw to connect the T-shaped end of the jack rod and theextension bar as illustrated.

6. Fit the square end of the jack rod intothe square hole of the wheel nutwrench to form a handle .

7. Locate the oval opening above themiddle of the rear bumper.

8. Place the T-shaped end of the jack rodthrough the opening and direct ittowards the spare wheel winch as-sembly, located directly above thespare wheel.

SCE0916

CAUTIONDo not insert the jack rod straight asit is designed to be inserted at anangle as shown.

9. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rodinto the T-shaped opening of thespare wheel winch. Apply pressure tokeep the jack rod engaged in thespare wheel winch and turn the jackrod counterclockwise to lower thespare wheel.

SCE0377

10. Once the spare wheel is completelylowered, remove the jack rod andreach under the vehicle to removethe hanging plate.

11. Carefully slide the spare wheel fromunder the rear of the vehicle.

After preparing the spare tire, to removethe rod, pull out the rod while moving therod to the right and left with the screw ofthe extension facing the side.

CAUTIONWhen storing the wheel, make surethat the hanging plate is in the

center of the wheel and then lift itup into the storage area.

JVE0349X

CAUTIONWhen storing the wheel, be sure tomount the wheel horizontally. Secur-ing the wheel that is in a tiltedposition as illustrated may cause

In case of emergency 6-7

6-8 In case of emergency

looseness and dropping of the wheelwhile driving. Lower the wheel on theground again, and make sure thatthe hanging plate is properly set.Hang the wheel again and make surethat the wheel is held horizontally,then store the wheel.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the damaged tire

WARNING. Never get under the vehicle while

it is supported only by the jack. Ifit is necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Use only the jack provided withyour vehicle to lift the vehicle. Donot use the jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tirechange.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the enginewhile vehicle is on the jack, as itmay cause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stayin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

Carefully read the caution label at-tached to the jack body and the follow-ing instructions. SCE0875

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up points as illustrated.The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0876

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning counterclockwisewith the wheel nut wrench. Do notremove the wheel nuts until the tireis off the ground.

NCE130

3. Install the assembled jack rod into thejack as shown.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until theclearance between the tire andground is achieved.

5. To lift the vehicle, securely hold thejack lever and rod with both handsand turn the jack lever.

NOTE:Before jacking up the vehicle, makesure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position. If the vehicle is liftedup with the engine running, the auto-leveling suspension will become dis-abled after 120 seconds. To reset theauto-leveling suspension, cycle the

In case of emergency 6-9

6-10 In case of emergency

ignition switch ON/OFF one time.

SCE0910

Installing the spare tire1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur-

face between the wheel and hub.2. Carefully put the spare tire on and

tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten

wheel nuts alternately and evenly inthe sequence illustrated ( , , , , ,) until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence asillustrated. Lower the vehicle comple-tely.

WARNING. Incorrect wheel nuts or impro-

perly tightened wheel nuts cancause the wheel to become looseor come off. This could cause anaccident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kepttightened to specification at alltimes. It is recommended thatwheel nuts be tightened to speci-fications at each lubrication inter-val.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.COLD pressure:After the vehicle has been parked

for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver sidecenter pillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tirepressure information may show higherpressure than the COLD tire pressureafter the vehicle has been driven morethan 1 mile (1.6 km). This is because thetire pressurizes as the tire temperaturerises. This does not indicate a systemmalfunction.

Stowing the damaged tire andtools1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack

and tools in the storage area.2. Close the cargo floor cover.3. Replace the cargo floor board.4. Close the liftgate.

WARNINGAlways make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

In case of emergency 6-11

6-12 In case of emergency

To start your engine with a boosterbattery, the instructions and precautionsbelow must be followed.

WARNING. If done incorrectly, jump starting

can lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury ordeath. It could also damage yourvehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of thebattery. Keep all sparks andflames away from the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin,clothing or painted surfaces. Bat-tery fluid is a corrosive sulphuricacid solution which can causesevere burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything,immediately flush the contactedarea with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

. The booster battery must berated at 12 volts. Use of an im-properly rated battery can da-mage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump start-ing.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could comeon at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.

JUMP STARTING

SCE0877

WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result indamage to the charging system andcause personal injury.

1. Remove the engine compartmentcover, if necessary. See “Engine com-partment check locations” (P.8-3).

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehicles (and ) to bring their batteries intoclose proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

3. Apply parking brake. Move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position. Switchoff all unnecessary electrical systems(light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

4. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth toreduce explosion hazard.

5. Connect jumper cables in the se-quence as illustrated ( ? ? ?).

CAUTION. Always connect positive (+) to

positive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (as illustrated) —not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables donot touch moving parts in theengine compartment and thatclamps do not contact any othermetal.

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

7. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started .

CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor en-gaged for more than 10 seconds. Ifthe engine does not start right away,place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds beforetrying again.

In case of emergency 6-13

6-14 In case of emergency

8. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable andthen the positive cable ( ? ?? ).

9. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

10. Put the battery cover on.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION. Automatic transmission models

cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

. Three way catalyst equippedmodels should not be started bypushing since the three way cat-alyst may be damaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could causethe vehicle to collide with thetow vehicle.

CAUTION. Do not continue to drive if your

vehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radia-tor cap or coolant reservoir capwhile the engine is still hot. Whenthe radiator cap or coolant reser-voir cap is removed, pressurizedhot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,

apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the heater and air condi-tioner. Open all the windows, movethe heater or air conditioner tempera-ture control to maximum hot and fan

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

control to high speed.3. If engine overheating is caused by

climbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approxi-mately 1,500 rpm) until the tempera-ture gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping fromthe radiator before opening the hood.(If steam or coolant is escaping, turnoff the engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant canbe seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent get-ting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damageor looseness. Also check if the coolingfan is running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or get caught in, enginebelts or the engine cooling fan. Theengine cooling fan can start at anytime.

7. After the engine cools down, checkthe coolant level in the reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolantto the reservoir tank if necessary. Haveyour vehicle repaired. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

In case of emergency 6-15

6-16 In case of emergency

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulationsfor towing must be followed. Incorrecttowing equipment could damage yourvehicle. Towing instructions are availablefrom a NISSAN dealer. Local service op-erators are familiar with the applicablelaws and procedures for towing. Toassure proper towing and to preventaccidental damage to your vehicle,NISSAN recommends that you have aservice operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operatorcarefully read the following precautions.

WARNING. Never ride in a vehicle that is

being towed.. Never get under your vehicle after

it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION. When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering sys-tem and powertrain are in work-ing condition. If any of theseconditions apply, dollies or aflatbed tow truck must be used.

. Always attach safety chains be-fore towing.

For information about towing your vehi-cle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see“Flat towing” (P.10-30).

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

SCE0925Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANTwo-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels offthe ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION. Never tow automatic transmis-

sion models with the rear wheelson the ground or four wheels onthe ground (forward or back-

ward), as this may cause seriousand expensive damage to thetransmission. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the frontwheels raised, always use towingdollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drivemodels with the front wheels onthe ground or on towing dollies:Place the ignition in the ACC or ONposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead posi-tion with a rope or similar device.

In case of emergency 6-17

6-18 In case of emergency

SCE0907Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) modelsNISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTIONNever tow 4WD models with any ofthe wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

JVE0350XFront

JVE0351XRear

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.. Do not spin your tires at high

speed. This could cause them toexplode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.Attach the tow strap to the towing hook.

CAUTION. Tow chains or cables must be

attached only to the main struc-tural members of the vehicle orthe towing hooks. Otherwise, thevehicle body will be damaged.

. Use the towing hook only to freea vehicle stuck in sand, snow,

mud, etc. Never tow the vehiclefor a long distance using only thetowing hook.

. The towing hook is under tre-mendous force when used to freea stuck vehicle. Never pull thehook at an angle.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front or rear of thevehicle.

. Pulling devices should be routedso they do not touch any part ofthe suspension, steering, brake orcooling systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recom-mended for use in vehicle towingor recovery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.2. Make sure the area in front and

behind the vehicle is clear of obstruc-tions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and leftto clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R

(Reverse) and D (Drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rockingmotion.

. Release the accelerator pedal be-fore shifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional tow-ing service to remove the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-19

6-20 In case of emergency

This section describes the procedure formanually shifting the vehicle into the 4WDmode (4L position) in case of an emer-gency.WHEN 4WD WARNING LIGHT ILLU-MINATESIf the 4WD warning light illuminates whiledriving, there may be a malfunction in the4WD system. Stop the vehicle and havethe vehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended you contact a NISSANdealer for this service. (See “NISSAN all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-123).)When the vehicle is stuck on an unevenroad (desert, mud, etc.) and the 4WDwarning light is illuminated, be sure toplace the 4WD shift switch in the 4Lposition. If only the rear wheels arespinning, this means that the transferhas not switched to the 4L positionelectrically.If this situation occurs, contact a dealer orroad assistance service for help. If animmediate service is not available, per-form the following procedure to switch tothe 4L position manually and free thevehicle.

CAUTIONOnly perform this procedure in anemergency.If the vehicle is driven for a longperiod of time over a long distancewith a component detached, foreignmaterial such as water, sand, etc.may enter from the opening and thismay cause a malfunction in thedrivetrain system. After freeing avehicle that has become stuck, it isrecommended you contact a NISSANdealer for inspection and repair.

WARNING. Ensure your safety before per-

forming the operations. The ve-hicle may move unexpectedly.

. Place the ignition switch in theOFF position, apply the parkingbrake and let the vehicle cooldown.

. Do not perform the followingprocedure immediately afterdriving the vehicle. Parts such asexhaust components, the trans-

mission, etc. are very hot andmay cause a burn injury.

. Make sure that the parts that willbe operated as well as relatedparts cool down before perform-ing the operation.

. Burrs or projecting portions ofmetal components may causeunexpected injury to your fingersor arms. Pay special attention inregard to your safety while re-moving and installing theseparts. Wear work gloves and pro-tective arm covers.

CAUTIONWhile removing and installing theparts, prevent the removed partsfrom getting dirty with water, dirt orsand. Protect the parts using a coversuch as a clean cloth, etc.

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD)MANUAL SHIFTING (4WD models)

OPERATING PROCEDUREPlace the ignition switch in the OFFposition and apply the parking brake. Letthe vehicle cool down before performingthe following procedure.

SCE09594WD shift motor assembly

1. Check that the ignition switch is in theOFF position.

CAUTIONThe following procedure includes theremoval of the electrical systemcomponents. Therefore, make surethat the ignition switch is in the OFFposition before proceeding.

SCE09604WD shift motor harness connector

2. Unlock the upper lock of the har-ness connector of the 4WD shift motorassembly, then remove the harnessconnector.

3. Cover the connector to prevent itfrom getting dirty, and then fastenthe connector to the vehicle using asuitable rope so that the connectordoes not contact the exhaust muffler,etc.

In case of emergency 6-21

6-22 In case of emergency

CAUTIONThe connector must be fastenedsecurely. Not doing so may result indamage to the connector due tointerference with other parts.

SCE0961

4. Remove the 4 bolts that secure the4WD shift motor using the wrenchthat is equipped in the vehicle.

5. Remove the 4WD shift motor assem-bly.

CAUTIONBe careful not to allow the assemblyto contact water, dirt or sand.

SCE0962

6. Completely insert the wrench into theinternal gear of the transfer.

7. Fully turn the wrench clockwise asfar as it will go. This shifts the transferto the 4L position.

8. Install the 4WD shift motor assembly.Securely tighten the 4 bolts using thewrench.

CAUTION. Do not connect the harness con-

nector of the 4WD shift motorafter the above procedure hasbeen performed.

. The 4 bolts are tightened totemporarily install the 4WD shiftmotor so that water, dirt or sanddoes not enter inside the system.Therefore, they should only betightened to the proper tighten-ing torque. It is recommendedyou contact a NISSAN dealer forinspection and repair.

9. With the 4WD system in the 4L posi-tion, free the stuck vehicle. (See “Ve-hicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)”(P.6-19) for details.)

CAUTIONAfter manually shifting the vehicle tothe 4L position, it is recommendedyou contact a NISSAN dealer forinspection and repair as soon aspossible.

In case of emergency 6-23

6-24 In case of emergency

MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ........................................................................... 7-2Washing ......................................................................................... 7-2Waxing ............................................................................................ 7-2Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................................................... 7-3Glass ................................................................................................. 7-3Wheels ............................................................................................. 7-3Chrome parts ............................................................................ 7-4Tire dressing .............................................................................. 7-4

Cleaning interior ........................................................................... 7-5Air fresheners ......................................................................... 7-5Floor mats ................................................................................. 7-5Seat belts ................................................................................... 7-7

Corrosion protection ................................................................ 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion.................................................................. 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion.............................................................................. 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion............ 7-8

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:. after a rainfall to prevent possible

damage from acid rain. after driving on coastal roads. when contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.Be careful not to scratch the paintsurface when putting on or removingthe body cover.WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wetsponge and plenty of water. Clean thevehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, aspecial vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu-kewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION. Do not use car washes that use

acid in the detergent. Some carwashes, especially brushlessones, use some acid for cleaning.The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, caus-ing them to crack. This couldaffect their appearance, and alsocould cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with yourcar wash to confirm that acid isnot used.

. Do not wash the vehicle withstrong household soap, strongchemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surfacemay becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped orrough cloths, such as washingmitts. Care must be taken whenremoving caked-on dirt or otherforeign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or da-maged.

. Lock all doors before goingthrough automatic car wash.Locking doors helps preventfuel-filler door from opening andbecoming damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty ofclean water.Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Make sure that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open.Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and washaway road salt.Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid aweathered appearance before reapplyingwax.A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi-ble from the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory stores.UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from build-ing up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and againin the spring, the underseal must bechecked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of thewindows, do not use sharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the electrical conduc-tors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing thevehicle to maintain their appearance.. Clean the inner side of the wheels

when the wheel is changed or theunderside of the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. NISSAN recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect against

road salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTIONDo not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampenedin a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTIONFollow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:. Do not use a cleaner that uses

strong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners tothe wheels when they are hot.The wheel temperature should bethe same as ambient tempera-ture.

Appearance and care 7-3

7-4 Appearance and care

. Rinse the wheel to completelyremove the cleaner within 15minutes after the cleaner is ap-plied.

Bright wheels (if so equipped)The bright wheels use a different coatingprocess than typical aluminum alloywheel and they are not plated wheels.These wheels are clear-coated and re-quire the following special cleaning. Theyshould be regularly washed with a softsponge soaked in a lot of water. Afterwashing with water, wipe clean with adry, soft cloth and dry completely. Whenthere is chemical or tire wax, or dirt suchas an antifreeze agent on the surface,wash them with water as soon as possi-ble.

CAUTION. The surfaces of the wheels use a

different coating process thantypical aluminum alloy wheels.Do not use aluminum alloy wheelcleaners or abrasive cleaners toclean the wheels. Using suchcleaners could damage the wheelsurfaces.

. Do not use an automatic car washif the vehicle is equipped withbright wheels. The wheel coatingmay be damaged.

. Do not use a brush to wash thewheels if the vehicle is equippedwith bright wheels. The wheelcoating may be damaged.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.TIRE DRESSINGNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressingis applied to the tires, it may react withthe coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire whiledriving and stain the vehicle paint.If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:. Use a water-based tire dressing. The

coating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be

difficult to remove).. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a

dry towel. Make sure the tire dressingis completely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicalsthat may stain or bleach the seat materi-al.Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNINGDo not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

CAUTION. Never use benzine, thinner, or any

similar material.. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,

dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Sprayingliquid may cause the system tomalfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abra-sive and damaging to the leathersurfaces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as theymay damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

. Only use fabric protectors ap-proved by NISSAN.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following pre-cautions:. Hanging-type air fresheners can

cause permanent discoloration whenthey contact vehicle interior surfaces.Place the air freshener in a locationthat allows it to hang free and notcontact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products cancause immediate damage and disco-loration when spilled on interior sur-faces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.FLOOR MATS

WARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injuryor death:. NEVER place a floor mat on top of

another floor mat in the driverfront position or install them up-side down or backwards.

Appearance and care 7-5

CLEANING INTERIOR

7-6 Appearance and care

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats or equivalent floor matsthat are specifically designed foruse in your vehicle model andmodel year.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat po-sitioning hooks. See “Floor matinstallation” (P.7-6).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor matsto make sure they are properlyinstalled.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

SAI0038Front (example)

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number andshape of the floor mat positioning hooksfor each seating position varies depend-ing on the vehicle.When installing genuine NISSAN floormats, follow the installation instructionsprovided with the floor mat and thefollowing:1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell

so that the mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

is properly positioned.3. Make sure the floor mat does not

interfere with pedal operation. Withthe ignition in the OFF position andthe shift lever in the P (Park) position,fully apply and release all pedals. Thefloor mat must not interfere withpedal operation or prevent the pedalfrom returning to its normal position.It is recommended you see a NISSANdealer for details about installing thefloor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0052Bracket positions

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely before using them.See “Seat belts” (P.1-20).

WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll upin the retractor. NEVER use bleach,dye, or chemical solvents to clean

the seat belts, since these materialsmay severely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON-TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO-SION. The accumulation of moisture-retain-

ing dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceler-ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will notdry completely inside the vehicle, andshould be removed for drying to avoidfloor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.

Appearance and care 7-7

CORROSION PROTECTION

7-8 Appearance and care

TemperatureA temperature increase will acceleratethe rate of corrosion to those parts whichare not well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disin-tegration of paint surfaces.TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to

keep the vehicle clean.. Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible.. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumula-tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present,wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other

debris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuum

cleaner.. Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult aNISSAN dealer.

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...................................................... 8-2Engine compartment check locations ........................ 8-3

VK56VD engine ....................................................................... 8-3Engine cooling system ............................................................. 8-4

Checking engine coolant level .................................... 8-5Changing engine coolant ................................................ 8-5

Engine oil ............................................................................................. 8-6Checking engine oil level ................................................. 8-6Changing engine oil and filter ..................................... 8-6

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ............................. 8-8Power steering fluid ................................................................... 8-8Brake fluid .......................................................................................... 8-9Window washer fluid .............................................................. 8-10Battery ................................................................................................ 8-11

Jump starting......................................................................... 8-13Variable voltage control system ................................... 8-13Drive belts ........................................................................................ 8-13Spark plugs ..................................................................................... 8-14

Replacing spark plugs ..................................................... 8-14Air cleaner ....................................................................................... 8-15

Windshield wiper blades ..................................................... 8-16Cleaning ................................................................................... 8-16Replacing ................................................................................ 8-16

Rear window wiper blades ............................................... 8-17Brakes ................................................................................................ 8-17

Self-adjusting brakes ..................................................... 8-17Brake pad wear warning............................................ 8-17Brake booster ...................................................................... 8-17

Fuses ................................................................................................... 8-18Engine compartment .................................................... 8-18Passenger compartment ........................................... 8-20

Intelligent Key battery replacement .......................... 8-21Lights .................................................................................................. 8-24

Headlights .............................................................................. 8-24Exterior and interior lights ........................................ 8-26

Wheels and tires ........................................................................ 8-30Tire pressure ........................................................................ 8-30Tire labeling .......................................................................... 8-34Types of tires ....................................................................... 8-36Tire chains .............................................................................. 8-37Changing wheels and tires ...................................... 8-37

8-2 Do-it-yourself

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, alwaystake care to prevent serious accidentalinjury to yourself or damage to thevehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING. Park the vehicle on a level sur-

face, apply the parking brakesecurely and block the wheels toprevent the vehicle from moving.Move the shift lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position whenperforming any parts replace-ment or repairs.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorizedcomponent while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or auto-matic transmission related com-ponent harnesses disconnectedwhile the ignition switch is in theON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any other

moving parts.. It is advisable to secure or re-

move any loose clothing andremove any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protectionwhenever you work on your ve-hicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If itis necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel tankand the battery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition key isin the OFF position and the en-gine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the ne-gative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

. Because the fuel lines are underhigh pressure even when theengine is off, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer forservice of the fuel filter or fuellines.

CAUTION. Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil and coolant. Impro-perly disposed engine oil, coolant,and/or other vehicle fluids candamage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-structions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner toperform.A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.10-35).)You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operat-ing difficulties or excessive emissions, and

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

could affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, it is recom-mended you have it done by a NISSANdealer.

JVC0965X

VK56VD ENGINE1. Window washer fluid reservoir2. Fuse/fusible link holder3. Engine oil dipstick4. Power steering fluid reservoir5. Engine oil filler cap6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Fuse/fusible link holder8. Battery9. Radiator filler cap10. Engine coolant reservoir11. Drive belts12. Air cleaner

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

8-4 Do-it-yourself

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant pro-tection. The antifreeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are notnecessary.

WARNING. Never remove the radiator or

coolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the en-gine and radiator cool down.Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator. See precau-tions in “If your vehicle overheats”(P.6-14).

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. Toprevent engine damage, use onlya genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION. Never use any cooling system

additives such as radiator sealer.Additives may clog the coolingsystem and cause damage tothe engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

. When adding or replacing cool-ant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to−34°F (−37°C). If additional freezeprotection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If anequivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to−34°F (−37°C). The use of othertypes of coolant solutions otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the en-gine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the fac-tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles(168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixingany other type of coolant otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), orthe use of non-distilled water willreduce the life expectancy of thefactory-fill coolant. Refer to the“9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual for moredetails.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

JVM0733X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below MIN , open the reservoirtank cap and add coolant up to the MAX

level. If the reservoir tank is empty,check the coolant level in the radiatorwhen the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill theradiator with coolant up to the filleropening and also add it to the reservoirtank up to the MAX level .Tighten the cap securely after addingengine coolant.If the cooling system requires coolantfrequently, have it checked. It is recom-

mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTIt is recommended that major coolingsystem repairs be performed by a NISSANdealer. The service procedures can befound in the appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual.Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING. To avoid the danger of being

scalded, never change the cool-ant when the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap orcoolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact withused coolant. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

. Keep coolant out of reach ofchildren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

8-6 Do-it-yourself

JVM0728X

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-

ating temperature.3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than

15 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange . If the oil level is below ,remove the oil filler cap and pourrecommended oil through the open-

ing. Do not overfill .6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTIONOil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is notcovered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERVehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-

ating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait more

than 15 minutes.4. Raise and support the vehicle using a

suitable floor jack and safety jackstands.. Place the safety jack stands under

the vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be at-

tached to the jack stand saddle.5. Remove the engine undercover.

. Remove the bolts that hold theundercover in place.

CAUTIONMake sure the correct lifting andsupport points are used to avoidvehicle damage.

ENGINE OIL

SDI2528

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the

drain plug.2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug with a

wrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself, asthe engine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the

engine oil filter change is needed.)Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turn-ing it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTIONBe sure to remove any old rubbergasket remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to doso could lead to engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(15 to 21 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plugwith a new washer. Securely tightenthe drain plug with a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill engine with recommended oil

and install the oil filler cap securely.

CAUTIONThe dipstick must be inserted inplace to prevent oil spillage fromthe dipstick hole while filling theengine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil tempera-ture and drain time. Use these speci-fications for reference only. Alwaysuse the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leak-age around the drain plug and the oilfilter. Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait morethan 15 minutes. Check the oil levelwith the dipstick. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

Do-it-yourself 8-7

8-8 Do-it-yourself

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into

position using the bolts.2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the

ground.3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING. Prolonged and repeated contact

with used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.

When checking or replacement is re-quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

CAUTION. It is recommended that you use

only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmissionfluid (ATF) other than GenuineNISSAN Matic S ATF may causedeterioration in driveability andautomatic transmission durabil-ity, and may damage the auto-matic transmission. Damagecaused by use of fluids other thanas recommended is not coveredby the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range ( : HOT MAX., : HOT MIN.)at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176°F (50 to80°C) or using the COLD range ( : COLDMAX., : COLD MIN.) at fluid temperaturesof 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the open-ing.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) POWER STEERING FLUID

CAUTION. Do not overfill.. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or

equivalent.

For further brake fluid specification infor-mation, see “Capacities and recom-mended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

WARNING. Use only new fluid from a sealed

container. Old, inferior or con-taminated fluid may damage thebrake system. The use of impro-per fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’sstopping ability.

. Be sure to clean the filler capbefore removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully inmarked containers out of thereach of children.

CAUTION. Do not add brake fluid with the

ignition switch in the ON positionor the engine running. Doing socould make the brake fluid over-fill when the ignition switch isturned off.

. Do not spill the fluid on paintedsurfaces. This will damage thepaint. If fluid is spilled, wash thesurface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

SDI2513

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line.

To add brake fluid:1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the

OFF or LOCK position.2. Depress and release the foot brake

pedal more than 40 times.3. Open the reservoir filler cap and add

brake fluid up to the MAX line . (See“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for the recom-mended types of brake fluid.)

NOTE:When the ignition switch is placed in theON position after adding brake fluid upto the MAX line in the reservoir, thebrake fluid decreases below the MAXline . This is normal.If fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

SDI2517

WARNINGAntifreeze is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of childrenand pets.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add window washer fluidwhen the low window washer fluid warn-ing illuminates.To fill the window washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pourthe window washer fluid into the tankopening.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, adda windshield washer antifreeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for themixture ratio.Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner& Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION. Do not substitute engine anti-

freeze coolant for windowwasher solution. This may resultin damage to the paint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Do

not use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

. Keep the battery surface clean anddry. Clean the battery with a solutionof baking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connec-tions are clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the nega-tive (−) battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING. Do not expose the battery to

flames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by thebattery is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,

Do-it-yourself 8-11

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immedi-ately flush with water for at least15 minutes and seek medicalattention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higherload on the battery which cangenerate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

. When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove all jew-elry.

. Battery posts, terminals and re-lated accessories contain leadand lead compounds. Washhands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Removethe battery cover if it is necessary). Itshould be between the UPPER LEVELand LOWER LEVEL lines.If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs .2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER

LEVEL line.If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition indicates OK and theconditions needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .Vehicles operated in high temperaturesor under severe conditions require fre-quent checks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-12). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION. Do not ground accessories di-

rectly to the battery terminal.Doing so will bypass the variablevoltage control system and thevehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

. Use electrical accessories withthe engine running to avoid dis-charging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltagegenerated by the generator.

SDI2533

1. Power steering fluid pump2. Water pump3. Alternator4. Crankshaft pulley5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position before servi-cing drive belts. The engine couldrotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-ess. If the belt is in poor condition or

Do-it-yourself 8-13

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

8-14 Do-it-yourself

loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It isrecommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance scheduleshown in the “9. Maintenance andschedules” section.

WARNINGBe sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the main-tenance schedule shown in the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section, but donot reuse them by cleaning or regapping.Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

SDI2515

To remove the filter, release the lock pinsand pull the unit upward .

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance schedule shown in the “9.Maintenance and schedules” section.When replacing the filter, wipe the insideof the air cleaner housing and the coverwith a damp cloth.

WARNING. Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause youor others to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air, it

stops flame if the engine back-fires. If it isn’t there, and theengine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the aircleaner removed, and be carefulwhen working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start theengine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Do-it-yourself

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.Worn windshield wiper blades can da-mage the windshield and impair drivervision.

When a washer nozzle is cloggedIt is recommended you see a NISSANdealer if a washer nozzle is clogged orany malfunction occurs. Do not attemptto clean the nozzle using a needle or apin. Doing so may damage the nozzle.

SDI2048

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.1. Pull the wiper arm.2. Push the release tab , and then

move the wiper blade down the wiperarm while pushing the release tabto remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimpleis in the groove.

CAUTION. After wiper blade replacement,

return the wiper arm to its origi-nal position;

otherwise it may be damagedwhen the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades con-tact the glass; otherwise the armmay be damaged from windpressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer if checking or replacement isrequired.

If the brakes do not operate properly,have the brakes checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.The disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied.

WARNINGHave your brake system checked ifthe brake pedal height does notreturn to normal. It is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brakepad, the sound will always be heard evenif the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe wear warning sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the functionor performance of the brake system.Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. For additional infor-mation, see the maintenance scheduleshown in the “9. Maintenance and sche-dules” section.BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function asfollows:1. With the engine off, depress and

release the foot brake pedal morethan 20 times. When the foot brakepedal movement (distance of travel)remains the same from one pedalapplication to the next, continue onto the next step.

2. While depressing the foot brake pedal,start the engine.

3. With the foot brake pedal depressed,stop the engine. Keep the pedal de-pressed for about 30 seconds.

4. Run the engine for 1 minute withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal, thenturn it off. Depress the foot brakepedal several times. The pedal traveldistance will decrease gradually with

Do-it-yourself 8-17

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES BRAKES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

each depression as the hydraulicpressure decreases.

If the brakes do not operate properly,have the brakes checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forrepair.

SDI2518

SDI2532

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and removethe cover on the battery.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover , or .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

FUSES

SDI1753Type A (if so equipped)

SDI1754Type B (if so equipped)

5. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse . Spare fuses are stored inthe passenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does notoperate and fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine NISSAN parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

8-20 Do-it-yourself

JVM0200X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position and the

headlight switch is turned to OFF.2. Open the fuse box lid.3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller

.

SDI1754

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with anew fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Sparefuses are stored in the fuse box.

SDI2704

Extended storage fuse switch (if soequipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from thefactory switched off. Prior to delivery ofyour vehicle, the switch is pushed in(switched on) and should always remainon.If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the “SHIPPINGMODE ON, PUSH STORAGE FUSE” warningmay appear on the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped). See “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-21).If any electrical equipment does notoperate, remove the extended storage

fuse switch and check for an open fuse.NOTE:If the extended storage fuse switchmalfunctions or if the fuse is open, it isnot necessary to replace the switch. Inthis case, remove the extended storagefuse switch and replace it with a newfuse of the same rating.How to remove the extended storagefuse switch:1. To remove the extended storage fuse

switch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.4. Pinch the locking tabs found on

each side of the storage fuse switch.5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight

out from the fuse box .

CAUTIONBe careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removedparts.

Do-it-yourself 8-21

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-22 Do-it-yourself

SDI2451

Replace the battery as follows:1. Release the lock knob at the back of

the Intelligent Key and remove themechanical key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slitof the corner and twist it to separatethe upper part from the lower part.

Use a cloth to protect the casing.3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent.. Do not touch the internal circuit

and electric terminals as it couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across thecontact points will seriously depletethe storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts , and then push them togetheruntil it is securely closed .

5. Push the buttons two or three timesto check its operation.

If you need any assistance for replace-ment, it is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Do-it-yourself 8-23

8-24 Do-it-yourself

JVM0727X

1. Front turn signal light2. Front side marker light3. Front map light4. Headlight (high beam)5. Front parking light/Daytime running light6. Front fog light (if so equipped)7. Headlight (low-beam)8. Puddle light (if so equipped)9. Step light (if so equipped)10. Side turn signal light11. Tail light12. Cargo light13. High-mounted stop light14. Rear personal light15. Rear side marker light16. Stop light17. Rear turn signal light18. Back-up light19. License plate light

HEADLIGHTSFog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction.If large drops of water collect inside thelens, it is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LIGHTS

ReplacingLED headlight:If replacement is required, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Halogen headlight bulb:The headlight (high-beam) is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replace-able headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION. Do not leave the bulb out of the

headlight reflector for a longperiod of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the head-light body may affect bulb per-formance.

. High pressure halogen gas issealed inside the halogen bulb.The bulb may break if the glassenvelope is scratched or the bulbis dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touchthe glass envelope.

. Aiming is not necessary afterreplacing the bulb. When aimingadjustment is necessary, it is

recommended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in the chart.

JVM0823X

The high-beam headlight can be replacedfrom inside the engine compartmentwithout removing the headlight assem-bly.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

8-26 Do-it-yourself

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.Headlight

High-beam (Halogen) 65 H9Low-beam* LED —

Front turn signal light 28/8 7444NAFog light (if so equipped) 35 H8Front parking light* LED —Front side marker light* LED —Side turn signal light* LED —Rear combination light

tail* LED —back-up 16 W16Wstop 21 W21Wside marker* LED —turn signal 21 WY21W

License plate light 5 W5WPuddle light* (if so equipped) LED —Front armrest light* (if so equipped) LED —Map light 8 —Rear personal light 8 —Cargo light 8 —Vanity mirror light 1.8 —Step light (if so equipped) 5 —Footwell light* (if so equipped) 1.4 —Glove box light* 1.4 —High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Depart-ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latestinformation about parts.

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, Eor F. When replacing a bulb, first removethe lens and/or cover.

SDI1679

JVM0825XFront turn signal light

Do-it-yourself 8-27

8-28 Do-it-yourself

SDI2628Front fog light (if so equipped)

1. Remove the screws and the boltsusing a suitable tool.

2. Remove the clips and remove thewheel house inner cover .

JVM0335XRear combination light (turn signal and stop)

1. Remove the cover by pulling it back-ward.

2. Remove the bolts , and gradually pry therear combination light whole unit out-ward.

SDI2524Back-up light

Remove the cover on the inside of theliftgate.

SDI2525License plate light

SDI2030Front map light

SDI2031Rear personal light

SDI1729Cargo light

SDI2277Step light (if so equipped)

SDI2032Vanity mirror light

Do-it-yourself 8-29

8-30 Do-it-yourself

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure(for example, a flat tire while driving).For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-15), “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires(including the spare) often and al-ways prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressurespecifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelunder the “Cold Tire Pressure”heading. The Tire and Loading In-formation label is affixed to thedriver side center pillar. Tire pres-sures should be checked regularlybecause:. Most tires naturally lose air over

time.. Tires can lose air suddenly when

driven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikesa curb while parking.

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold.The tires are considered COLD afterthe vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro-vides visual and audible signals

outside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLDtire pressure. (See “TPMS with EasyFill Tire Alert” (P.5-8).)Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adverselyaffect tire life and vehicle hand-ling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires canfail suddenly and cause anaccident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weightrating (GVWR) is located onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label. The vehicleweight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading In-formation label. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to prematuretire failure, or unfavorable

WHEELS AND TIRES

handling characteristics andcould also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity mayalso result in failure of othervehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily loadyour vehicle, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure thatthe tire pressures are at thespecified level.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

Do-it-yourself 8-31

8-32 Do-it-yourself

SDI2496

Tire and Loading Information labelSeating capacity: The max-imum number of occu-pants that can be seatedin the vehicle.Vehicle load limit: See “Ve-

hicle loading information”(P.10-14).Original size: The size ofthe tires originally installedon the vehicle at the fac-tory.

Cold tire pressure: Inflatethe tires to this pressurewhen the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile(1 .6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommendedcold tire inflation is set bythe manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance oftire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.Tire size — see “Tire label-ing” (P.8-34).Spare tire size or compactspare t i re s ize ( i f soequipped)

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.2. Press the pressure gauge

squarely onto the valve stem.Do not press too hard or forcethe valve stem sideways, or airwill escape. If the hissing soundof air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pres-sure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.4. Read the tire pressure on the

gauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Informationlabel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

SIZE

COLDTIRE IN-FLATIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGI-NALTIRE

265/70R18116H

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

REARORIGI-NALTIRE

265/70R18116H

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

SPARETIRE

265/70R18116H

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

Do-it-yourself 8-33

8-34 Do-it-yourself

SDI1575Example

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identifythe tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606Example

T i r e s i z e ( e x amp l e :P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

height to width.4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (16): This

number is the wheel or rimdiameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires becauseit is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

JVM0694XExample

TIN (Tire IdentificationNumber) for a new tire(example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional)5. Four numbers represent the

week and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.Tire ply composition andmaterialThe number of layers orplies of rubber-coated fab-ric in the tire.Tire manufacturers alsomust indicate the materialsin the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, andothers.Maximum permissible infla-tion pressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressurethat should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the

maximum permissible in-flation pressure.Maximum load ratingThis number indicates themaximum load in kilo-grams and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire.When replacing the tires onthe vehicle, always use atire that has the same loadrating as the factory in-stalled tire.Term of “tubeless” or “tubetype”Indicates whether the tirerequires an inner tube(“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown,if the tire has radial struc-ture.Manufacturer or brandnameManufacturer or brandname is shown.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

8-36 Do-it-yourself

Other tire-related terminology:In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this sec-tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is(1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears white lettering orbears manufacturer, brand and/ormodel name molding that is higheror deeper than the same moldingon the other sidewall of the tire, or(2) the outward facing sidewall ofan asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that must alwaysface outward when mounted on avehicle.TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING. When changing or replacing tires,

be sure all four tires are of thesame type (Example: Summer, AllSeason or Snow) and construc-tion. A NISSAN dealer may be ableto help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed ratingand availability.

. Replacement tires may have alower speed rating than the fac-tory equipped tires, and may notmatch the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed themaximum speed rating of thetire.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road con-ditions. All Season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow)on the tire sidewall. Snow tires havebetter snow traction than All Season tiresand may be more appropriate in someareas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire trac-tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall.If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom-mends the use of SNOW tires or ALLSEASON tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.Generally, snow tires will have lowerspeed ratings than factory equipped tiresand may not match the potential max-imum vehicle speed. Never exceed themaximum speed rating of the tire.If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian provincesprohibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studded

tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry sur-faces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the locallaws before installing tire chains. Wheninstalling tire chains, make sure they arethe proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions.Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S”chains are used on vehicles with re-stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designedto meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and theclosest vehicle suspension or body com-ponent required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end linksof the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility ofwhipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In

addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other-wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance maybe adversely affected.Tire chains must be installed only onthe rear wheels and not on the frontwheels.Do not use tire chains on dry roads.Driving with tire chains in such conditionscan cause damage to the various me-chanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

SDI1662

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kepttightened to the specification atall times. It is recommended that

Do-it-yourself 8-37

8-38 Do-it-yourself

wheel nuts be tightened to thespecification at each tire rotationinterval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires,check and adjust the tirepressure.

. Retighten the wheel nutswhen the vehicle has beendriven for 600 miles (1,000km) (also in cases of a flattire, etc.).

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location

mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodicallyinspected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught inthe tread. If excessive wear,cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tire(s) should

be replaced.. The original tires have built-

in tread wear indicators.When wear indicators arevisible, the tire(s) should bereplaced.

. Tires degrade with age anduse. Have tires, including thespare, over 6 years oldchecked by a qualified tech-nician, because some tiredamage may not be ob-vious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tirefailure and possible perso-nal injury.

. Improper service of thespare tire may result in ser-ious personal injury. If it isnecessary to repair thespare tire, it is recom-mended you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety

Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and loadcarrying capacity as originally equipped.(See “Specifications” (P.10-8) for recom-mended types and sizes of tires andwheels.)

WARNING. The use of tires other than those

recommended or the mixed useof tires of different brands, con-struction (bias, bias-belted or ra-dial), or tread patterns canadversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibra-tion, headlight aim and bumperheight. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els, if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were

the same size and you are onlyreplacing 2 of the 4 tires, installthe new tires on the rear axle.Placing new tires on the frontaxle may cause loss of vehiclecontrol in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident andpersonal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a differ-ent off-set could cause prema-ture tire wear, degrade vehiclehandling characteristics and/orinterference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear. See “Wheels andtires” (P.10-9) for wheel off-setdimensions.

. Since the spare tire is notequipped with the TPMS, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as

possible. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for theseservices.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

. The TPMS sensor may be da-maged if it is not handled cor-rectly. Be careful when handlingthe TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor,the ID registration may be re-quired. It is recommended youvisit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis-tration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap thatis not specified by NISSAN. Thevalve stem cap may becomestuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem capsare correctly fitted. Otherwise thevalve may be clogged up with dirtand cause a malfunction or lossof pressure.

. Do not install a damaged ordeformed wheel or tire even if ithas been repaired. Such wheelsor tires could have structuraldamage and could fail withoutwarning.

Do-it-yourself 8-39

8-40 Do-it-yourself

. The use of retread tire is notrecommended.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models

CAUTION. Always use tires of the same type,

size, brand, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), and treadpattern on all four wheels. Failureto do so may result in a circum-ference difference between tireson the front and rear axles whichwill cause excessive tire wear andmay damage the transmission,transfer case and differentialgears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe 4WD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the same size, brand,

construction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment shouldalso be checked and corrected as neces-sary. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance.Therefore, they should be balanced asrequired.Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi-cle could lead to mechanical damage.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tireSince the spare tire is not equipped withthe Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS), when a spare tire is mounted,the TPMS will not function.A conventional tire is supplied with yourvehicle as a spare tire.

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ..................................................... 9-2General maintenance ......................................................... 9-2Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 9-2Where to go for service .................................................... 9-2

General maintenance ................................................................ 9-2Explanation of maintenance items ......................... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-5Emission control system maintenance................ 9-5Chassis and body maintenance ................................ 9-5

Maintenance schedules .......................................................... 9-6Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ........................................................ 9-6

Standard maintenance ........................................................... 9-7Emission control system maintenance ............. 9-8Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-11

Maintenance under severedriving conditions ..................................................................... 9-13Maintenance log ........................................................................ 9-14

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehi-cle in good mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is per-formed.As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance. You are a vitallink in the maintenance chain.GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes thoseitems which should be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. They areessential for proper vehicle operation. It isyour responsibility to perform these pro-cedures regularly as prescribed.Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill andonly a few general automotive tools.These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in thissection are required to be serviced atregular intervals. However, under severedriving conditions, additional or morefrequent maintenance will be required.WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through tech-nical bulletins, service tips and trainingprograms. They are completely qualifiedto work on NISSAN vehicles before workbegins.You can be confident that a NISSANdealer’s service department can performthe service needed to meet the mainte-nance requirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operationof the vehicle, general maintenanceshould be performed regularly as pre-scribed in this section. If you detect anyunusual sounds, vibrations or smells, besure to check for the cause and have itchecked promptly. In addition, it is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealer ifyou think that repairs are required.When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe “Mainte-nance precautions” (P.8-2) of this manual.EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primarylatch is released.When driving in areas using road salt or

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

other corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: Whenchecking the tires, make sure no wheelnuts are missing, and check for any loosewheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotatedevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valvecore and cap when the tires are replaceddue to wear or age.Wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at

normal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipeproperly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled mainte-nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.Automatic transmission P (Park) me-chanism: On a fairly steep hill, check thatyour vehicle is held securely with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position withoutapplying any brakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, have your vehicle checkedimmediately. It is recommended you visita NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill withonly the parking brake applied. If theparking brake needs adjusted, it is re-commended you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjuster and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

9-4 Maintenance and schedules

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessivefree play, hard steering or strange noises.Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes areoperating properly.Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets prop-erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-ating the heater or air conditioner.Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operateproperly and that the wipers do notstreak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example,each time you check the engine oil orrefuel).Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake fluid level is between the MAX andMIN lines on the reservoir.Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.Engine drive belts*: Make sure that nobelt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, im-mediately have the exhaust system in-spected. It is recommended you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre-cautions when starting and driving” (P.5-4) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaksor if gasoline fumes are evident, check forthe cause and have it corrected immedi-ately.Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.Radiator and hoses: Check the front ofthe radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to controldust. It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirtmay accumulate. For additional informa-tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are providedto give you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items thatshould be regularly checked or replaced.The maintenance schedule indicates atwhich mileage/time intervals each itemrequires service.In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day op-eration. Refer to “General maintenance”(P.9-2).Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform main-tenance on these items in order tomaintain the warranties which come withyour vehicle. Other maintenance itemsand intervals are required.When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “8. Do-it yourself”section of this manual.NOTE:NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated byNISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants,fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN-TENANCEDrive belts*:Check engine drive belts for wear, frayingor cracking and for proper tension. Re-place any damaged drive belts.Engine air filter:Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, check/replace the filter morefrequently.Engine coolant*:Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-lent with the proper mixture. (Refer to“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter-mine the proper mixture for your area.)NOTE:Mixing any other type of coolant or theuse of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval ofthe coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter:Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants”(P.10-2).Evaporative Emissions Control VaporLines*:Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.Fuel lines*:Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec-tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.Spark plugs:Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEBrake lines and cables:Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.Brake pads and rotors:Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or da-maged parts immediately.

Maintenance and schedules 9-5

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS

9-6 Maintenance and schedules

Exhaust system:Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora-tion, and damage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.Propeller shaft(s):Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage.In-cabin microfilter:Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, replace the filter more frequently.Steering gear and linkage, axle andsuspension parts:Check for damage, looseness, and leak-age of oil or grease. Under severe drivingconditions, inspect more frequently.Tire rotation:Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000km). When rotating tires, check fordamage and uneven wear. Replace ifnecessary.Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil:Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.Off-road maintenance:Check the following items frequentlywhenever you drive off-road throughdeep sand, mud or water:

. Brake pads and rotors

. Brake linings and drums

. Brake lines and hoses

. Differential, transmission and transfercase oil

. Steering linkage

. Propeller shaft(s) and front driveshafts

. Engine air filter

. Clutch housing drain (AWD only)

To help ensure smooth, safe and eco-nomical driving, NISSAN provides twomaintenance schedules that may beused, depending upon the conditions inwhich you usually drive. These schedulescontain both distance and time intervals,up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months. For most people, the odometerreading will indicate when service isneeded. However, if you drive very little,your vehicle should be serviced at theregular time intervals shown in the sche-dule.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI-TIONSAdditional maintenance items for se-vere operating conditions; should beperformed on vehicles that are drivenunder especially demanding conditions.Additional maintenance items should beperformed if you primarily operate yourvehicle under the following conditions:. Repeated short trips of less than 5

miles (8 km).. Repeated short trips of less than 10

miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such aspolice, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or saltspread roads.

. Towing a trailer, or using a camper orcar-top carrier.

NOTE:For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenanceitems should be performed at everyinterval.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions,varying road surfaces, individual drivinghabits and vehicle usage, additional ormore frequent maintenance may be re-quired.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7

STANDARD MAINTENANCE

9-8 Maintenance and schedules

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL65

(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

NOTE:(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48months, inspect every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace thedrive belts if found damaged.(2) If operating mainly in dusty condi-tions, more frequent maintenance maybe required.(3) Periodic maintenance is not re-quired.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000

miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. Afterfirst replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or dis-tilled water. Mixing any other type ofcoolant or the use of non-distilled watermay reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.

(6) Replace spark plug when the pluggap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even ifwithin specified replacement mileage.(7) Periodic maintenance is not re-quired. However, if valve noise in-creases, inspect valve clearance.*: Maintenance items and intervals with“*” are recommended by NISSAN forreliable vehicle operation. The ownerdoes not need to perform such main-tenance in order to maintain the emis-

Maintenance and schedules 9-9

9-10 Maintenance and schedules

sion warranty or manufacturer recallliability. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace, L = Lubricate

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months, whichevercomes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmission fluid See NOTE (1)

Differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and linkage,axle and suspension parts$

I I I

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (4WD models)$

I I I I I I

Propeller shaft grease (4WDmodels)

L L L L L L

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

Maintenance and schedules 9-11

9-12 Maintenance and schedules

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months, which-ever comes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL65

(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines & cables I I I I I I

Brake pads & rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmission fluid See NOTE (1)

Differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear & linkage, axle& suspension parts$

I I I

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (4WD models)$

I I I I I I

Propeller shaft grease (4WDmodels)

L L L L L L

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

NOTE:Maintenance items with “$” should beperformed more frequently accordingto “Maintenance under severe drivingconditions” (P.9-13).

(1) Periodic maintenance is not required.(2) If towing a trailer, using a camper orcar-top carrier, or driving on rough ormuddy roads, change (not just inspect)oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or

24 months.(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Gen-eral maintenance” (P.9-2).

The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly oper-ated under severe driving conditions asshown below, more frequent mainte-nance must be performed on the follow-ing items as shown in the table.Severe driving conditions. Repeated short trips of less than 5

miles (8 km).. Repeated short trips of less than 10

miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such aspolice, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or saltspread roads.

. Towing a trailer, or using a camper orcar-top carrier

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance opera-tion

Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (4WD models)

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Maintenance and schedules 9-13

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREDRIVING CONDITIONS

9-14 Maintenance and schedules

5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

15,000 Miles (24,000 km) or 18 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

20,000 Miles (32,000 km) or 24 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

25,000 Miles (40,000 km) or 30 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

30,000 Miles (48,000 km) or 36 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

35,000 Miles (56,000 km) or 42 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

40,000 Miles (64,000 km) or 48 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

45,000 Miles (72,000 km) or 54 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

MAINTENANCE LOG

50,000 Miles (80,000 km) or 60 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

55,000 Miles (88,000 km) or 66 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

60,000 Miles (96,000 km) or 72 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

65,000 Miles (104,000 km) or 78 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

70,000 Miles (112,000 km) or 84 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

75,000 Miles (120,000 km) or 90 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

80,000 Miles (128,000 km) or 96 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

85,000 Miles (136,000 km) or 102 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

90,000 Miles (144,000 km) or 108 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

Maintenance and schedules 9-15

9-16 Maintenance and schedules

95,000 Miles (152,000 km) or 114 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

100,000 Miles (160,000 km) or 120 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

105,000 Miles (168,000 km) or 126 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

110,000 Miles (176,000 km) or 132 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

115,000 Miles (184,000 km) or 138 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

120,000 Miles (192,000 km) or 144 Months

Dealer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

DealerStamp:

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants .................................... 10-2

Fuel information .................................................................. 10-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........ 10-6Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ...................................... 10-7

Specifications ................................................................................ 10-8Engine .......................................................................................... 10-8Wheels and tires .................................................................. 10-9Dimensions .......................................................................... 10-10

When traveling or registering inanother country ..................................................................... 10-11Vehicle identification .......................................................... 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) plate .............................................................................. 10-11Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ............................................................. 10-11Engine serial number ................................................... 10-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ............. 10-12Emission control information label .................. 10-12Tire and loading information label ................... 10-13Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-13

Installing front license plate ......................................... 10-13

Vehicle loading information ......................................... 10-14Terms ..................................................................................... 10-14Vehicle load capacity ................................................ 10-15Securing the load ......................................................... 10-16Loading tips ...................................................................... 10-17Measurement of weights ....................................... 10-17

Towing a trailer ...................................................................... 10-18Maximum load limits ................................................. 10-18Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) .............. 10-20Towing load/specification..................................... 10-22Towing safety ................................................................ 10-23Flat towing ......................................................................... 10-30

Uniform tire quality grading ........................................ 10-31Treadwear .......................................................................... 10-31Traction AA, A, B and C ........................................... 10-31Temperature A, B and C ......................................... 10-31

Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-32Reporting safety defects ................................................ 10-32Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test ....................................................................................... 10-33Event Data Recorders (EDR) ......................................... 10-34Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ................................................................. 10-35

10-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow theprocedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 98.4 L 26 gal 21-5/8 gal See “Fuel information” (P.10-4).Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 6.5 L 6-7/8 qt 5-3/4 qt Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.

If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor oilthat matches the above grade and viscosity. For additionalinformation, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-6).

Drain and refill*1: For additional informa-tion, see “Changing engineoil and filter” (P.8-6).

Without oil filter change 6.2 L 6-1/2 qt 5-1/2 qt

Engine coolant with reservoir 16.3 L 17-1/4 qt 14-3/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATFNISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY inNISSAN automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids.Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic SATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as recommended is not coveredunder the NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid for ATX90A transferUsing transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluidmay damage the transfer. Damage caused by use of other fluidsis not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.

Front differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 orequivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

Rear differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super-S GL-5 synthetic75W-90 or equivalent

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalentDEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalentDOT 3*2: Available in mainland U.S.A through a NISSAN dealer.

Suspension fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Hydraulic Suspension FluidUsing Hydraulic Suspension fluid other than Genuine NISSANHydraulic Suspension fluid will damage the Hydraulic Suspension,which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.It is recommended that you see a NISSAN dealer for recom-mended hydraulic suspension fluid.

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) forair conditioner specification label.

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalentWindow washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &

Antifreeze or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3

10-4 Technical and consumer information

FUEL INFORMATIONVK56VD engineUse unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 91).

CAUTION. Using a fuel other than that spe-

cified could adversely affect theemission control system, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopen-tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl(MMT). Using fuel containingMMT may adversely affect vehicleperformance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content,so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT inreformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is avail-able. Many of the automobile manufac-turers developed this specification toimprove emission system and vehicleperformance. Ask your service stationmanager if the gasoline meets theWorld-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi-

cations.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. NISSAN supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when avail-able.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. NISSAN does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which theoxygenate content and the fuel compat-ibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your servicestation manager.If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel sys-tem damage.. The fuel should be unleaded and

have an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should

contain no more than 10% oxyge-nate. (MTBE may, however, be addedup to 15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle andshould not be used. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may causefuel system damage and/or vehicleperformance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends aresuitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling or hard hotstarting are experienced after using oxy-genate-blend fuels, immediately changeto a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.Take care not to spill gasoline during

refueling. Gasoline containing oxyge-nates can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso-line. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government reg-ulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso-line. E-85 can only be used in a FlexibleFuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. U.S. government regulationsrequire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps tobe identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. NISSAN does not recommendthe use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuelmay adversely affect vehicle perfor-mance, including the emissions controlsystem. Note that while some fuel pumpslabel MMT content, not all do, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (Example:fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, in-take valve deposit removers, etc.) whichare sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish ordeposit removal may contain active sol-vent or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended abovecan cause persistent, heavy sparkknock. (Spark knock is a metallic rap-ping noise.) If severe, this can lead toengine damage. If you detect a persis-tent heavy spark knock even whenusing gasoline of the stated octane

Technical and consumer information 10-5

10-6 Technical and consumer information

rating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, it is recommended you have aNISSAN dealer correct the condition.Failure to correct the condition is mis-use of the vehicle, for which NISSAN isnot responsible.Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. Thisin turn may cause excessive fuel con-sumption or damage to the engine. If anyof the above symptoms are encountered,have your vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit a NISSAN dealer forservicing.However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.

JVT0342X

API certification markAPI service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATIONSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). NISSAN recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil inorder to improve fuel economy.Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standar-

dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils whichdo not have the specified quality labelshould not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type isused and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important that the engine oilviscosity be selected based on the tem-peratures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change.Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious en-gine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, oroil and filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil andfilter quality and/or viscosity is not cov-ered by the new NISSAN vehicle limitedwarranties.Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not

have to change the oil before the firstrecommended change interval. Oil andfilter change intervals depend upon howyou use your vehicle.AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged withthe refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andthe lubricant, NISSAN A/C system oilType S or the exact equivalents.

CAUTIONThe use of any other refrigerant orlubricant may cause severe damageto the air conditioning system andmay require the replacement of allair conditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerantdoes not affect the earth’s atmosphere,certain governmental regulations requirethe recovery and recycling of any refrig-erant during automotive air conditioningsystem service. Your NISSAN dealer hasthe trained technicians and equipmentneeded to recover and recycle your air

conditioning system refrigerant.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer when servicing your air condition-ing system.

Technical and consumer information 10-7

10-8 Technical and consumer information

ENGINEModel VK56VDType Gasoline, 4-cycleCylinder arrangement 8-cylinder, V-slanted at 90°Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.858 × 3.622 (98 × 92)Displacement cu in (cm3) 338.78 (5,552)Firing order 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2Idle speed rpm See the emission control information

label on the underside of the hood.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpmSpark plug Standard DILKAR7B11Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.STI0397B

SPECIFICATIONS

WHEELS AND TIRESRoad wheelType Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional18 × 8J

1.18 (30)20 × 8JSpare Conventional

TireType Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

ConventionalP275/60R20 114H

35 (240)265/70R18 116HSpare Conventional

Technical and consumer information 10-9

10-10 Technical and consumer information

DIMENSIONSOverall length in (mm) 208.9 (5,305)Overall width in (mm) 79.9 (2,030)Overall height in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)Front tread in (mm) 67.5 (1,715)Rear tread in (mm) 67.9 (1,725)Wheelbase in (mm) 121.1 (3,075)

If you plan to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’sengine.Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuelis not available.When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.The laws and regulations for motorvehicle emission control and safety stan-dards vary according to the country,state, province or district; therefore, vehi-cle specifications may differ.When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation, and registration are theresponsibility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

STI0431

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

STI0708

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The number is stamped as shown.

Technical and consumer information 10-11

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

10-12 Technical and consumer information

STI0709

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.)certification label is affixed as shown. Thislabel contains valuable vehicle informa-tion, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc.Review it carefully.

STI0738

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

STI0494

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on theTire and Loading Information label affixedto the pillar as illustrated.

STI0739

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

To install the front license plate bracketto your vehicle, it is recommended youcontact a NISSAN dealer.

Technical and consumer information 10-13

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

10-14 Technical and consumer information

WARNING. It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area insidethe vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areasare more likely to be ser-iously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ridein any area of vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and usinga seat belt properly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize your-self with the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of

your vehicle) - vehicle weightincluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly.This weight does not include

passengers and cargo.. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -

curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trai-ler tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This infor-mation is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rearaxle. This information is locatedon the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle,passengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This isthe maximum combined weight

of occupants and cargo that canbe loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight mustbe included as part of the cargoload. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight sub-tracted from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

STI0445

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then addthe total luggage weight. Examplesare shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengers

Technical and consumer information 10-15

10-16 Technical and consumer information

from XXX kg or XXX lbs.4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to deter-mine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,

confirm that you do not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See“Measurement of weights” (P.10-17).)Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

SIC4446

SECURING THE LOADThere are tie down hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The tie down hookscan be used to secure cargo with ropes orother types of straps.Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook or 7 lb (3kg) to a single hook when securingcargo.

WARNING. Properly secure all cargo with

ropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do not

place cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. The child restraint top tetherstrap may be damaged by con-tact with items in the cargo area.Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if thetop tether strap is damaged.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehiclecan break, tire damage couldoccur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This couldresult in loss of control and causepersonal injury.

LOADING TIPS. The GVWmust not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo tohelp prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR orthe maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or itcan change the way yourvehicle handles. This couldresult in loss of control andcause personal injury.

. Overloading not only canshorten the life of your ve-hicle and the tire, but cancause unsafe vehicle hand-ling and long braking dis-tance. This may cause apremature tire failure, whichcould result in a serious

accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused byoverloading are not coveredby the vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When thevehicle is loaded, drive to a scaleand weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determineaxle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of thegross axle weight ratings (GAWR).The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratingsare given on the vehicle certifica-tion label. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove itemsto bring all weights below theratings.

Technical and consumer information 10-17

10-18 Technical and consumer information

WARNINGOverloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking andperformance and may lead to acci-dents.

CAUTION. Do not tow a trailer or haul a

heavy load for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle orother parts could be damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km)that you tow a trailer, do not driveover 50 MPH (80 km/h) and donot make starts at full throttle.This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in atthe heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to beused primarily to carry passengers andcargo. Remember that towing a trailerplaces additional loads on your vehicle’sengine, drivetrain, steering, braking andother systems.A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is

available on the website atwww.nissanusa.com. This guide includesinformation on trailer towing capabilityand the special equipment required forproper towing.MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load toexceed the value specified in the “Towingload/specification” (P.10-22). The totaltrailer load equals trailer weight plus itscargo weight.. When towing a trailer load of 3,500

lbs (1,587 kg) or more, trailers with abrake system MUST be used.

The maximum Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) should not exceed thevalue specified in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load.Towing loads greater than these or usingimproper towing equipment could ad-versely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.The ability of your vehicle to tow a traileris not only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level high-way driving may have to be reduced onvery steep grades or for low tractionsituations (for example, on slippery boatramps).Temperature conditions can also affect

TOWING A TRAILER

towing. For example, towing a heavytrailer in high outside temperatures ongraded roads can affect engine perfor-mance and cause overheating. The trans-mission high fluid temperature andengine protection mode, which helpsreduce the chance of transmission andengine damage, could activate and auto-matically decrease engine power. Vehiclespeed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account fortrailer and vehicle load, weather and roadconditions.

WARNINGOverheating can result in reducedengine power and vehicle speed.The reduced speed may be lowerthan other traffic, which could in-crease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If thevehicle cannot maintain a safe driv-ing speed, pull to the side of the roadin a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).

CAUTIONVehicle damage resulting from im-proper towing procedures is notcovered by NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue loadbetween 10 to 15% of the total trailer loador use the trailer tongue load specified bythe trailer manufacturer. The tongue loadmust be within the maximum tongueload limits shown in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart. If the tongueload becomes excessive, rearrange cargoto allow for proper tongue load.

Technical and consumer information 10-19

10-20 Technical and consumer information

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear GAW must notexceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.Towing capacities are calculated assum-ing a base vehicle with driver and any

options required to achieve the rating.Additional passengers, cargo and/or op-tional equipment, such as the trailer hitch,will add weight to the vehicle and reduceyour vehicle’s maximum towing capacityand trailer tongue load.The vehicle and trailer need to beweighed to confirm the vehicle is withinthe GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, GrossCombined Weight Rating (GCWR) andTowing capacity.All vehicle and trailer weights can bemeasured using platform type scalescommonly found at truck stops, highwayweigh stations, building supply centers orsalvage yards.To determine the available payload capa-city for tongue/king pin load, use thefollowing procedure.1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.

M.V.S.S. certification label.2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with

all of the passengers and cargo thatare normally in the vehicle whentowing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weightfrom the GVWR. The remainingamount is the available maximumtongue/king pin load.

To determine the available towing capa-city, use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chartfound later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weightfrom the GCWR. The remainingamount is the available maximumtowing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with allequipment and cargo, that are normallyin the trailer when it is towed. Make surethe Gross trailer weight is not more thanthe Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown onthe trailer and is not more than thecalculated available maximum towingcapacity.Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight arenot more than Front Gross Axle Weightand Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargoin the trailer and vehicle may need to bemoved or removed to meet the specifiedratings.Example:. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as

weighed on a scale - including pas-sengers, cargo and hitch - 5,822 lb.(2,641 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel - 7,300 lb. (3,311 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating(GCWR) from “Towing Load/Specifica-tion” chart - 14,700 lb. (6,668 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacityfrom “Towing Load/Specification”chart - 8,500 lb. (3,856 kg).7,300 lb. (3,311 kg) GVWR

− 5,822 lb. (2,641 kg) GVW

= 1,478 lb. (670 kg)Available for tongue

weight

14,700 lb. (6,668 kg) GCWR− 5,822 lb. (2,641 kg) GVW

= 8,878 lb. (4,027 kg)Capacity available for

towing

1,478 lb. (670 kg) /Available tongue

weight8,878 lb. (4,027 kg) Available capacity

= 11 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity dueto the passenger and cargo load in thevehicle.Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight orwithin the trailer tongue load specifica-

tion recommended by the trailer manu-facturer. If the tongue load becomesexcessive, rearrange the cargo to obtainthe proper tongue load. Do not exceedthe maximum tongue weight specifica-tion shown in the “Towing load/specifica-tion” chart even if the calculated availabletongue weight is greater than 15%. If thecalculated tongue weight is less than 10%,reduce the total trailer weight to matchthe available tongue weight.Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

Technical and consumer information 10-21

10-22 Technical and consumer information

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNINGThe towing capacities provided inthis manual are for general referenceonly. The safe towing capacity ofyour vehicle is affected by dealerand factory installed options andpassenger and cargo loads. Youmust weigh the vehicle and traileras described in this manual to de-termine the actual vehicle towingcapacity. Do not exceed the pub-lished maximum towing capacity, orthe GCWR or the GVWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. Doing so can result in an acci-dent causing serious personal injuryor property damage.

Towing load/specification chartAxle Type Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)Maximum Towing Capacity*1, *2 8,500 lb (3,856 kg)Maximum Tongue Load 850 lb (385 kg)Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing 14,450 lb (6,554 kg) 14,700 lb (6,668 kg)

1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and anyoptions required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optionalequipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity.

2: Use of a weight-distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5,000 lb (2,267kg).

TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitchYour vehicle is equipped with a trailer towpackage. The trailer tow package in-cludes a receiver-type frame mountedhitch. This hitch is rated for the maximumtowing capacity of this vehicle when theproper towing equipment is used. Choosea proper ball mount and hitch ball that israted for the trailer to be towed. GenuineNISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls areavailable from a NISSAN dealer.

JVT0457X

To access the trailer hitch , remove thetrailer hitch cover located on the lowerpart of the rear bumper.To remove the trailer hitch cover:1. Remove the 2 bolts.2. Pull the bottom of the cover straight

backward to remove the inner side

and upper clips.

Technical and consumer information 10-23

10-24 Technical and consumer information

JVT0458X

To install the trailer hitch cover:1. Insert the upper clips to the recesses

, and then push in the cover to itsoriginal position.

2. Install the 2 bolts .Bolt tightening torque:2.2 to 3.3 ft-lb (3 to 4.4 N·m)Do not use excessive force.

WARNINGTrailer hitch components have spe-cific weight ratings. Your vehicle maybe capable of towing a trailer heavierthan the weight rating of the hitch

components. Never exceed theweight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Doing so can cause seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:. The required hitch ball size is stamped

on most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on topof the ball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitchball shank should be no more than1/16″ smaller than the hole in the ballmount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. Thereshould be at least 2 threads showingbeyond the lock washer and nut.

Ball mountThe hitch ball is attached to the ballmount and the ball mount is inserted intothe hitch receiver. Choose a proper classball mount based on the trailer weight.Additionally, the ball mount should bechosen to keep the trailer tongue levelwith the ground.

Weight carrying hitchesA weight carrying or “dead weight” ballmount is one that is designed to carry thewhole amount of tongue weight andgross weight directly on the ball mountand on the receiver.

Weight distribution hitchThis type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of barsattach to the ball mount and to the trailerto distribute the tongue weight (hitchweight) of your trailer. Many vehiclescannot carry the full tongue weight of agiven trailer, and need some of thetongue weight transferred through theframe and pushing down on the frontwheels. This gives stability to the towvehicle.A weight-distributing hitch system (ClassIV) is recommended if you plan to towtrailers with a maximum weight over5,000 lbs (2,267 kg). Check with the trailer

and towing equipment manufacturers todetermine if they recommend the use of aweight-distributing hitch system.NOTE:A weight-distributing hitch system mayaffect the operation of trailer surgebrakes. If you are considering use of aweight-distributing hitch system with asurge brake-equipped trailer, checkwith the surge brake, hitch or trailermanufacturer to determine if and howthis can be done.Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.General set-up instructions are as follows:1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur-

face. With the ignition switch in the ONposition and the doors closed, allowthe vehicle to stand for several min-utes so that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a referencepoint on the front and rear bumpersat the center of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle andadjust the hitch equalizers so that thefront bumper height is within 0 - .5inches (0 - 13 mm) of the referenceheight measured in step 2. The rearbumper should be no higher than thereference height measured in step 2.

WARNINGProperly adjust the weight distribut-ing hitch so the rear of the bumper isno higher than the measured refer-ence height when the trailer is at-tached. If the rear bumper is higherthan the measured reference heightwhen loaded, the vehicle may handleunpredictably which could cause aloss of vehicle control and causeserious personal injury or propertydamage.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buf-feting caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devicesmay be used to help control these affects.If you choose to use one, contact areputable trailer hitch supplier to makesure the sway control device will workwith the vehicle, hitch, trailer and thetrailer’s brake system. Follow the instruc-tions provided by the manufacturer forinstalling and using the sway controldevice.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of2,000 lb (907 kg).

Class II hitchClass II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of3,500 lb (1,588 kg).

Class III hitchClass III trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of5,000 lb (2,267 kg).

Class IV hitchClass IV trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of10,000 lb (4,545 kg). A weight distributinghitch should be used to tow trailers thatweigh over 5,000 lb (2,267 kg).Your vehicle may be equipped with ClassIV trailer hitch equipment that has a10,000 lb (4,545 kg) maximum weightrating, but your vehicle is only capable oftowing the maximum trailer weightsshown in the “Towing Load/Specification”chart earlier in this section.

Technical and consumer information 10-25

10-26 Technical and consumer information

CAUTION. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.. Do not modify the vehicle ex-

haust system, brake system, etc.. Do not attach any additional

hitches to your vehicle becausea hitch is already mounted toyour vehicle frame.

Tire pressures. When towing a trailer, inflate the

vehicle tires to the recom-mended cold tire pressure indi-cated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

. Trailer tire condition, size, loadrating and proper inflation pres-sure should be in accordancewith the trailer and tire manu-facturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsAlways use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be at-tached to the hitch, not to the vehiclebumper or axle. Be sure to leave enoughslack in the chains to permit turningcorners.

STI0745

Trailer lights (if so equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a towingpackage, which also includes the 7-pintrailer harness connector located underthe trailer hitch cover on the rear bumper.

CAUTION. When splicing into the vehicle

electrical system, a commerciallyavailable power-type module/converter must be used to pro-vide power for all trailer lighting.This unit uses the vehicle batteryas a direct power source for all

trailer lights while using the ve-hicle tail light, stoplight and turnsignal circuits as a signal source.The module/converter must drawno more than 15 milliamps fromthe stop and tail lamp circuits.Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power require-ments may damage the vehicle’selectrical system. See a reputabletrailer retailer to obtain the prop-er equipment and to have itinstalled.

. Do not connect electrical devicesthat draw more than 40 amps tothe vehicle. The fusible link maymelt.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact a NISSANdealer or reputable trailer retailer.

Trailer brakesWhen towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs.(1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used. However, moststates require a separate braking systemon trailers with a loaded weight above aspecific amount. Make sure the trailermeets the local regulations and theregulations where you plan to tow.

Several types of braking systems areavailable.Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuatoris mounted on the trailer tongue with ahydraulic line running to each trailerwheel. Surge brakes are activated by thetrailer pushing against the hitch ballwhen the tow vehicle is braking. Hydraulicsurge brakes are common on rentaltrailers and some boat trailers. In thistype of system, there is no hydraulic orelectric connection for brake operationbetween the tow vehicle and the trailer.Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric brakingsystems are activated by an electronicsignal sent from a trailer brake controller(special brake sensing module).Have a professional supplier of towingequipment make sure the trailer brakesare properly installed and demonstrateproper brake function testing.

WARNINGNever connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips. Be certain your vehicle maintains a

level position when a loaded or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drivethe vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check forimproper tongue load, overload, wornsuspension or other possible causesof either condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possiblein the trailer to keep the trailer centerof gravity low.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front halfand 40% is in the back half. Also makesure the load is balanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light op-eration, and trailer wheel lug nutsevery time you attach a trailer to thevehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors con-form to all federal, state or localregulations. If not, install any mirrorsrequired for towing before driving thevehicle.

. Determine the overall height of thevehicle and trailer so the requiredclearance is known.

Technical and consumer information 10-27

10-28 Technical and consumer information

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understand-ing of the vehicle’s behavior, you shouldpractice turning, stopping and backing upin an area which is free from traffic.Steering stability, and braking perfor-mance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.. Always secure items in the trailer to

prevent load shift while driving.. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a

pin or lock to prevent the coupler frominadvertently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed. Some states or provinceshave specific speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand.Move your hand in the direction inwhich you want the trailer to go. Makesmall corrections and back up slowly.If possible, have someone guide youwhen you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if

you must do so:

CAUTIONIf you move the shift lever to the P(Park) position before blocking thewheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage couldoccur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.2. Have someone place blocks on the

downhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal untilthe blocks absorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).6. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models:

Make sure that the 4WD shift switch isengaged in the AUTO, 4HI or 4LOposition and the Automatic Transmis-sion (AT) park warning light is turnedoff.

7. Turn off the engine.To drive away:1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.3. Shift the transmission into gear.4. Release the parking brake.5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and

trailer are clear from the blocks.6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.7. Have someone retrieve and store the

blocks.. While going downhill, the weight of the

trailer pushing on the tow vehicle maydecrease overall stability. Therefore, tomaintain adequate control, reduceyour speed and shift to a lower gear.Avoid long or repeated use of thebrakes when descending a hill, as thisreduces their effectiveness and couldcause overheating. Shifting to a lowergear instead provides “engine braking”and reduces the need to brake asfrequently.

. If the engine coolant temperaturerises to a high temperature, see “Ifyour vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).

. Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’sfirst 500 miles (800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in therecommended maintenance scheduleshown in the "9. Maintenance and

schedules" section.. When making a turn, your trailer

wheels will be closer to the inside ofthe turn than your vehicle wheels. Tocompensate for this, make a largerthan normal turning radius during theturn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, beprepared for possible changes incrosswinds that could affect vehiclehandling.

Do the following if the trailer begins tosway:1. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal to allow the vehicle to coastand steer as straight ahead as theroad conditions allow. This combina-tion will help stabilize the vehicle.. Do not correct trailer sway by

steering or applying the brakes.2. When the trailer sway stops, gently

apply the brakes and pull to the sideof the road in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in thissection.

. Be careful when passing other vehi-cles. Passing while towing a trailer

requires considerably more distancethan normal passing. Remember thelength of the trailer must also pass theother vehicle before you can safelychange lanes.

. Use the Tow mode or downshift thetransmission to a lower gear for en-gine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow thevehicle without applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. This couldcause the brakes to overheat, result-ing in reduced braking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance toallow for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

. NISSAN recommends that the cruisecontrol not be used while towing atrailer.

. While towing a trailer, do not use thefollowing systems (if so equipped):— the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

system— the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-

LI) system— the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) sys-

tem— the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven-

tion (I-BSI) system

— the Intelligent Back-up Intervention(I-BI) system

— the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system

— the Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) system

— the Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) system

— the Intelligent Forward CollisionWarning (I-FCW) system

. Some states or provinces have speci-fic regulations and speed limits forvehicles that are towing trailers. Obeythe local speed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring har-ness connections, and trailer wheellug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) oftravel and at every break.

. When launching a boat, do not allowthe water level to go over the exhausttail pipe or rear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights (if so equipped) before backingthe trailer into the water or the trailerlights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information,see the "9. Maintenance and schedules"section.

Technical and consumer information 10-29

10-30 Technical and consumer information

TOW modeUsing TOW mode is recommended whenpulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavyload. Push the TOW MODE switch toactivate tow mode. The TOW MODEindicator light in the meter illuminateswhen TOW mode is selected. Push theTOW MODE switch again to turn TOWmode off. TOW mode is automaticallycancelled when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.TOW mode includes the following fea-tures:. Grade logic — Adjusts transmission

shifts when pulling a trailer or haulinga load up a grade.

. Downhill Speed Control (DSC) — auto-matically downshifts when drivingdown a grade with a trailer or heavyload to help control vehicle speed.

Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode withno trailer/load or light trailer/light loadwill not cause any damage. However, fueleconomy may be reduced and the trans-mission/engine driving characteristicsmay feel unusual.When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information,see the "9. Maintenance and schedules"section.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recrea-tional vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION. Failure to follow these guidelines

can result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehi-cle, always tow forward, neverbackward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic trans-mission vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat tow-ing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter-nal transmission parts due to lackof transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow a Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing somay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proce-dures refer to “Towing recom-mended by NISSAN” (P.6-17).

Automatic TransmissionFour-Wheel Drive (4WD) models:Do not tow a 4WD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehi-cle dollyMUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation)Quality Grades: All passenger car tiresmust conform to federal safety require-ments in addition to these grades.Quality grades can be found where ap-plicable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sectionwidth. For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera-ture ATREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and one-half (1 1/2) times aswell on the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performance oftires depends upon actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may depart sig-nificantly from the norm due to variationsin driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics andclimate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C corre-sponds to a level of performance which

all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, under-inflation, or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Technical and consumer information 10-31

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

10-32 Technical and consumer information

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.For USA:. Emission Defects Warranty. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet that comeswith your NISSAN. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:. NISSAN Division

Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:Emission Control System WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty and Roadside Assistance Infor-mation that comes with your NISSAN. Ifyou did not receive a Warranty and Road-side Assistance Information, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5 For USAIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-ministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individual pro-blems between you, your dealer, orNISSAN.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261).For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot becomeinvolved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Cana-da’s Defect Investigations and Re-calls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safetydefects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be ob-tained from Transport Canada’sRoad Safety Information Centre at1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou-tiere (French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safetyconcerns please contact our Con-sumer Information Centre toll freeat 1-800-387-0122.

WARNINGA vehicle equipped with Four-WheelDrive (4WD) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer(such as the dynamometers used bysome states for emissions testing),or similar equipment. Make sure youinform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with 4WDbefore it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong test equip-ment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the“ready condition” for an Inspection/Main-tenance (I/M) test of the emission controlsystem.The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage ofthe vehicle.If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,

Technical and consumer information 10-33

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

10-34 Technical and consumer information

the vehicle may be reset to a “not readycondition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,the I/M test condition is “ready”.It is recommended you visit a NISSANdealer to set “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an EventData Recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash ornear crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obsta-cle, data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed. TheEDR is designed to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for ashort period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;. Whether or not the driver and passen-

ger safety belts were buckled/fas-tened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age andcrash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement,

could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In additionto the vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment,can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR datawill only be accessed with the consent ofthe vehicle owner or lessee or as other-wise required or permitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

Genuine NISSAN Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. This manual is thesame one used by the factory-trainedtechnicians working at NISSAN dealers.Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manual can alsobe purchased.For USA:For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Service Manuals, con-tact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, con-tact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact a NISSANdealer. For the phone number and loca-tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area, callthe NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN repre-sentative will assist you.

Technical and consumer information 10-35

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

10-36 Technical and consumer information

MEMO

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .................... 5-138Advanced Air Bag System.................................... 1-60Aiming control

Headlights................................................................... 2-39Air bag system

Advanced Air Bag System............................. 1-60Front passenger air bag andstatus light................................................................. 1-62Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system..................... 1-68Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental airbag system................................................................ 1-68

Air bag warning labels ............................................ 1-70Air bag warning light................................. 1-71, 2-17Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation............................... 4-34Air conditioner service...................................... 4-42Air conditioner specification label....... 10-13Air conditioning system refrigerantand lubricantrecommendations ................................ 4-42, 10-7Automatic air conditioner ............................. 4-35In-cabin microfilter.............................................. 4-42

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system)............................................................ 2-31Alcohol, drugs and driving................................... 5-10All-mode 4WD.............................................................. 5-123Antenna............................................................................... 4-42Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................... 5-138Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light................................................................... 2-11

Appearance careExterior appearance care ................................. 7-2Interior appearance care................................... 7-5

Armrest................................................................................ 1-11Audible reminders....................................................... 2-20Auto closure .................................................................... 3-25Automatic

Air conditioner ........................................................ 4-35Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 8-8Door locks...................................................................... 3-6Drive positioner...................................................... 3-40Driving withautomatic transmission.................................. 5-18Seat positioner ....................................................... 3-40

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)....... 5-104Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light................................................ 2-14Average fuel consumption and speed....... 2-28Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-8

B

Back door (See liftgate).......................................... 3-22Battery.................................................................................. 8-11

Battery saver system.......................... 2-39, 2-65Intelligent Key.......................................................... 8-21Variable voltage control system.............. 8-13

Before starting the engine................................... 5-16Belts (See drive belts)............................................... 8-13Blind Spot Warning (BSW)..................................... 5-33Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/IntelligentBlind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) systemwarning light................................................................... 2-12Booster seats.................................................................. 1-51Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............ 5-138

Brake booster.......................................................... 8-17Brake fluid ..................................................................... 8-9Brake system....................................................... 5-137Parking brake operation................................. 5-22Warning light............................................................ 2-12

Break-in schedule .................................................... 5-122Brightness control

Instrument panel.................................................. 2-40Bulb check/instrument panel............................ 2-11Bulb replacement........................................................ 8-24

C

Cabin air filter................................................................. 4-42Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants...................... 10-2Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-43Cargo floor box............................................................. 2-57Cargo light ........................................................................ 2-67Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... 5-4Chassis and body maintenance...................... 9-11Child restraints.............................................................. 1-32

Booster seats........................................................... 1-51LATCH system......................................................... 1-35Precautions on child restraints................. 1-33Top tether strap.................................................... 1-37

Child safety....................................................................... 1-30Child safety rear door lock...................................... 3-6Chimes

Audible reminders................................................ 2-20Seat belt warning light and chime......... 2-17

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-19Cleaning exterior and interior................... 7-2, 7-5Climate control.............................................................. 4-34Coat hooks ....................................................................... 2-56Cockpit..................................................................................... 2-3

11-2

Cold weather driving............................................. 5-142Console box..................................................................... 2-54Coolant

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-5Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5

Corrosion protection.................................................... 7-7Cruise control................................................................. 5-67

Fixed speed cruise control (onICC system)................................................................ 5-87Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ................. 5-69

Cup holders...................................................................... 2-51

D

Daytime running light system........................... 2-40Dimensions.................................................................... 10-10Drive belts.......................................................................... 8-13Drive positioner............................................................. 3-40Driving

Cold weather driving..................................... 5-142Driving withautomatic transmission.................................. 5-18On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9Precautions when startingand driving.................................................................... 5-4Safety precautions .............................................. 5-10

E

Economy, Fuel............................................................. 5-123Elapsed time.................................................................... 2-28Emission control information label............ 10-12Emission control system maintenance......... 9-8Emission control system warranty ............ 10-32

EngineBefore starting the engine............................ 5-16Break-in schedule ............................................ 5-122Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-5Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6Coolant temperature gauge .......................... 2-7Emergency engine shut off.......................... 5-15Engine block heater ....................................... 5-143Engine compartmentcheck locations......................................................... 8-3Engine cooling system........................................ 8-4Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Engine oil and oilfilter recommendation ..................................... 10-6Engine oil replacement indicator ............ 2-26Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-7Engine serial number .................................... 10-12Engine specifications......................................... 10-8Engine start operation indicator.............. 2-23If your vehicle overheats................................ 6-14Oil pressure gauge................................................. 2-8Protection mode................................................... 5-17Remote engine startoperation indicator ............................................. 2-23Starting the engine............................................. 5-16

Entry/exit function, Automaticdrive positioner ............................................................. 3-40Event Data Recorders (EDR)............................. 10-34Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-4Explanation of scheduledmaintenance items........................................................ 9-5Extended storage fuse warning...................... 2-24Extended storage switch ...................................... 8-21

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ...... 10-12Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ................................ 8-15Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6

Flashers (See hazard warningflasher switch).................................................................... 6-2Flat tire..................................................................................... 6-3Flat towing..................................................................... 10-30Flexible seating.............................................................. 1-12Floor mat cleaning......................................................... 7-5Fluid

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 8-8Brake fluid ..................................................................... 8-9Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Engine coolant........................................................... 8-4Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Power steering fluid .............................................. 8-8Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10

Fog light switch............................................................ 2-42Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

NISSAN all-mode 4WD®................................ 5-123Front passenger air bag andstatus light........................................................................ 1-62Front power seat adjustment............................... 1-4Front seat

Front seat adjustment ......................... 1-4, 1-11Front-seat active head restraint..................... 1-19Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Fuel economy...................................................... 5-123Fuel information.................................................... 10-4Fuel octane rating ............................................... 10-4

Fuel-filler cap............................................................ 3-26Fuel-filler door......................................................... 3-26Gauge................................................................................ 2-8LOOSE FUEL CAP warning............................. 3-29

Fuel efficient driving tips.................................... 5-122Fuses...................................................................................... 8-18Fusible links...................................................................... 8-19

G

Garage door openerHomeLink®Universal Transceiver......................... 2-68, 2-72

Gas cap................................................................................ 3-26Gauge........................................................................................ 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge......... 2-7Engine oil pressure gauge ............................... 2-8Fuel gauge.................................................................... 2-8Odometer....................................................................... 2-6Speedometer .............................................................. 2-6Tachometer.................................................................. 2-7Trip computer ......................................................... 2-27

General maintenance................................................... 9-2Glove box ........................................................................... 2-53

H

Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2Head restraints/headrests................................... 1-15Headlights

Aiming control ........................................................ 2-39Bulb replacement................................................. 8-24Headlight switch ................................................... 2-37

Heated seats ................................................................... 2-43Heated steering wheel............................................ 2-42Heater

Automatic air conditioner ............................. 4-35

Engine block heater ....................................... 5-143Heater and airconditioner operation....................................... 4-34

Hill start assist system......................................... 5-131HomeLink® Universal Transceiver..... 2-68, 2-72Hood release ................................................................... 3-21Hook

Coat hooks ................................................................ 2-56Luggage hook......................................................... 2-56

Horn........................................................................................ 2-43

I

Ignition switch (Push-button)............................ 5-13Immobilizer system.................................................... 2-31In-cabin microfilter..................................................... 4-42Indicator

Lights.............................................................................. 2-18Vehicle information display.......................... 2-21

Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-31Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test............. 10-33Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-40Instrument panel............................................................. 2-4Intelligent Around View Monitor ..................... 4-10Intelligent Auto Headlight system ................. 2-37Intelligent Back-up Intervention (I-BI) ......... 5-57Intelligent Blind SpotIntervention (I-BSI) ...................................................... 5-43Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)ON indicator light........................................................ 2-18Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ........................ 5-69Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

main switch indicator....................................... 2-25Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light................................................................... 2-14Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) ................. 5-91

Intelligent Distance Control (I-DC) systemwarning light................................................................... 2-13Intelligent Forward CollisionWarning (I-FCW).......................................................... 5-113Intelligent Key..................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key system ................................................. 3-7

Battery replacement.......................................... 8-21Key operating range............................................. 3-9Key operation.......................................................... 3-10Warning light............................................................ 2-14Warning signals...................................................... 3-12

Intelligent Key warning light .............................. 2-14Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) .................. 5-23Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ONindicator light (green) .............................................. 2-19Intelligent Rear View Mirror................................. 3-32Interior light control switch ................................ 2-66Interior light replacement..................................... 8-26Interior lights................................................................... 2-65ISOFIX child restraint ................................................ 1-35

J

Jump starting ................................................................. 6-12

K

Keyless entry (See remote keylessentry system).................................................................. 3-15Keys............................................................................................ 3-2

For Intelligent Key system................................ 3-7

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ..................................... 1-70Air conditioner specification label....... 10-13

11-3

11-4

Emission control information label .... 10-12Engine serial number .................................... 10-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label .............................................. 10-12Tire and Loadinginformation label................................ 8-32, 10-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) .... 10-11

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (orange)................................................................... 2-14Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) ............................................ 5-23LATCH system................................................................ 1-35License plate, Installing frontlicense plate.................................................................. 10-13Liftgate................................................................................. 3-22Light

Air bag warning light......................................... 1-71Bulb replacement................................................. 8-24Cargo light ................................................................. 2-67Fog light switch..................................................... 2-42Headlight switch ................................................... 2-37Headlights bulb replacement ..................... 8-24Indicator lights........................................................ 2-18Interior light control switch ......................... 2-66Interior lights............................................................ 2-65Map lights................................................................... 2-65Replacement ............................................................ 8-24Vanity mirror lights............................................. 2-67Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders................................................ 2-11

Lights, Exterior and interiorlight replacement........................................................ 8-26Linking Intelligent Key (air conditioner)..... 4-42Loading information (See vehicleloading information) .............................................. 10-14Lock

Automatic door locks........................................... 3-6

Door locks...................................................................... 3-4Liftgate lock.............................................................. 3-22Power door lock....................................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key................................ 3-4Loose fuel cap warning.......................................... 3-26Low outside temperature warning............... 2-25Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-15Low tire pressure warning system (SeeTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS))..... 5-5Luggage hooks ............................................................. 2-56

M

Maintenance........................................................................ 9-2Battery........................................................................... 8-11General maintenance........................................... 9-2Inside the vehicle..................................................... 9-3Maintenance indicators................................... 2-26Maintenance log.................................................... 9-14Maintenance precautions................................. 8-2Maintenance requirements............................. 9-2Maintenance schedules...................................... 9-6Maintenance under severedriving conditions ................................................ 9-13Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-29Standard maintenance....................................... 9-7

Maintenance schedules.............................................. 9-6Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL).................... 2-19Map lights.......................................................................... 2-65Master warning light................................................. 2-16Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)....... 3-3Memory storage, Automaticdrive positioner ............................................................. 3-41Meter

Trip computer ......................................................... 2-27

Meters and gauges........................................................ 2-5Instrument brightness control .................. 2-40

MirrorInside mirror ............................................................. 3-31Intelligent Rear View Mirror.......................... 3-32Outside mirrors...................................................... 3-38Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-40

MonitorIntelligent Around View Monitor .............. 4-10

Monitor, RearView Monitor...................................... 4-3Moonroof............................................................................ 2-63Moving Object Detection (MOD) ...................... 4-28

N

New vehicle break-in............................................. 5-122NISSAN all-mode 4WD®........................................ 5-123NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-31NissanConnect Owner’s Manual.......................... 4-2

O

Odometer............................................................................... 2-6Off-road recovery............................................................ 5-9Oil

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6Engine oil pressure gauge ............................... 2-8Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-7Oil filter replacement indicator ................. 2-26

Operation, operational indicators.................. 2-23Outside air temperature........................................ 2-28Outside mirrors............................................................. 3-38Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. 6-14

Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information..................................................... 10-35

P

Panic alarm....................................................................... 3-17Parking

Brake break-in .................................................... 5-138Parking brake operation................................. 5-22Parking on hills................................................... 5-132

PhoneCar phone or CB radio..................................... 4-43

Pocket................................................................................... 2-55Power

Front seat adjustment ........................................ 1-4Moonroof..................................................................... 2-63Power door lock....................................................... 3-4Power outlet............................................................. 2-48Power steering ................................................... 5-137Power steering fluid .............................................. 8-8Power windows ..................................................... 2-60

PrecautionsBraking precautions....................................... 5-137Child restraints....................................................... 1-33Cruise control.......................................................... 5-67Driving safety........................................................... 5-10Maintenance................................................................ 8-2On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9Seat belt usage...................................................... 1-20Supplemental restraint system................. 1-54When starting and driving................................ 5-4

Push starting................................................................... 6-14Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-13

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio..................................... 4-43

Rain-sensing auto wiper system.................... 2-34Rapid air pressure loss................................................ 5-9Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test........................................................................... 10-33Rear bumper cover.................................................... 2-58Rear door lock, Child safety reardoor lock ................................................................................ 3-6Rear personal lights .................................................. 2-66Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-35Rear window wiper blades .................................. 8-17RearView Monitor............................................................ 4-3RearView Monitor system operation............... 4-4Recorders, Event data .......................................... 10-34Registering your vehicle inanother country ........................................................ 10-11Remote engine start................................................. 3-19Remote keyless entry system........................... 3-15Reporting safety defects.................................... 10-32Roadside assistance program.............................. 6-2Rollover.................................................................................... 5-8Roof

Moonroof..................................................................... 2-64Roof rack..................................................................... 2-57

S

SafetyChild seat belts....................................................... 1-30Towing safety...................................................... 10-23

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment....................... 1-4Front seats..................................................... 1-4, 1-11

Seat belt(s)Child safety................................................................ 1-30Infants............................................................................ 1-31Injured persons ...................................................... 1-22Larger children ....................................................... 1-31Precautions on seat belt usage................ 1-20Pregnant women.................................................. 1-22Seat belt cleaning ................................................... 7-7Seat belt extenders............................................. 1-29Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-29Seat belt warning light and chime......... 2-17Seat belts.................................................................... 1-20Seat belts with pretensioners.................... 1-69Small children.......................................................... 1-31Three-point type................................................... 1-22

Seat(s)Climate controlled seats................................. 2-45Driver-side memory............................................ 3-40Heated seats ............................................................ 2-43Seats.................................................................................. 1-3

Security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), Engine start ................. 2-31Security system, Vehiclesecurity system............................................................. 2-30Servicing air conditioner........................................ 4-42Setting memory function, Automaticdrive positioner ............................................................. 3-42Shift lever, Shift lock release............................... 5-22Shift lock release

Transmission............................................................ 5-22Shifting, Automatic transmission ................... 5-18SNOW mode.................................................................. 5-134SNOW mode switch................................................... 2-47Sonar system............................................................... 5-134Spare tire............................................................. 8-40, 10-9Spark plugs....................................................................... 8-14Speedometer ...................................................................... 2-6

11-5

11-6

Standard maintenance............................................... 9-7Starting

Before starting the engine............................ 5-16Jump starting .......................................................... 6-12Precautions when startingand driving.................................................................... 5-4Push starting............................................................ 6-14Starting the engine............................................. 5-16

Status light, Front passenger air bag......... 1-62Steering

Heated steering wheel..................................... 2-42Power steering ................................................... 5-137Power steering fluid .............................................. 8-8Tilt/telescopic steering.................................... 3-29

Storage ................................................................................ 2-51Sun visors .......................................................................... 3-30Sunglasses holder....................................................... 2-53Supplemental air bag warning labels......... 1-70Supplemental air bagwarning light.................................................... 1-71, 2-17Supplemental restraint system........................ 1-54

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system .................................................... 1-54

SwitchFog light switch..................................................... 2-42Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Headlight aiming control ............................... 2-39Headlight switch ................................................... 2-37Ignition switch ........................................................ 5-18Intelligent Auto Headlight switch............ 2-37Power door lock switch ..................................... 3-5SNOW mode switch............................................ 2-47Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-41Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch................................................................. 2-47

T

Tachometer.......................................................................... 2-7Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ....................................................... 2-7Theft (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ............................................... 2-31Three-way catalyst......................................................... 5-4Tilt/telescopic steering........................................... 3-29Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressurewarning light............................................................ 2-15Tire replacement indicator ........................... 2-26

TiresFlat tire............................................................................. 6-3Tire and Loadinginformation label................................ 8-32, 10-13Tire chains.................................................................. 8-37Tire dressing................................................................ 7-4Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-30Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) ................................................ 5-5, 6-3Tire rotation.............................................................. 8-37Types of tires ........................................................... 8-36Uniform tire quality grading.................... 10-31Wheel/tire size ........................................................ 10-9Wheels and tires.................................................... 8-30

TopTether strap child restraints........................ 1-37

TOW mode ..................................................................... 5-133TOW mode switch....................................................... 2-47Towing

Flat towing............................................................. 10-30Tow truck towing................................................. 6-16Towing a trailer.................................................. 10-18Towing safety...................................................... 10-23

TPMS, Tire Pressure

Monitoring System............................................. 5-5, 6-3TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert......................... 5-8

Trailer towing .............................................................. 10-18Transceiver

HomeLink®Universal Transceiver......................... 2-68, 2-72

TransmissionAutomatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 8-8Driving withautomatic transmission.................................. 5-18Transmission shift lever lock release..... 5-22

Transmitter (See remote keylessentry system).................................................................. 3-15Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ........................................................ 10-11Trip computer ................................................................ 2-27Trip odometer................................................................ 2-28Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-41

U

Underbody cleaning...................................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................ 10-31USB (Universal Serial Bus)charging connector................................................... 2-50

V

Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-40Vanity mirror lights.................................................... 2-67Variable voltage control system..................... 8-13Vehicle

Dimensions............................................................ 10-10Identification number (VIN)....................... 10-11Loading information ...................................... 10-14Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle).......... 6-19Security system...................................................... 2-30

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch................................................................. 2-47Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system........................................................ 5-140Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light............................................................ 2-17

Vehicle information display................................. 2-21Ventilators......................................................................... 4-33Voltmeter ............................................................................... 2-9

W

WarningCheck tire pressure warning....................... 2-24Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Intelligent Forward CollisionWarning (I-FCW).................................................. 5-113Lights.............................................................................. 2-11Loose fuel cap warning................................... 2-24Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) ................................................ 5-5, 6-3Vehicle information display.......................... 2-21Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders................................................ 2-10

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-70Warning light

4WD warning light........................................... 5-129Air bag warning light.......................... 1-71, 2-17Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light............................................................ 2-11Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light......................................... 2-14Brake warning light ............................................ 2-12Intelligent Key warning light ....................... 2-14Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange) .................................... 2-14Low tire pressure warning light ............... 2-15

Seat belt warning light and chime......... 2-17Warranty, Emission controlsystem warranty....................................................... 10-32Washer switch

Rear window wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-35Windshield wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-32

Washing................................................................................... 7-2Waxing...................................................................................... 7-2Welcome light................................................................. 2-65Wheel/tire size ............................................................... 10-9Wheels and tires........................................................... 8-30

Care of wheels........................................................... 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................ 7-3Cleaning bright wheels....................................... 7-4

Window washer fluid ................................................ 8-10Window(s)

Cleaning.......................................................................... 7-3Power windows ..................................................... 2-60

Windshield wiper and washer switch.......... 2-32Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system............. 2-34Rear window wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-35Windshield wiper andwasher switch......................................................... 2-32Wiper blades............................................................. 8-16

11-7

FUEL INFORMATIONVK56VD engineUse unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 91).

CAUTION. Using a fuel other than that spe-

cified could adversely affect theemission control systems, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopen-tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl(MMT). Using fuel containingMMT may adversely affect vehicleperformance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content,so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT inreformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:. Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN”See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-30).NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-122). Follow these recommendations forthe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Y62-D

Printing : July 2018Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM18E0 0Y62U0